Do Your Personal Best With English!

Personal
Personal Best
American
English
Personal Best
American
Best
English
Do your personal best with English!

Personal Best is a 6-level General English course for today’s busy adults, Series Editor Jim Scrivener
Level 4
American English
developed with Jim Scrivener, internationally renowned teacher trainer and
presenter. Jim’s focus on PRACTICE as the key to improvement is reflected
throughout the contemporary course package. The course features a video Student’s Book
webshow called Learning Curve and a wealth of extra activities and resources Graham Burton
on the Richmond Learning Platform.
Practice makes perfect! For students
Level 4
Personal Best puts practice at the heart of ◾ Student’s Book + Workbook
learning and gives you the tools you need ◾ Richmond Learning Platform access
to do your personal best.
For teachers
◾ Teacher’s Book + interleaved Student’s Book
Build your language ◾ Richmond Learning Platform access
◾ Teacher’s Resource Book with photocopiable
The language lessons give equal weight to grammar activities and tests
and vocabulary learning and are supported by ◾ Digital Book for Interactive Whiteboard use
comprehensive Grammar Practice, Vocabulary Practice
◾ Complete assessment package
and Communication Practice sections.
Student’s Book
Build your skills ◾ Practice language and skills
◾ Assign, test and track progress
The skills lessons develop and practice reading,
◾ Download full range of teaching resources
writing, listening and speaking through Text Builder,
◾ Access ready-made print and interactive tests
Conversation Builder, Listening Builder and Skills
features. Each unit builds towards a structured speaking
◾ Create new tests with Richmond Test Manager
or writing task.
Listening and speaking skills are

Learning developed through fully integrated video
Curve
lessons. The Learning Curve webshow hosts
bring you a selection of documentaries,
interviews and personal video diaries in
every unit.
Common European Framework

A2 B1 B1+ B2 9 789929 783997
www.richmondelt.com/personalbest
American
English
Personal
Best
Student’s Book
Level 4
Series Editor
Jim Scrivener
Author
Graham Burton
CONTENTS
LANGUAGE SKILLS
GRAMMAR PRONUNCIATION VOCABULARY
1 Communication ▪▪ simple present ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ communication READING Learning

Curve SPEAKING
and present ▪▪ question ▪▪ say, tell, speak, ▪▪ a text about surviving ▪▪ making small talk
1A Connected p4 continuous; intonation and talk without a smartphone ▪▪ keeping a conversation
action and state
1B Smart living? p6 ▪▪ skimming a text
going
verbs
1C Liar, liar p8 ▪▪ actually, in fact
▪▪ question forms PERSONAL BEST
1D Small talk p10 ▪▪ having an informal

conversation
2 Tell me a story ▪▪ narrative tenses ▪▪ /d/ sound in the ▪▪ -ed and -ing Learning
Curve LISTENING WRITING
▪▪ used to and past perfect adjectives ▪▪ a video looking at the ▪▪ making a narrative
2A What a coincidence! p12 usually ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ phrasal verbs
role of luck in our lives interesting
2B Do we make our own luck? p14 ▪▪ listening for the ▪▪ time linkers
2C Radical changes p16 main idea PERSONAL BEST

▪▪ linking consonants
2D It happened to me p18 ▪▪ a blog post about a
and vowels memorable event
1 and 2 REVIEW and PRACTICE p20
3 People ▪▪ future forms: ▪▪ going to ▪▪ personality READING Learning

Curve SPEAKING
present ▪▪ pausing in adjectives ▪▪ an article about birth ▪▪ giving and responding
3A It’s a plan p22 continuous, relative clauses ▪▪ relationships order and personality to news
be going to,
3B Born to rebel p24 ▪▪ reading for specific ▪▪ giving bad news
and will information
3C Good neighbors, ▪▪ defining and
▪▪ linkers of reason PERSONAL BEST
bad neighbors p26 non-defining and result ▪▪ exchanging news with
3D I have some news p28 relative clauses
a friend
4 Places and homes ▪▪ quantifiers ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ compound Learning

▪▪ comparatives and ▪▪ /ə/ sound nouns ▪▪ a video looking at how ▪▪ writing an informal
4A What makes your superlatives, ▪▪ common verb
we feel about where e-mail
city great? p30 as … as phrases we live ▪▪ informal discourse
4B City or country? p32 ▪▪ describing ▪▪ understanding key markers
homes points
4C A place to stay in NYC p34 PERSONAL BEST
▪▪ linking similar
4D Hope to hear from ▪▪ an e-mail catching up
consonant sounds with a friend
you soon! p36
2
CONTENTS
LANGUAGE SKILLS
GRAMMAR PRONUNCIATION VOCABULARY
5 Money and shopping ▪▪ zero and first ▪▪ intonation ▪▪ money READING Learning
Curve SPEAKING
conditional; ▪▪ word stress ▪▪ shopping ▪▪ an article about the ▪▪ explaining what’s wrong
5A Spend, spend, spend p40 future time Black Friday shopping ▪▪ taking something
clauses phenomenon
5B Black Friday p42 back to a store
▪▪ predictions: will, ▪▪ identifying opinions
5C Tomorrow’s world of be going to, ▪▪ even, just PERSONAL BEST
shopping p44 may/might ▪▪ getting a refund
5D It’s not working p46 or exchange
6 Work and education ▪▪ present perfect ▪▪ present perfect ▪▪ work and Learning
and simple past, and simple past careers (1) ▪▪ a video looking at how ▪▪ writing a cover letter
6A Career change p48 already, yet, ▪▪ weak form of ▪▪ work and ▪▪ prepositions after verbs,
we feel about our jobs
recently been careers (2)
6B Dream job p50 ▪▪ understanding specific nouns, and adjectives
▪▪ present perfect ▪▪ education
6C School days p52 information
continuous and PERSONAL BEST
▪▪ sentence stress
6D I am writing to apply … p54 present perfect ▪▪ an e-mail to apply
for a job
7 Entertainment ▪▪ the passive ▪▪ past participles ▪▪ movies READING Learning

Curve SPEAKING
▪▪ modals of ▪▪ /ey/ and /ʊ/ ▪▪ TV and music ▪▪ an article about ▪▪ giving directions
7A Lights, camera, action! p58 ability and sounds Vic Armstrong, ▪▪ asking for information
7B Action man p60 possibility stunt performer
▪▪ guessing the meaning PERSONAL BEST
7C Got talent p62
of words from context ▪▪ asking a stranger
7D Could you tell me where ▪▪ referencing: for directions
it is? p64 this and that
8 Sport and health ▪▪ tag questions ▪▪ intonation ▪▪ sports, places, Learning

▪▪ modals of ▪▪ sentence stress and equipment ▪▪ a video about what we ▪▪ writing a report
8A On the field, in the pool p66 obligation ▪▪ health and
do to get in shape ▪▪ adding information
8B So many ways to get in shape p68 and advice fitness verb ▪▪ understanding facts
phrases PERSONAL BEST
8C Is there an app for that? p70 and figures
▪▪ a report about sports
▪▪ intonation
8D Sports in my country p72 in your country
Grammar practice p76 Vocabulary practice p92 Communication practice p106 Irregular verbs p119
Workbook p121
3
UNIT
1 Communication
LANGUAGE simple present and present continuous; action and state verbs ■ communication
1A Connected
1 How do you keep in touch with people? Order the communication phrases from 1 (I do this less often) to
6 (I do this most often). Compare your answers in pairs.
get a text share a photo give someone a reply to an e-mail check your comment on a
message call phone post
Go to Vocabulary practice: communication, page 92
2 Think of three people in your life. Tell your partner how you keep in touch with these people.
3 A Are sentences 1–6 true (T) or false (F)? Discuss your answers in pairs.
1 We speak to each other face-to-face more often nowadays.
2 Our phone calls are longer today compared to ten years ago.
3 These days, it seems we prefer text messages to phone calls.
4 People in the U.S. send more letters and packages nowadays.
5 We are sending a million e-mails per second, now.
6 More than half of the Internet pages we visit are social media sites.
B
Read the text and check your answers in 3A. Correct the false sentences.
We talk to each other less.

Ten years ago, 80% of our communication was face-to-face. Now, it’s
only 60%. Even our phone calls are shorter – on average, each call
now lasts one minute, compared to three minutes ten years ago. It
seems that people prefer texting to calling.
We use traditional postal services less.
In the U.S., over 200 billion letters and packages were sent in 2008,
compared to 150 billion last year. These days, we usually write to
people by text, messaging app, or e-mail. In fact, right now, people
are sending two million e-mails per second!
We love social media.
Sixty percent of the pages we view on the Internet are social media
pages, and we share nearly two billion photos on them every day.
The average person has five social media accounts and spends
about two hours a day looking at them.
THE CHANGING FACE OF

Comments
Tina
COMMUNICATION It’s a shame we don’t write letters much, but the post office
seems so slow nowadays compared to communicating online!
I need the Internet to be in immediate contact with people,
The way we communicate has never changed so especially right now because I’m planning my wedding.
much in such a short period of time. We look at Rob
I agree with Tina, but I still try to send letters and cards on
the results of recent surveys that tell us about important occasions, and postcards when I’m on vacation. I
the changing face of communication. don’t know how people planned things with just snail mail!
4
simple present and present continuous; action and state verbs ■ communication LANGUAGE 1A
4 Which piece of information in the text did you find most surprising? Do you agree with Tina and Rob?
5 A Look at the highlighted verbs in Tina’s comment and answer the questions.
1 Which four verbs are in the simple present? Which verb is in the present continuous?
2 Which two verbs describe actions? Which three verbs describe states?
B
Choose the correct options to complete the rules.
1 We use the simple present / present continuous to talk about things that happen regularly or things that
are always true.
2 We use the simple present / present continuous to talk about actions that are happening now or actions
that are temporary.
3 We can’t use the present continuous for action / state verbs.
6 Read the Grammar box. Then look at the sentences in exercise 3A again. Do they contain action or
state verbs? What tense are they?
Grammar simple present and present continuous; action and state verbs
Simple present with action and state verbs:

I call my brother at least once a week. I’m so thirsty right now. I need some water. NOT I’m needing some water.
Present continuous with action verbs:
I’m calling you from New York! We’re studying French this year.
Go to Grammar practice: simple present and present continuous; action and state verbs, page 76
7 A 1.3 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen to the sentences. Do we stress the auxiliary
verbs be and do?
1 Are you trying to access the Internet? 3 The Internet doesn’t seem slow right now.
2 Do you need a new laptop? 4 Why are you using my tablet?
B 1.3 Listen, check, and repeat.
8 A Complete the sentences with the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses.
1 I (not check) my text messages when I’m having coffee with friends.
2 The price of desktop computers (go) down at the moment.
3 I (like) looking at the selfie photos that my friends post on social media.
4 I’m studying English online, right now, so I (need) the Internet on my phone.
5 I (look) for a new phone because my phone is very old.
6 Most people (have) friends on Facebook that they never talk to face-to-face.
B
In pairs, discuss the sentences in 8A. Which sentences do you agree with or are true for you?
Go to Communication practice: Student A page 106, Student B page 116

9 Complete the questionnaire and discuss your answers in pairs.
How do you communicate?
1 When I want to get together with friends, I normally … 4 On my best friend’s birthday, I usually send …
message them on Facebook. text them. a message on social media. a text. a card.
call them.
5 I usually share important photos …
2 When I’m feeling happy and I want to share good news using a messaging app. by e-mail.
with people that live far away, I … on social media.
send a text message. send a letter.
6 When I want to keep in touch with old friends, I usually …
make plans to get together.
contact them on social media. e-mail them.
3 When I’m feeling sad, I prefer to speak to people … give them a call.
on the phone. on Skype. face-to-face.
Personal Best Write four sentences with state verbs in the simple present. 5
1 SKILLS READING skimming a text ■ actually, in fact
1B Smart living?

1 What do you use your smartphone for? What do you think of
people who constantly check their phones?
Skill skimming a text
Before you read a text in detail, get a general idea of the topic of the
text and of each paragraph.
• Read the title of the text and look at any images. Can you predict
what the text is about?
• Quickly read the first paragraph. This will confirm the topic and can
give you an idea of the text content and organization.
• Read the first sentence of each paragraph. This can give you
information about the main idea of each paragraph.
2 Read the Skill box. Then look at the title of the text, the picture, and the first paragraph on page 7.
Do you think the writer had a positive or negative experience without his smartphone?
3 Read the first sentences of paragraphs 2–6. What is the main idea of each paragraph? Match the
paragraphs with ideas a–e.
a With no smartphone, he felt less tired. d There were more advantages than disadvantages.
b He worked better. e He found things to do to entertain himself.
c He communicated more often face-to-face.
4 Read the complete text. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 The writer stopped using his smartphone because of an article he read.
2 Normally his smartphone distracts him when he’s working.
3 He has become a better listener when he’s with friends.
4 He doesn’t enjoy reading books and newspapers any more.
5 The light from smartphone screens helps us sleep.
6 The writer now uses his smartphone differently than before.
5 Read this sentence from the text. Which word is used to express surprise that something
unexpected happened?
“I actually talked to people more and felt more connected to them, although we weren’t in constant
contact online.“
Text builder actually, in fact
To say that something is surprising or unexpected, we can use actually or in fact:

I was worried that I would be bored without my phone as entertainment, but, actually, I enjoyed it.
I thought living without a smartphone would be hard, but, in fact, it was pretty easy.
Look! We can use actually at the start of a phrase, before a main verb, or after be.

We usually use in fact at the start of a phrase.
6 Read the Text builder. Match 1–4 with a–d.

1 My friends say I’m addicted to my new smartphone. a but it was actually on yesterday, not today.
2 My teacher’s surprised because b Actually, I don’t use it as much as my old one.
3 Tim thought the movie was on at 8:30 this evening, c but, in fact, I’m staying at home.
4 I thought I was going away this weekend, d I actually passed the exam!
7 Could you live without your smartphone for a week? In pairs, discuss what you think the experience
would be like.
6
skimming a text ■ actually, in fact READING SKILLS 1B
A WEEK WITHOUT MY
smartphone
by David Sharpe
1 When I read that we spend three hours every day 4 I was worried that I would be bored without
checking our smartphones, I was surprised. What my phone as entertainment, but, actually, I
was I missing in the real world when walking down enjoyed it – I’d forgotten how much I love
the street, lost in a virtual world of social media books and newspapers. I’d also forgotten how
updates and videos of dogs on bicycles? I promised much I enjoyed doing Sudoku puzzles. I had
myself I would use my smartphone less … but it an app for that on my smartphone, but never
didn’t happen. But then my phone died, and I had used it. Doing one every day in the newspaper
to wait a week for a new one. Would I survive? I felt a lot more special, and it became part of
thought it would be hard, but, in fact, it was pretty my morning routine. My brain felt a lot
easy – and surprising, in a good way, for a number sharper and much more ready for the day
of reasons! ahead as a result.
2 The first result was pretty amazing – on the first day 5 One completely unexpected result of not
in the office without my phone, I was thinking more having a smartphone was that I slept so much
deeply and concentrating more. I had rediscovered better and felt more awake in the morning. At
my brain! Not having access to my favorite apps night, I relaxed with a book before going to
meant that I wasn’t interrupted every five minutes sleep, instead of watching Netflix or reading
by social media alerts, soccer scores, and WhatsApp the news on my phone. Apparently, the blue
group messages. Without these distractions, I was light from smartphone screens makes our brain
more productive and felt satisfied that I’d done a think it’s morning, so it’s releasing chemicals
better job. to wake us up, just when we’re trying to get to
sleep. That’s not very smart!
3 Another result was that I actually talked to people
more and felt more connected to them, although 6 Of course, at times, it was extremely
we weren’t in constant contact online. At lunch inconvenient to have no cell-phone Internet
with friends one day, I realized I was being more connection, but, all in all, there were a lot
responsive to their news and sympathetic to their of benefits to not being connected 24/7.
problems because I wasn’t constantly checking my Although I was jumping for joy when my new
phone. Another day I was in a new city and I asked smartphone arrived, I’m a lot more careful
people for directions instead of using an app. Their about how much I use it now. So, if you think
kindness made me feel welcome, and I discovered you use your smartphone too much, put it
my brain has a very good GPS! away for a few days and see what happens.
You never know, you may become smarter!
Personal Best Have you ever lived without something for a period of time? Write two or three sentences about the experience. 7
1 LANGUAGE question forms ■ say, tell, speak, and talk
1C Liar, liar

1 In pairs, answer the questions.
1 What are the people in the pictures lying about?
2 What other things do people often tell lies about? Make a list.
a b c d
Go to Vocabulary practice: say, tell, speak, and talk, page 92

2 A In pairs, take the quiz “The truth about lying.“
THE TRUTH THE TRUTH

ABOUT ABOUT LYING
LYING
THE TRUTH ABOUT LYING
1 How often do people tell lies? 4 How can you know when people
a twice a month are lying?
b twice a week a They don’t look directly at you.
c twice a day b They move their hands a lot.
c They give unnecessary
2 What do people lie about most information.
frequently?
a work 5 Is communication technology
b money making us less honest?
c unimportant things a yes b no
3 How do people usually answer 6 Do men lie more often than women?
the question, “When did you last a yes b no
tell a lie?“
a “I never lie.“ 7 Do men and women lie about the
b “I can’t remember.“ same things?
c “Some time today.“ a yes b no
B 1.5 Listen and check your answers. Which answer surprised you most?
3 Cover the quiz. Complete the questions from memory. Then check your answers in the quiz.
1 lies?
2 most frequently?
3 last a lie?
4 when people are lying?
5 us less honest?
4 A Look at questions 1–5 in exercise 3. How do we form most questions? Choose the correct
structure, a or b.
a (question word/s) + auxiliary verb + subject + main verb
b (question word/s) + main verb
B
Look at question 2 in exercise 3. Is the preposition before the question word or after the main verb?
8
question forms ■ say, tell, speak, and talk LANGUAGE 1C
5 A 1.6 Listen to people telling a lie in three conversations. What is each person lying about?
Write the conversation number (1–3).
a receiving text messages b eating chocolate c liking someone’s food
B 1.6 Listen again and complete the questions.
1 Who all of my chocolate? 3 Who more banana and potato sandwiches?
2 What to you last night?
6 Look at the questions in exercise 5B. Choose the correct options to complete the sentences. Then
read the Grammar box about the different question forms.
1 In these questions, we know / don’t know the subject of the verb.
2 We use the affirmative / question form of the verb.
Grammar question forms
Object questions: Subject questions:

Where do you work? Who called me? NOT Who did call me?
What are you doing right now? Who wants coffee? NOT Who does want coffee?
Where did you go to college? Who invented the telephone? NOT Who did invent
Have you finished? the telephone?
Questions with prepositions:
Where do they come from?
Who did you play tennis with?
Go to Grammar practice: question forms, page 77

7 1.8 Pronunciation: question intonation Listen to four of the questions from this lesson.
Does the intonation go up (⤴) or down (⤵) at the end of the questions?
1 Have you finished? 3 What happened to you last night?
2 How often do people tell lies? 4 Do men lie more often than women?
8 A Complete the questions with an auxiliary verb from the box if necessary. Which question doesn’t
need an auxiliary?
do (x2) did (x5) have
1 you usually tell little white lies to protect people’s feelings?

2 When you last tell a little white lie? What you lie about?
3 When you were younger, you tell your parents lies? you tell the truth later?
4 Who tells the best jokes in your family?
5 you usually say hello to people you don’t know on the street?
6 you ever told someone that he or she can’t cook well? What the person say?
In pairs, decide if the intonation goes up (⤴) or down (⤵) at the end of the questions in 8A.
B
Then ask and answer the questions.
9 Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Who helped you with your homework as a child?
2 Who taught you how to ride a bike?
3 What happened on your first day of school?
4 Who taught you how to drive?
5 Which author wrote your favorite book?
6 What happened on your first day at work?
Personal Best Write four questions to ask your partner about his or her life. 9
1 SKILLS
SKILLS SPEAKING making small talk ■ keeping a conversation going
1D Small talk

Learning
Curve 1 A Read the definition of small talk and look the weather
politics
at the topics. Which topics do people typically
discuss when they make small talk?
TV, sports, and movies
small talk noun polite and informal
conversation about light topics, often between
people who don’t know each other well. relationship problems
work and family
B
In pairs, discuss the questions. the situation (party, trip, etc.)
1 When did you last make small talk?
2 Where were you?
3 Who did you talk to? your day
4 What did you talk about?
2 1.9 Watch or listen to the first part of a webshow called

Learning Curve. Ethan catches a train, and a passenger makes
small talk with him. Who are sentences 1–6 about? Check ( )
Ethan or passenger.
Ethan passenger
1 He starts the conversation.
2 He asks where the other person is going.
3 He’s going to City Island.
4 He asks where the other person is from.
5 He’s from Pennsylvania.
6 He asks about the other person’s job.
3 1.9 Complete the sentences from the conversation with

the words in the box. Watch or listen again and check.
so nice mind ahead have excuse sounds living
1 me. Does this train go to the baseball stadium? 5 What do you do for a ?
2 Would you if I sit here? 6 Well, that interesting.
3 Uh, no. Go right . 7 Hey, it was talking to you!
4 , where are you going? 8 fun at the game!
Conversation builder making small talk
Starting the conversation Asking about the person/situation Ending the conversation
Excuse me … Are you having a good time/trip/day? Nice talking to you.
Is anyone sitting here? Are you from around here? Great to meet you.
Would you mind if I sit here? So, what do you do for a living? Have a nice evening.
Beautiful day, isn’t it? And what does that involve?
I love your phone. Is it new?
4 Read the Conversation builder. Make small talk with your partner. Imagine it’s your first English class
and you’ve never met.
10
10
making small talk ■ keeping a conversation going SPEAKING SKILLS
SKILLS 1D
5 1.10 Watch or listen to the second part of the show.
Ethan goes to a party and meets Cindy for the first time.
Check ( ) the topics that Cindy and Ethan talk about.
1 Penny and Taylor’s apartment
2 their families
3 their jobs
4 how they know Penny and Taylor
5 the food at the party
6 the weather
6 1.10 Put sentences (a–i) in order. Watch or listen again and check.
a Cindy So, what do you do on your webshow?

b Ethan Oh, you met at work! So, are you having a good time?
c Cindy Sorry, I don’t know Penny that well. By the way, I’m Cindy. I work with Taylor at the gym.
d Ethan Well, I’m a presenter, a co-host, like Penny.
e 1 Cindy How do you know Penny and Taylor?
f Ethan Mmm! Well, I love carrot cake.
g Cindy It’s a great party. I got here early so I could bring my famous carrot cake.
h 2 Ethan I’m Ethan. I work with Penny on Learning Curve. It’s a webshow. We’re presenters.
i Cindy Hmm, a presenter, that’s interesting. And what does that involve?
Skill keeping a conversation going
When we talk to someone we don’t know well, we keep the conversation going so we don’t run out of things to say.
• Give extra information when you answer a question, e.g., “Are you from around here?” “No. I moved here from
Brazil six months ago.“
• Respond to a statement with a positive comment, e.g., “That’s interesting! I love Brazil. I’ve been there twice.“
• Ask open questions to find out more information, e.g., “Really? What were you doing there?“
7 Read the Skill box. Answer the questions about the conversation in exercise 6.
1 What extra information does Ethan give when he explains how he knows Penny?
2 What positive comments do Ethan and Cindy make?
3 What open questions does Cindy ask?
8 In pairs, practice the conversation in exercise 6.

9 A PREPARE In pairs, choose one of the situations below and think about how you could start a conversation
with someone you don’t know well.
B PRACTICE Take turns starting a conversation. Make small talk and keep the conversation going.
C PERSONAL BEST Was it easy to start the conversation and keep it going? What could you do
differently next time? Choose another situation and have another conversation.
Personal Best You meet someone new at Penny and Taylor’s party. Write the conversation. 11
11
UNIT
2 Tell me a story
LANGUAGE narrative tenses ■ -ed and -ing adjectives
2A What a coincidence!

1 A Choose the correct options to complete the questions. Explain why they are correct.
1 In your opinion, what kind of social media posts are bored / boring?
2 What kind of social media posts are you interested / interesting in?
B
In pairs, answer the questions in 1A.
Go to Vocabulary practice: -ed and -ing adjectives, page 93

2 Tell your partner about the last time you felt shocked or terrified, and about something you find
fascinating or amusing.
3 A Read the text quickly. What do you think the title Twinsters means?
B
Read the text again. Order the events from 1–6.
a The twins made a movie about finding each other.
b Anaïs saw a woman online who looked identical to her.
c Anaïs found a way of contacting Samantha.
d Anaïs discovered that they had the same date of birth.
e They got to know each other online, and then they met in person.
f A scientific test proved they were twins.
TWINSTERS
I
n February 2013, 25-year-old Anaïs Bordier, a fashion
design student from Paris, was checking Facebook when
she saw a video of a young American actress that a
friend had posted. Anaïs couldn’t believe it – the actress
looked exactly like her! Unfortunately, there was no name
on the video, but she was extremely curious and told all her
friends about it.
A few months later, while Anaïs was traveling by bus to
college, she got a message from the same friend. He had
seen the actress in another video, and this time there was a
name – Samantha Futerman. When Anaïs googled her, she
found out that they were born on the same day, and that,
like Anaïs, Samantha had been adopted when she was a
baby. Anaïs was so shocked that she got off the bus. Could not only very similar in appearance, but also had the same
Samantha be her twin? She decided to contact her to find mannerisms, found the same things amusing, and both
out. loved cheese!
When Samantha received a friend request from Anaïs on Anaïs and Samantha were excited to meet for the first time
Facebook, she was amazed to see that the face in the several months later in London, where Anaïs was studying.
profile picture was identical to her own. Anaïs messaged While Samantha was visiting Anaïs, they received the results
Samantha to explain how she had found her, and to ask her of a DNA test which confirmed what they already knew –
where she was born. Samantha replied and confirmed that that they really were identical twins. The sisters then wrote a
she was also born in Busan, South Korea. The girls spoke book and filmed an award-winning documentary, Twinsters,
regularly on Skype after that and discovered that they were about their amazing story.
12
narrative tenses ■ -ed and -ing adjectives LANGUAGE 2A
4 What did you think of Anaïs and Samantha’s story?
I thought it was an amazing coincidence.
5 A Which forms are the verbs in bold? Choose from the simple past, past perfect, and past continuous.
1 He had seen the actress in another video.
2 While Anaïs was traveling by bus to college, she got a message.
3 The sisters wrote a book about their amazing story.
B
Match the forms with their uses. Then read the Grammar box.
a an action that happened before another action in the past
b a completed action in the past
c an action in progress at a specific moment in the past
Grammar narrative tenses
Simple past (for main events): Past perfect (for actions that Past continuous (for longer actions/
happened before other actions): background):
I visited my friend Ana last year. When we arrived at the theater, At 9 p.m. last night I was having dinner.
the movie had started.
Look! We usually use when with the simple past and when or while with the past continuous:
I was walking in the park when I met Jo. When/While I was walking in the park, I met Jo.
Go to Grammar practice: narrative tenses, page 78

6 A 2.3 Pronunciation: /d/ in the past perfect Listen to the sentence. Notice the pronunciation
of /d/ in the past perfect form. Listen again and repeat.
He’d seen the woman before.
B 2.4 Listen to the sentences and choose the verb forms you hear.
1 I bought / I’d bought 3 She caught the bus / She'd caught the bus 5 You watched / You’d watched
2 He asked / He’d asked 4 We realized / We’d realized 6 They lost / They’d lost
7 A 2.5 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses. Listen and check.
“
Last year, while I (stay) with my grandmother for the
weekend in a town a few hours away, I (go) to visit my
friend Marco, who also lives there. I (call) him the day
before to arrange a time to get together, but he hadn’t answered.
I went to his house anyway, but when I (ring) the
doorbell, nobody (come) to the door, so I
(decide) to leave. Right then, I (get) a message on
”
my phone. It was Marco! He (go) to my hometown
the evening before to visit his parents, and now he
(knock) on my door! It was such a coincidence!
B
Have there been any coincidences in your life or in your friends’ lives? Talk about them in pairs.
8 In pairs, talk about a time when you met someone important in your life. Use the questions to help you.
• Where were you? • What did you both say?

• What had happened before you met? • How did your life change after
• What were you both doing when you met? you met him/her?
• What happened when you met?
Personal Best Read the story about Anaïs and Samantha again. Close your books and retell the story in pairs. 13
2 SKILLS LISTENING listening for the main idea ■ linking consonants and vowels ■ phrasal verbs
2B Do we make our own luck?

Learning
Curve 1 Do you think these things bring good or bad luck? Can you think of more examples?
a penny the number 13
a broken mirror
a dream catcher a fortune cat a four-leaf clover
2 A Were these people lucky or unlucky? Match the verbs in bold with the meanings.
I found a lucky penny on the street, but that day, My plane ticket was for seat 13. I 4set off early for
my car 1ran out of gas and my boyfriend 2broke the airport to get there on time, but the traffic was
up with me – we’d been 3going out for ten terrible, and I 5ended up missing my flight. I was really
years. So much for lucky pennies! 6looking forward to that vacation!
a be excited about something in the future d start a trip

b finally be in a situation or place you didn’t originally intend e finish or use all of something
c have a romantic relationship f end a relationship
B
Answer the questions in pairs.
1 Has the battery on your phone ever run out right before an important call?
2 What did you plan to do last weekend? Did you end up doing something different?
3 What are you looking forward to right now?
Go to Vocabulary practice: phrasal verbs, page 94
Skill listening for the main idea
It’s important to understand the main idea when someone is speaking.

• Think about who is speaking and what the topic is.
• Remember that speakers often repeat the main idea using different words.
• Listen for key words, which are often stressed.
• Don’t worry if you don’t understand all the words or details.
3 A 2.8 Read the Skill box. Watch or listen to the first part of Learning
Curve and choose the correct option to answer the questions.
1 What does Penny talk about?
a a scientific experiment about luck
b a book about luck
c an unlucky day she had
2 What is the main idea?
a Some people are simply unlucky.
b Positive people generally see more opportunities in life.
c People who believe they are lucky are usually unlucky.
B
Do you believe in luck? Do you think people make their own luck?
Discuss in pairs.
14
listening for the main idea ■ linking consonants and vowels ■ phrasal verbs LISTENING SKILLS 2B
4 2.9 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Complete the sentences about the main
ideas with Herman, Winnie, or Juan.
1 considers himself/herself to be very lucky.
2 talks about someone else who believes in bad luck.
3 is having a bit of bad luck, but his/her luck changes.
Herman Winnie Juan
5 2.9 Watch or listen again. Choose the correct option to answer the questions.
1 What happened to Herman earlier?
a He slept badly, lost his keys, and left for work late.
b His motorcycle broke down, he lost his keys, and missed the bus.
c The shower ran out of hot water, and he lost his key chain.
2 What happened to Winnie?
a She went out with a dentist and ended up marrying him.
b She was going out with a mechanic, but broke up with him.
c She ended up marrying a man she’d met several times by chance.
3 Which sentence about Juan is true?
a He’s looking forward to getting married to Winnie.
b He’s in the city doing a favor for a neighbor.
c He has to go back home because he forgot his backpack.
6 Think of a time when you were lucky or unlucky. Describe what happened in pairs.
Listening builder linking consonants and vowels
When a word ends in a consonant sound, we often move the consonant sound to the beginning of the next
word if it starts with a vowel sound. This can sometimes mean it’s difficult to hear the correct words.
It all started last night. She’s trying on her wedding dress.
7 2.10 Read the Listening builder. Look at the sentences from the show and mark where the
consonant-vowel links are. Listen and check. Then practice saying the sentences.
1 Do we make our own luck?
2 I ran out of energy.
3 I think Ethan is back.
4 I’m picking up a package.
5 I think it’s his backpack.
6 I’m the luckiest person I know.
8 Discuss the questions in pairs.

1 Who’s the luckiest person you know? And the unluckiest?
2 Do you have any lucky charms? What are they? Have they brought you good luck?
3 Is there anything you avoid doing because it might bring bad luck?
Personal Best Write a paragraph about things that bring good luck on special occasions, e.g., a wedding, New Year’s Eve. 15
2 LANGUAGE used to and usually
2C Radical changes

1 A In pairs, look at the pictures and describe what you see. What are the similarities and differences?
B
Read the text and choose the best caption for the pictures.
1 Steve Way and his trainer 2 Steve Way: before and after 3 Like father, like son
Sports interview:
Marathon
Man
Steve Way, a long-distance runner, has two
memorable career highlights: running a marathon in
Glasgow in just 2 hours and 15 minutes and finishing
the British Ultramarathon (100 km.) in 6 hours and
19 minutes. Both were personal best times for him
and broke records. He is a top athlete, but behind
the success there is an extraordinary story.
Steve usually runs about 120 km. a week, weighs 67 kg., to give up smoking and start training for the London
and like all top athletes, is normally very careful Marathon, which he completed in just over three hours
about what he eats. But he hasn’t always been so despite training for only three weeks!
healthy. When Steve was in his thirties, he used to It soon became clear that Steve was a very talented
be dangerously overweight because of his addiction athlete. Nowadays, he is so enthusiastic about running
to chocolate and junk food. He didn’t use to get any that he travels to competitions all over the world. So
exercise, smoked a pack of cigarettes a day, and had a how does an ultra-healthy person celebrate another
stressful job with long hours. successful marathon? Steve admits that for 48 hours
He felt horrible, “I could hardly sleep at night. I was after a marathon he usually lets the old Steve out of the
coughing and waking up because of the smoking,” he box and enjoys fast food, steak, and French fries. “I still
remembers. “I realized I had to do something radically struggle to see myself as a serious athlete,” he says.
different to break the cycle.” The radical change was “I am just a man who got obsessed with his hobby.“
Adapted from theguardian.com

2 Read the text again. What do the numbers refer to?
100 km. 6 hours 19 minutes thirties three weeks 48 hours
3 In pairs, complete the notes about Steve in the chart with the words in the box.
overweight healthy food 67 kg. runs a lot junk food get any exercise
now before
amount of exercise 1 He usually . 2 He didn’t use to .
weight 3 He weighs . 4 He used to be .
diet 5 He usually eats . 6 He used to eat .
4 Have you made any changes in your life? What changes would you like to make?
16
used to and usually LANGUAGE 2C
5 Answer the questions and then read the Grammar box. Which sentences in the chart in
exercise 3 describe:
1 present habits and states?
2 past habits and states?
Grammar used to and usually
Past habits and states: Present habits:

I used to be in shape. I usually walk to work.
I didn’t use to work. I don't usually watch much TV.
He never used to call me. Do you usually start work so early?
Did you use to do your homework?
Look! We use the simple past for things that happened only once, or to say how many times something happened.
I broke my leg three times when I was a child. NOT I used to break my leg three times.
Go to Grammar practice: used to and usually, page 77
6 2.12 Pronunciation: sentence stress Read sentences 1–3. Which syllables are stressed?
Listen, check, and repeat.
1 Did they use to play sports? 2 I used to go to the gym. 3 He didn’t use to run.
7 A Rewrite the sentences with usually or a form of used to.

1 These days, I have cereal for breakfast. 5 I ate healthier food as a teenager.
2 I didn’t play volleyball when I was younger. 6 I didn’t like fruit when I was young.
3 I enjoyed math when I was in school. 7 I don’t eat much fast food.
4 I go swimming on Saturdays. 8 I didn’t work hard in school.
B
Which of the sentences in 7A are true for you? Change the other sentences so they are true for you.
Discuss your answers in pairs.

8 A Use the prompts to make questions with the correct form of used to.
1 which TV shows / watch / when you were eight?

2 which candies and snacks / like / when you were young?

3 which toys / play with / when you were a child?

4 which sports / play / in school?

5 where / go on vacation / when you were a child?

6 have / pet / when you were young?

7 which pop group / like / when you were twelve?

8 what / do / after school when you were young?

B
In pairs, ask and answer the questions in exercise 8A.
Say what you do now that is different.
A Which TV shows did you use to watch when you were eight?
B We never used to watch TV during the week, but we watched all the cartoons on Saturday morning.
A Do you still watch TV on Saturday morning?
B No, I usually meet friends. I watch TV in the evening after work.
Personal Best Write about differences between your life now and your parents’ lives when they were your age with usually and used to. 17
2 SKILLS WRITING making a narrative interesting ■ time linkers
2D It happened to me
1 Read the blog post quickly. Which word is missing from the title: surprising, frustrating, or terrifying?
Home About Blog Contact
A evening
Yesterday it was my friend Sarah’s 21st birthday. My friends
and I had planned a surprise party for her at The Firehouse, a
1small and cozy restaurant that she loves. Sarah’s sister was
a
going to bring her to the restaurant at 9 p.m., so we all needed
to be there to surprise her when she arrived.
Just before I left my house, I got a text message, but the
battery on my phone ran out before I could read it. I didn’t
have time to charge my phone, so I got in the car and left. 2It
was a horrible, rainy evening, but there wasn’t much traffic,
and everything was going fine until my car stopped suddenly.
I’d run out of gas! 3I was so angry with myself – 4why hadn’t I
gotten some the night before?
I thought my best option would be to find a cab. After waiting
for ten minutes, I finally found one. 5I felt so relieved – I could
still get to the restaurant in time. However, on the way, I
b
realized that I’d left my wallet in my car and didn’t have any
money to pay! I explained this to the driver, 6a rude and
impatient man. He stopped the car and told me to get out.
7What a disaster! It was now almost 9 p.m., so I had to run.
When I finally got to the restaurant, I was surprised to see that
it was completely empty. I waited for an hour, but nobody
came. So I walked back to the car, got my wallet, and took
a bus home. As soon as I got home, I started charging my
phone in the kitchen, but before I could call anyone, I got a
message. It said, “Sarah sick, party canceled!” I didn’t know
whether to laugh or cry.
f e d
18
18
making a narrative interesting ■ time linkers WRITING SKILLS 2D
2 A Read the blog post again. Put the pictures in the correct order from 1–6.
B Cover the blog. Look at the pictures and retell the story in pairs.
Skill making a narrative interesting
When writing a narrative, make the story more interesting by:

• describing people, places, and the events
• describing emotions and feelings
• including one or two comments about the events.
3 Read the Skill box. Match the underlined phrases (1–7) in the blog post with the three features of
a narrative (a–c).
a descriptions of people, places, and events:
b descriptions of emotions and feelings:
c comments about the events:
4 A Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.

comfortable surprised nightmare luckily tall disappointed
1 I thought Sue was on vacation, so I was to see her at work.

2 , I had another pair of glasses in my bag.
3 She was , blonde, and wearing a beautiful green dress.
4 When they told me I’d failed the exam, I felt really .
5 The hotel room was small, but it was very .
6 The train had already left, and I had lost my ticket. What a !
B
Which of the features a–c in exercise 3 does each sentence in 4A use?
Text builder time linkers
We use time linkers like before, after, until, and as soon as to make the order of two past actions clear:
Just before I left my house, I got a text message. Everything was going fine until my car stopped suddenly.
After waiting for ten minutes, I finally got a cab. As soon as I got home, I started charging my phone.
Look! After before and after, we can use a verb + -ing or a subject and verb. After until and as soon as, we
can only use a subject and verb:
As soon as I arrived, I went to bed. NOT As soon as arriving, I went to bed.
5 A Read the Text builder. In each of the four example sentences, which action happened first?
Discuss in pairs.
B
Complete the sentences with the correct time linker.
1 It was raining, so I waited in my car until / as soon as my sister’s train arrived.
2 Before / After she got off the train, she checked that she had all of her things.
3 They sent their parents a text until / as soon as their plane landed in Buenos Aires.
4 After / Until he closed the door, he realized that he had left his keys inside the apartment.
5 Before / As soon as I got home, I started to cook dinner.
6 As soon as / After driving him home, she went to get some gas.
6 A PREPARE Think about something amazing, surprising, frustrating, or terrifying that

happened to you. Make notes about the main events and any descriptions or comments
you want to include to make your story more interesting.
B PRACTICE Write a blog post, using your notes to help you. Include different narrative
tenses and time linkers.
C PERSONAL BEST Exchange your blog post with your partner. Read his/her work and correct
any mistakes. How could you improve it? What do you like best about his/her story?
Personal Best Read the blog post on page 18 again. Close your book and write a one-paragraph summary of it. 19
19
1 and 2 REVIEW and PRACTICE
Grammar 3 Choose the correct options to complete the text.
1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.

1 I usually my e-mails in the morning. Saved by a kitten
a am checking b check c was checking
2 What last weekend?
a did you b do you do c did you do
3 While I for my cab, my girlfriend called.
a waited b had waited c was waiting
4 When I lived in London, I ride my bike to work.
a usually b used to c use to
5 Sorry, I can’t talk now. We dinner.
a ‘re having b had c have
6 Who that bar of chocolate?
a did you give b gave you c did give you
7 I couldn’t go to the concert because they all
the tickets the day before. Yuriko Morota is a professional musician from Tokyo in Japan.
a were selling b sold c had sold She 1plays / is playing the piano for a living. Last week, Yuriko
8 Where to go on vacation when you were 2had shared / shared an amazing story about her uncle on
young? her Twitter account. Apparently, her uncle lived in Tokyo and
3used to have / usually has a beautiful cat called Nikko.
a did you used b did you use c you used
Yuriko 4doesn’t like / isn’t liking cats, but she loved Nikko be-
2 Rewrite the sentences using the tenses or phrases in cause he 5was saving / had saved her uncle’s life. One day,
parentheses. her uncle 6went / was going to the airport to catch a plane
1 Sam plays tennis in the park with his brother. (present when he 7was seeing / saw an abandoned kitten on the
continuous) street – its owners 8were leaving / had left it outside. Yuriko’s
Sam tennis in the park with his brother. uncle 9was loving / loved cats, so he 10took / had taken the
kitten home with him. Because of this, he 11missed / was
2 The ground is very wet because it rained all night.
missing his flight. The following morning he 12listened / was
(simple past, past perfect)
listening to the radio when he 13was hearing / heard that his
The ground very wet because it all plane 14crashed / had crashed into the mountains 100 km.
night. from Tokyo. He couldn’t believe how lucky he was!
3 What do you do with your friends on the weekend?
(simple past)
What with your friends on the weekend?
4 Jack was out of shape when he was in school. (used to)
Vocabulary
Jack out of shape when he was in 1 Circle the word or phrase that is different. Explain your
school. answer.
5 He’s using his tablet to check Facebook. (simple present)
1 check your e-mails get a text message
He his tablet to check Facebook.
speak face-to-face give someone a call
6 At nine o’clock last night, I took a bath. (past continuous)
2 a story congratulations
At nine o’clock last night, I a bath. a joke the truth
7 Who does she live with? (simple past) 3 go out bring up
Who with? break up pay back
8 Who takes the children to school every day? (used to) 4 excited terrified
Who the children to school? depressed embarrassed
5 a lie slowly
a language loudly
6 fascinating amazing
annoying exciting
20
REVIEW and PRACTICE 1 and 2
2 Match the words in the box with definitions 1–8. Personal Best
keep in touch with go up amusing try on
on
Less 1A
bring up go back fascinating run out of
son 2A
Les
1 something that makes you smile or laugh
2 care for a child until he/she is an adult Describe three Name five
things you did -ed adjectives
3 return yesterday using that describe
4 communicate regularly with communication your feelings
5 have no more of phrases. today.
6 very interesting
7 put on clothes before buying them to see on
Less 1A son 2A
if they fit Les
8 increase Write a
Describe three sentence using
3 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences. things that you the simple
1 I a lot of my photos on social media. are/aren’t past and past
a give b share c send doing now. continuous.
2 It was very because I couldn’t remember her
name. on
on Less 2A
a exciting b disappointing c embarrassing Less 1B
3 We ended having dinner at home last night.
Write a
a again b up c back Write one sentence using
4 My grandpa us a really funny joke last night. sentence with the simple past
a told b said c talked actually and one and past
with in fact. perfect.
5 I think it’s polite to to e-mails on the same day.
a answer b check c reply
6 My mother was really because the cab was
on son 2B
twenty minutes late. Less 1C Les
a amazed b amused c annoyed
Write two
7 I didn’t know you could Japanese!
Name five sentences
a talk b speak c say about a friend
8 Hurry ! I don’t want to be late for work.
phrases with say
and tell. using phrasal
a off b on c up verbs.
4 Complete the e-mail with the words in the box.
on
shocking said face told out talk spoke Less 2C
son 1C
depressed checked gotten broken call Les Name
something you
Write two used to do and
object questions something you
Hi Anna, and two subject didn’t use to do
When I 1 my phone this morning I saw that I’d questions. when you were
2 a text message from Chloe. So I decided to give a teenager.
her a 3 . When I 4 to her she seemed
pretty 5 . She 6 me that her boyfriend on
son 1D Less 2D
had 7 up with her, and she wanted to 8 Les
to someone about it. They’ve been going 9 Write four
together for three years, so it was very 10 when he Write three sentences about
11 he’d met someone else. Anyway, we’re going questions you the past using
to get together for coffee later, as it’s always better to speak can use to make these time linkers:
to someone 12 -to-face. small talk. before, after,
Hope to see you soon! until, and as
Love, soon as.
Sophie
21
UNIT
3 People
LANGUAGE future forms ■ personality adjectives
3A It’s a plan

1 Look at the words in the box. Which adjectives describe your personality?
kind sociable patient generous hardworking organized responsible
Go to Vocabulary practice: personality adjectives, page 95

2 In pairs, think of three adjectives to describe:
a a good boss b a good teacher c a good friend
3 A Read the text. Underline the personality adjectives.
Planning
personalities
You can tell a lot about people by the way
they organize their social life. Here are four
types of planners we probably all know.
The last-minute The disorganized

planner is very planner never uses a
easygoing, calls you calendar and often
ten minutes before plans to do two things
an event, and is at the same time,
surprised when you sometimes forgetting
can’t come! both!
The plan-ahead The unreliable

planner is extremely planner makes
organized and likes plans, but cancels
to make detailed just before you’re
plans a long time going to meet and
before the event, doesn’t think this is
expecting everyone a problem.
else to do the same.
B
Read the text again. Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do you have any friends who make plans like this? 2 What kind of planner are you?
4 A 3.3 Listen to four voicemail messages. Which type of planner is each person?
Ben Zoe Eva Jack
B 3.3 Who said the sentences: Ben (B), Zoe (Z), Eva (E), or Jack (J)? Listen again and check.
1 I’m going to cook Japanese food for you.
2 I’m going to stay at home and watch TV.
3 How about coffee at 4 p.m. instead? I won’t forget, I promise.
4 I have my sister’s car – I’ll come and get you if you’d like.
5 My friend’s band is playing at 9:30.
6 I’m having lunch with my brother tomorrow.
22
future forms ■ personality adjectives LANGUAGE 3A
5 A Match the forms with the sentences in exercise 4B.
present continuous future with be going to future with will
B
Match the sentences in 4B with the correct functions (a–c). Then read the Grammar box.
a a plan or intention c a promise
b an offer
Grammar future forms: present continuous, be going to, and will
Future plans and intentions:

We’re meeting at the restaurant at eight thirty. He’s going to learn another language.
Promises, offers, and instant decisions:
I’ll help you with your homework tomorrow. I’ll carry your bags for you. I’ll text her.
Go to Grammar practice: future forms: present continuous, be going to, and will, page 82
6 A 3.5 Pronunciation: going to Listen to the conversation. When is going to pronounced “gonna”?
A Are you going to the beach this weekend?
B No, I think I’m going to visit my parents. And you?
A I’m going to take the bus to the beach on Friday night. I can’t wait.
B You’re so lucky! I’m going to the beach the weekend after.
B
In pairs, practice the conversation. Use the two different pronunciations of going to.
7 A Match text messages 1–5 with responses a–e.

1 a
I’ (go) away I’ (come)
this weekend, but I can’t take over right away.
my dog with me.
b
2 Thanks! The wedding
Help! My tablet has a virus! (be) in the
spring, but we don’t have a date yet.
3
You ate all my chocolate! c
Sorry! I
(not do) it again …
4
I can’t believe how terrible the
band was last night. d
I’ (look) after him!
5
I hear you’ e
(get) married next year. I know. I’m never
Congratulations! (go) to see them again!
B
Complete the text messages with the future forms of the verbs in parentheses.
Go to Communication practice: Students A and B page 108

8 In pairs, ask and answer the questions. Use future forms. Give as much information as possible and
ask follow-up questions.
What are your New Year’s resolutions for next year?

New Year’s
What are you doing this weekend?
resolutions:
-go to the gym What are you going to do this summer?
-work harder What decisions have you made about your future studies or career?
-eat less chocolate Which future plans are you most excited about?
Which future plans are you not excited about?
Personal Best Imagine you are helping to plan a party. Think of six offers you could make to help. 23
31 SKILLS READING reading for specific information ■ linkers of reason and result
3B Born to rebel

1 Read the title, introduction, and headings of the text on page 25. In pairs, answer
the questions.
1 What are the four different birth orders? Which are you?
2 According to the introduction, which child is typically a rebel? Do you agree?
2 Read the text quickly. Which people agree that their personality is typical of
their birth order? Discuss your answers in pairs.
Skill reading for specific information
When we want to find specific information in a text, we need to know where to look.
• Read the question carefully and underline key words.
• Scan the text, looking for any synonyms or paraphrases of the underlined key words.
• Read that part in detail.
3 Read the Skill box. Scan the text and find the information you need to match sentences 1–8 with
the people.
Which person …
1 thinks the experience with her brothers helps with her job now?
2 works hard and doesn’t like making mistakes?
3 is certain of his ability to do well and is good at making decisions?
4 used to take care of younger family members, but worried about it?
5 is good at making people agree with her, but can think about herself too much?
6 didn’t like people making decisions for her and became a rebel?
7 thinks his parents’ behavior made him calm, but bad at planning?
8 is happy that her brothers and sisters received more attention than her?
4 A Look at the two sentences. Underline the part of each sentence that gives a reason for something.
Circle the part that gives a result of something.
1 Psychologists say that middle children become independent since they get less parental attention.
2 Psychologists say that middle children get less parental attention, so they become independent.
B
Which two words in the sentences above express reason and result?
Text builder linkers of reason and result
Reasons (as and since):

I’m tired as I slept badly. I took a cab since it was late.
Results (That’s why and so):

I slept badly. That’s why I’m tired. It was late, so I took a cab.
5 Read the Text builder. Rewrite the sentences from the text with the words in parentheses.
1 I wanted to be my own person, so when I was a child I was pretty rebellious. (as)
2 Parents usually pay more attention to their first child. That’s why oldest children like me are
normally confident. (since)
3 Oldest children are often more responsible and reliable since they look after their younger siblings.
(That’s why)
4 We tend to be hardworking and mature since we have our parents’ full attention and support. (so)
6 Is your personality typical of your birth order, according to the text? How about your family and
friends? Discuss in pairs.
24
reading for specific information ■ linkers of reason and result READING SKILLS 3B
The birth order effect

Many psychologists agree that your birth order
influences your personality more than other
factors such as your gender or culture. One belief
is that oldest children identify with parents and
authority, whereas youngest children often rebel
against them. There are many other personality
types thought to be typical of youngest, middle,
oldest, and only children. But are they true? We
interviewed eight people to find out.
Oldest children Youngest children

Apparently, parents usually pay more attention According to research, parents have a relaxed
to their first child. That’s why oldest children attitude when bringing up their last-born
like me are normally confident and decisive. child, and that’s why we’re easygoing and
I suppose that was true of my parents, and free-spirited. That describes me perfectly. I
it made me a pretty confident person. I’m don’t like discipline, and I’m very relaxed and
definitely not indecisive. Am I a rebel? No, not creative. Being the youngest, I had a lot of
at all, I work for the police department! Jack help and support, but maybe that stopped me
from being independent and made me more
I had to help my mother with my two younger disorganized. Tom
sisters. Psychologists believe that oldest
children are often more responsible and I grew up with older brothers and sisters who
reliable since they look after their younger were bigger and smarter than me. They were
siblings, but this can also make us pretty extremely bossy – always telling me what to do,
anxious. I’d say that’s true for me, and because which I hated. I wanted to be my own person,
I’ve always respected my parents’ authority, I so when I was a child I was pretty rebellious,
accepted the responsibility and the anxiety. which psychologists think is normal for
Mick youngest children. Tina
Middle children Only children

My older sister was serious and used to I don’t have any brothers or sisters. According
prefer spending time with our parents, and to experts, there are clear advantages and
my younger brother always used to get their disadvantages to this. On the one hand, we
love and attention. Because of this, I used to tend to be hardworking and mature as we have
spend most of my time alone or with friends. our parents’ full attention and support, but we
Psychologists say that middle children become also have their expectations on our shoulders,
independent since they get less parental which can be difficult. For this reason, I think
attention. That’s definitely true in my case, and I’m a bit of a perfectionist and sensitive to
in my opinion, it was good for me. Sara criticism. Adam
Research has suggested that middle children As we usually got what we wanted when we
are often very competitive, but I’m the were growing up, apparently it’s difficult for only
opposite – I was always trying to keep the children to compromise. That’s why we can be a
peace between my older and younger bit selfish and impatient. I think that’s also why
brothers! I definitely think that’s why I have I’m good at persuading people. I remember
good communication skills now, which helps trying to persuade my parents to give me a
with my career in Human Resources. Alice sister for my birthday! It didn’t work. Anita
Personal Best Underline all the personality adjectives in the text. Do you know what they mean? 25
31 LANGUAGE defining and non-defining relative clauses ■ relationships
3C Good neighbors, bad neighbors

1 Work in pairs. Explain the difference between:
1 a close friend and a best friend. 4 a couple and a partner.
2 a neighbor and a next-door neighbor. 5 a parent and a relative.
3 a colleague and a classmate.
Go to Vocabulary practice: relationships, page 95

2 Think of a friend, colleague, or neighbor you know well. Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 How do you know this person? 4 When did you last get together?
2 How long did it take you to get to know each other? 5 What do you have in common?
3 Have you ever argued or had a falling out? Why?
3 Read the notice. Do you think events like this are a good idea? Why/Why not?
WORLD
Neighbors’ Day NEIGHBORS’ Get involved!
DAY
encourages people Your neighborhood
to get together, get to is having the following
know each other, and Neighbors’ Day celebration:
develop a real sense of
community. What:
Over 30 million Street party with
people celebrated barbecue lunch
Neighbors’ Day last year, Where:
helping to create better Maple Avenue
neighborhoods all over When:
the world. Saturday, June 13th,
2 p.m. – 7 p.m.
4 A 3.8 Listen to three people answer the question “What makes a good neighbor?” Match the
opinions with the speakers: John (J), Mary (M), or Lisa (L).
1 Good neighbors help each other.
2 They’re not noisy.
3 They’re kind and try not to annoy other neighbors.
B 3.8 Listen again and complete the sentences with the words you hear.
John I had a bad experience in the building 1where I used to live. The biggest problem was
2
the people that lived on the first floor. They played heavy metal music all the time,
and their was always loud, too.
Mary My neighbor Tony, 3who works as a travel agent, is away at the moment. I’m after his
apartment. Once, though, another did something 4that made me furious. I’d given her
my keys while I was away, but she with her boyfriend, and when I came home, he was
asleep on my sofa!
Lisa Most people here are very and considerate. And we have some rules,
5which most people follow. I get annoyed with some neighbors, though, like the family 6whose
children leave bicycles in front of my door and throw trash on my .
5 Do you agree with the speakers? What do you think makes a good or bad neighbor?
6 Look at clauses 1–6 in bold in exercise 4B. Which relative pronouns do we use to talk about:
1 things? or 3 places?
2 people? or 4 possessions?
26
defining and non-defining relative clauses ■ relationships LANGUAGE 3C
7 A Look at the two sentences from exercise 4B and answer the questions.
a The biggest problem was the people that lived on the first floor.
b My neighbor Tony, who works as a travel agent, is away at the moment.
1 Which relative clause is essential and identifies who or what we are talking about?
2 Which relative clause gives extra information, although, without it, the sentence still makes sense?
B
Look at clauses 1–6 in exercise 4B again. Which clauses are essential? Which give extra information?
Then read the Grammar box.
Grammar defining and non-defining relative clauses
Defining relative clauses (identifying who or what we Non-defining relative clauses

are talking about): (giving extra information):
The woman who lives above me is a doctor. I saw the movie, which was great.
That’s the village where I grew up. That town, where my mother grew up, is beautiful.
Do you know the man whose car was stolen? My uncle, whose house is over there, works as a fire fighter.
Look! When a relative clause gives extra information, we separate it with commas (or a comma and a period).
Go to Grammar practice: defining and non-defining relative clauses, page 81

8 A 3.10 Pronunciation: pausing in relative clauses We usually pause before a clause that gives
extra information. Listen to the sentences. Add commas where the pauses are.
1 The family who lives on my floor is really friendly.
2 My grandmother lives in Quito which is in the north of Ecuador.
3 My brother who is a chef works at the hospital.
4 I get along well with the couple who lives in the apartment next to mine.
5 I don’t see my cousins who live in Argentina.
6 It’s easy to park on the street where I live.
B
In pairs, change the sentences in 8A so they are true for you. Add extra details if necessary.
The couple who lives on my floor is really noisy.
9 A Choose two places, two objects, and two people that are very important to you.
Places Objects People

1 1 1
2 2 2
B
In pairs, talk about your choices. Ask your partner why each of his/her choices is important,
and ask for more information. Use relative clauses in your answers.
A Tell me about one of your places.
B It’s Montevideo.
A Why is it so important to you?
B Because it’s the place where I met my boyfriend.
A How did you meet him?
B We were both in college there.
Personal Best Write five sentences about your relatives and close friends with non-defining relative clauses. 27
31 SKILLS
SKILLS SPEAKING giving and responding to news ■ giving bad news
3D I have some news

Learning
Curve 1 A Look at the sentences. Which are good news? Which are bad news?
Which news do you think the man in the photo has?
1 I’m afraid you didn’t get the job.
2 We won the game! We’re in the final!
3 I’ve had a falling out with my best friend.
4 Your rent’s going up by 20%.
5 She said “Yes”!
6 I got a promotion.
B
In pairs, discuss the questions.
1 What good news can you remember receiving in your life? What did you say?
2 Have you ever had to give someone bad news? How did you feel?
2 3.11 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Answer the questions.
Penny Simon
1 What news does Penny give Simon?

2 How do they both feel about the news?
3 3.12 How did Penny give Simon the news? How did Simon respond? Listen and complete the sentences.
1 I’m I have some bad news.

2 ? What ?
3 You aren’t going to this,

our boss is asking me to
fire our student workers. 4 ! That’s !
Conversation builder giving and responding to news
Giving news Responding to news

I’m afraid I have some bad news. That’s a relief.
I’m really sorry to say this, but … Oh no, that’s terrible!
You aren’t going to believe this, but … What a shame! That’s too bad!
Great news! I’m … I’m so happy for you! That’s fantastic news!
Guess what? I’m … I’m absolutely thrilled for you! Congratulations!
4 Read the Conversation builder. Put the phrases in the correct column in the chart.
giving good news giving bad news responding to good news responding to bad news
28
28
giving and responding to news ■ giving bad news SPEAKING SKILLS
SKILLS 3D
5 A In pairs, complete the conversation with the words in the box.
awful thrilled afraid shame that’s wonderful congratulations
A Great news! I’ve been offered a job writing for a new magazine!
B Wow! 1 fantastic news! I’m absolutely 2 for you! When do you start?
A Next month. I can’t wait. It’s a really exciting place to work.
B That’s 3 !4 !
A How are things with you?
B Well, I’m 5 I have some bad news. I broke my leg last week.
A Oh no, that’s 6 ! What a 7 ! I’m so sorry.
Sherry
B
In pairs, practice the conversation. You can change the details.

Answer the questions.
1 What news does Sherry give Penny?
2 How does Penny feel about it?
3 How does Simon feel about it?
7 3.13 How did Sherry give Penny her news? Order phrases a–h. Watch or listen again and check.
a It’s in my neighborhood, much closer to my apartment.
b but it’s sort of bad news for you.
c It’s a great opportunity to work with customers.
d Well, you know that I study fashion at college, right?
e So, I’m really sorry to say this, but I’m resigning.
f Well, it’s good news for me,
g 1 I have some news.
h Well, I got a great job offer to work at a department store that I just love.
Skill giving bad news
When we give someone bad news, we often try to do it in a sensitive way.

• Prepare the person first – tell him/her you have some bad news.
• Briefly explain the situation behind the bad news.
• Say exactly what the bad news is.
• Be sympathetic – say that you’re really sorry.
8 Read the Skill box. What did Sherry do to give Penny the news in a sensitive way?
9 A PREPARE In pairs, look at the situations below. Think about what you will say.
situation 1 situation 2
Student A You’ve been offered an amazing job in another city, but You’re Student B’s roommate and close friend. Listen
you’re worried your parents will be upset that you’re and respond to the news. Ask questions and continue
leaving. Tell your mother/father the news. the conversation.
Student B You’re Student A’s mother/father. Listen and respond to Your cousin has just moved into a fantastic apartment
the news. Ask questions and continue the conversation. and wants you to rent the spare room. You’re worried
your current roommate will be upset that you’re
leaving. Tell him/her the news.
B PRACTICE In pairs, take turns giving your news and responding to it.
C PERSONAL BEST How could you improve the way you gave the news and responded to your partner’s
news? Find another partner and give your news again.
Personal Best Imagine what Ethan’s news is. Write his conversation with Penny. 29
29
UNIT
4 Places and homes

LANGUAGE quantifiers ■ compound nouns
4A What makes your city great?

1 What three things make your town or city great? Discuss your answers in pairs.
2 Look at the text about four cities below. According to each writer, what makes his/her city great?
I MY CITY
With Melbourne topping the list of the best cities
in the world to live, we celebrate cities everywhere,
and invite you to share what you love about your city.
#whatmakesyourcitygreat
David Kiyomi
What I love most about this city are The nightlife here is amazing. There
the parks and green spaces. When are plenty of places to go and things
you have a little free time, there’s to do in the evening, with thousands
always an open space, urban park, of cafés, restaurants, and nightclubs.
or secret garden nearby where But what I like best about Tokyo are
you can go to relax. One really the unusual places to eat out. Last
interesting project, the High Line, week, I had dinner at the seafood
is a 2.3 km. long park built on an restaurant Zauo, where the tables
elevated section of a former railway are on a boat and you catch your
line. It’s a wonderful pedestrian own fish from the aquarium, which
area and has fabulous views of the the chefs then cook for you. It was
Hudson River, Manhattan, and the lots of fun!
New York City skyline.
Klaus Lola
In most big cities, there aren’t enough New Orleans sure has rhythm! You
roads that are safe for bicycling. hear live music on almost every
But here in Copenhagen, there are street: there’s always a jazz band
over 400 km. of bike paths, so you playing, or a few musicians jamming
can ride everywhere with no danger, together in a café or on a street
avoiding traffic jams and staying corner. My favorite time of year is
in shape at the same time. There Mardi Gras – the famous carnival
aren’t many people who regularly celebration with music and colorful
use a car here – in fact, most people parades. Some people complain
go to work or school by bike or on that there are too many tourists
foot. Some use the Cycle Snake, an here at Mardi Gras, but I think
elevated bike path over the harbor. It everyone should be able to see the
was built especially for bicyclists, and greatest free show on Earth!
the views from it are spectacular!
3 Match the words in each box to make compound nouns. Check your answers in the text.
bike traffic pedestrian night area life jam path

Go to Vocabulary practice: compound nouns, page 96

4 Read the text again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 There aren’t many green spaces in New York. T 5 In Tokyo, the restaurants are all pretty similar. F
2 There are trains on the High Line. F 6 At Zauo, customers catch the fish and cook it. T
3 It’s not dangerous to ride a bike in Copenhagen. T 7 There’s live music everywhere in New Orleans. T
4 Cars aren’t allowed on the Cycle Snake. F 8 A lot of tourists visit New Orleans for Mardi Gras. T
5 Which city sounds like the best one to live in? Why? Discuss your answers in pairs.
30 The best city would be New York since it is a very touristic city and because of the
parks and its green areas.
quantifiers ■ compound nouns LANGUAGE 4A
6 Look at the highlighted words in the text. Put them in the correct category. Then read the
Grammar box.
1 small quantities: not much, , ,
2 large quantities: a lot of, ,
3 zero quantity: not any,
4 more or less than necessary: too much, ,
Grammar quantifiers
Small quantities: Large quantities:

There's not/There isn’t much time, hurry up! We have a lot of/lots of work today.
There aren’t many people on this beach. There are plenty of bananas if you’re hungry.
Can I have a little cake and a few cookies, please?
Zero quantity: More or less than necessary:
There’s no bread/There isn’t any bread. There’s too much traffic. There are too many cars.
There’s not/There isn’t enough ice cream for everyone.
Go to Grammar practice: quantifiers, page 82

7 A 4.3 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen to the sentences. Which syllables are stressed?
1 I’ve been to a lot of museums. 5 My friends don’t have enough free time.
2 I don’t go to many concerts. 6 There’s no live music in my town.
3 I know a few nice restaurants. 7 It’s too noisy where I live.
4 There are plenty of stores in my area. 8 There’s too much stress in my life.
B 4.3 Listen again and repeat the sentences.
8 Change the sentences in exercise 7A so they are true for you. Compare your sentences in pairs.
9 4.4 Choose the correct quantifiers to complete the text. Listen and check.
not enough a few a little plenty of too too many
Melbourne number 1, again!

Melbourne has come first again in the list of the best places to live.
Only 1 cities like Zurich and Vancouver have come first
more than once, but Melbourne has won it for the fifth consecutive
year! It’s such an interesting and vibrant city, with 2 things
to do. The climate is great – it’s never 3 hot or cold, which
makes it perfect for strolling around the harbor or the pedestrian
areas downtown and admiring the colorful street art. If you like 4
culture, spend a day exploring the city’s museums, art
galleries, and the Arts Centre, which looks like the Eiffel Tower!
Getting around is easy, too, but with more than a million people
driving into the city every day, there are 5 traffic jams and
6 parking spaces. Taking the streetcar is easy and
convenient, though.

10 Discuss what you think of the following things in your city in pairs.
downtown pedestrian areas art galleries
public transportation nightlife parking lots
bike paths shopping malls traffic jams
department stores nightclubs sports centers
A In my opinion, there aren’t enough pedestrian areas here.

B You’re right. There’s too much traffic, so we need more pedestrian areas.
Personal Best Write five sentences about what an ideal city would be like. Use a quantifier in each sentence. 31
4 SKILLS LISTENING understanding key points ■ linking consonant sounds ■ common verb phrases
4B City or country?

Learning
Curve 1 In pairs, make a list of advantages and disadvantages of living in the city and living in the country.
2 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box. Which sentences are about living in the city? Which
sentences are about living in the country?
have (x2) catch meet (x2) miss (x2) take
1 It’s easy to have a friend and miss coffee or a snack.

2 It’s difficult to meet new people.
3 I have the peace and quiet and being surrounded by nature.
4 Public transportation isn’t great. If you miss a bus, you have to wait ages to catch the next one, or
ask someone to take you by car.
5 The nightlife’s great. It’s easy to go out and meet a good time.
3 Which sentences in exercise 2 are true for where you live?

Go to Vocabulary practice: common verb phrases, page 97
Skill understanding key points
When people speak, listen for the key points of the ideas they talk about.
• People often emphasize the key points and can use expressions such as most importantly, the main thing is.
• They often repeat the key points using different words.
• They often give examples, reasons, and more information to support the key points.
4 A 4.6 Read the Skill box. Watch or listen to the first Kate
part of Learning Curve. Kate talks about studies on city
and country life. Check ( ) the three key points.
1 People who live in the country live longer.
2 People who live in the city are more stressed out.
3 Country life is better when you work in the city.
4 Young adults prefer to live in the city.
5 Retired people prefer to live in the country.
B 4.6 Compare your answers in pairs. Watch or
listen again and check.
32
understanding key points ■ linking consonant sounds ■ common verb phrases LISTENING SKILLS 4B
5 4.7 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Where do Tracy, Carlos, and Sing live
and work? Check ( ) the correct options in the chart.
Tracy Carlos Sing
lives in the ... works in the ...

city country city country
Tracy
Carlos
Sing
6 A 4.7 Watch or listen again. Are the sentences true or false? Correct the incorrect sentences.
1 Tracy loves where she lives because it’s quiet. T
2 She likes knowing all her neighbors. T
3 She doesn’t like commuting to work. F
4 Carlos thinks city life is very convenient. T
5 He misses the country. F
6 He enjoys having a lot of options for going out. T
7 Sing’s a chef. F
8 He grows vegetables on the roof of a large building. T
B
Who do you think has the best quality of life, Tracy, Carlos, or Sing?
Listening builder linking similar consonant sounds
When a word ends in a consonant sound and the next word starts with the same consonant sound,
we only pronounce the sound once, not twice. The linked sounds are not always the same letter.
It’s similar. Ethan knows. We go to a sports center.
7 4.8 Read the Listening builder. Look at the sentences and mark where the consonant links are.
Listen and check. Then practice saying the sentences.
1 It’s an old house, so it took three years to modernize it.
2 It’s easy to keep in touch with them.
3 We get together every weekend.
4 I just took a photo of it.
5 See you next time.
8 A Discuss these questions with a partner.

1 Would you prefer to live and work in the city or the country? Why?
2 How far would you be happy to travel to work or school every day? Why?
3 Where would you prefer to spend a weekend away, in a city or in the country? Why?
B
Change partners. Discuss the key points of your conversation in 8A with your new partner.
Personal Best Imagine you’ve moved to the country. Write a paragraph about what you like about country life and what you miss about the city. 33
4 LANGUAGE comparatives and superlatives, as … as ■ describing homes
4C A place to stay in NYC

1 A What kinds of accommodations is the website advertising? What are the advantages and
disadvantages of using a website like this?
B
Look at three places to stay in New York. Which one do you prefer? Why?
reservedirect.com – find your perfect vacation home

Reserve directly with homeowners and hosts around the world. Stay in someone’s home and really experience local life.
Studio apartment near Central Park Houseboat for rent Artist’s house in Harlem
Modern, stylish studio apartment, 30 sq. m, Cozy houseboat with sofa bed. Kitchen with Two comfortable, bright and spacious double
with double bed, bathroom, and kitchen. fridge and microwave. Shower room. rooms in our beautiful Victorian house.
TV, WiFi, and air conditioning. Amazing views of the Empire State Building Full breakfast provided. Eat with other
Good location: a short distance from the and Manhattan skyscrapers. guests and your friendly hosts.
Museum of Modern Art and Times Square. Location: New Jersey; short walk to Fashionable neighborhood. Close to
$175 per night Manhattan ferry. $95 per night subway station. $140 per night
2 Match the definitions with the highlighted words in the text.

1 very light 3 not old 5 big
2 fashionable 4 warm and comfortable
Go to Vocabulary practice: describing homes, page 98

3 How would you describe your home on reservedirect.com? Tell your partner what kind of
home it is, where it is, and what it’s like.
4 A 4.12 Listen to Jon and Louise deciding where to stay in New York. Choose the correct advantage
and disadvantage they mention for each place.
accommodation advantages disadvantages

studio apartment 1modern / convenient 2too expensive / too small
houseboat 3cheap / cozy 4uncomfortable bed / basic
artist’s house 5fashionable area / convenient 6expensive / shared bathroom
B
Which place do they choose?
5 A 4.13 In pairs, complete the sentences from the conversation with the adjectives in the box.
Listen and check.
expensive big fashionable convenient comfortable cheaper
1 It’s by far the most . 4 We don't need to stay in one of the most
2 Well, it’s as as our old apartment. areas in New York.
3 It’s far than the other two places. 5 A sofa bed isn’t as as a normal bed, is it?
6 It’s slightly less than the studio apartment.
B
Look at the sentences in 5A and answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which sentences are comparatives? Which are superlatives?
2 Which comparative form means that two things are the same?
3 Which word and phrase in italics mean “a lot”? Which word means “a little”?
34
comparatives and superlatives, as … as ■ describing homes LANGUAGE 4C
Grammar comparatives and superlatives, as … as
Comparatives (two things): Superlatives (three or more things):

That apartment is slightly bigger than ours. This is the nicest present I’ve ever received.
Our new sofa is far more comfortable. It’s one of the most expensive cities in the world.
Jack’s apartment is less spacious than our house. This is by far the least fashionable part of town.
Your kitchen is as big as Robert’s.
Look! We can use slightly for a small difference Look! We can use by far to emphasize a
and far for a big difference. superlative.
Go to Grammar practice: comparatives and superlatives, as … as, page 83

6 A 4.15 Pronunciation: /ə/ sound Listen to the sentences. Notice the /ə/ sound in the
underlined parts of the words.
1 It’s cheaper than my old house. 3 It’s the biggest apartment I’ve ever seen!
2 Apartments aren’t as expensive as houses. 4 Is there a nicer hotel than this one?
7 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the adjectives in parentheses, and any other
words needed.
1 Sit on the sofa! It’s much the floor. (comfortable)
2 The team that wins the World Cup is team the world. (good)
3 I’m going to be late! This is by far bus I’ve taken! (slow)
4 It’s 75 sq. m. – It’s slightly my apartment, which is 70 sq. m. (spacious)
5 Villages aren’t towns. (big)
6 The song “Happy” is one of Pharrell Williams’ songs. (famous)
8 Complete the sentences with comparatives. Use the adjectives in the box or your own ideas.
Compare your sentences in pairs.
enjoyable exciting boring cheap expensive

relaxing stressful difficult easy comfortable
convenient tasty spicy
Italian food isn’t as tasty as Mexican food.

1 Italian food Mexican food.
2 English Chinese.
3 Soccer tennis.
4 Being a teacher being a student.
5 Being married being single.
6 Living in a small town living in a city.
9 In pairs, ask and answer questions with the words in the chart.
meal in the world?
the best
city been on?
the most beautiful
movie met?
the funniest
shoes visited?
Who the most exciting
is/are person eaten?
What the tastiest
was/were country you’ve ever had?
Which the most stressful
vacation read?
the most expensive
day bought?
the scariest
book seen?
the most interesting
team known?
Personal Best Choose two famous people and write four sentences to compare them. 35
2
4 SKILLS WRITING writing an informal e-mail ■ informal discourse markers
4D Hope to hear from you soon!

1 Look at the picture. What is happening? Read the e-mail and check.
Subject: News
Hey Pete,
1 Great to hear from you! Sorry for not writing sooner, but I’ve been really busy.
2 That’s fantastic news about your master’s. You’re so lucky! Raleigh is such a beautiful city, and the
university’s great. I’m sure you’ll do really well – you’ve always been hardworking. Don’t forget to have
some fun though! So, when do classes start? Have you found a place to live yet?
3 Anyway, I have some great news, too. Did I tell you I applied for a job in San Francisco a few months
ago? Well, I got the job! I’m an assistant website designer. It’s much more interesting than my old
marketing job, and San Francisco’s an amazing place. I only got here last week, but I’ve already found a
really cool apartment to rent (see photo). It’s not as big as my old place, but it’s very bright and modern.
I can get downtown, where I work, in under ten minutes. Convenient!
4 Why don’t you come to San Francisco for vacation this summer? I’d love to see you, and we could
explore the city and enjoy the nightlife!
5 By the way, do you remember Ruth Taylor from high school? Well, she works here, too! I couldn’t believe
it when I saw her on my first day in the office. She’s just as funny as she was when we were in high
school. It’s so nice to have someone at work I already know.
6 Speaking of work, I’d better get back to it because I have a report to finish by tomorrow. It’s only my first
week, and I’m already pretty busy here.
Hope to hear from you soon!
Lots of love,
Yasmin
2 Read the e-mail again and answer the questions.

1 What is Pete going to do in Raleigh? 2 Why has Yasmin moved to San Francisco?
3 Match paragraphs 1–6 with e-mail functions a–f.

a inviting c a reason to end the e-mail e responding to news
b giving news d opening comments f giving more news
Skill writing an informal e-mail
We write informal e-mails to people we know well, such as friends, family members, and colleagues.
• Use contractions like it’s and can’t.
• Use incomplete sentences like Great to hear from you, Sorry for not writing sooner, Can’t wait to see you!
• Use informal greetings and endings like Hey/Hi, How are things? Lots of love, See you soon, All the best,
and Take care.
• Start a new paragraph for each new topic to make your e-mail easy to read.
4 Read the Skill box. Find the informal sentences in the e-mail that have the same meaning as
the more formal sentences 1–8.
1 Thank you very much for your e-mail. 5 I also have some very good news.
2 I apologize for not replying immediately. 6 I was offered the position.
3 I was very pleased to hear about your program. 7 I have already found a very nice apartment.
4 When does your school program begin? 8 I should continue working.
36
36
writing an informal e-mail ■ informal discourse markers WRITING SKILLS 4D
5 Read Pete’s reply to Yasmin’s e-mail. Order sentences a–g.
Subject: News
Hi Yas,
a Anyway, I have to go, I have a meeting with my advisor in 20 minutes.
Speak soon! Don't forget to let me know about July.
b Anyway, I have some great news. Do you remember my British
cousin, Mo?
c 1 Great to hear from you! Really happy you’re enjoying your new job in San Francisco.
d So, have you made any new friends there yet?
e Speaking of invitations, I’d love to visit you in San Francisco. How about the first two weeks of July?
Can’t wait to see you!
f By the way, why don’t we get together with Ruth Taylor for coffee when I come? I haven’t seen her in ages.
g Well, he’s getting married in Brighton in March, and he’s invited me to the wedding. I’m really looking
forward to it. I already have a new suit (see photo). What do you think?
Take care,
Pete
6 Pete wrote his e-mail in four paragraphs. Which lines of the e-mail (a–g) do you think he included
in each paragraph?
Paragraph 1 Paragraph 3
Paragraph 2 Paragraph 4
7 Look at the words in bold in exercise 5. Which two have a similar meaning?
Text builder informal discourse markers
We use informal discourse markers to link ideas and help the reader understand the organization of
our ideas. We can also use these in informal spoken English.
To change the subject:
Anyway, I have some great news, too. So, when do classes start?
To introduce a less important subject:
By the way, do you remember Ruth Taylor from high school?
To return to a subject:
It’s so nice to have someone at work I already know. Speaking of work, I’d better get back to it …
8 Read the Text builder. Complete the sentences with discourse markers. Compare your answers
in pairs.
1 There’s a new department store near my apartment. shopping, have you heard about that
new online store?
2 Important news! Jamie just moved to Boston because he got a new job with the Boston Globe!
, he’s started playing soccer.
3 I’m not really enjoying my job at the moment … , how did your exam go?
4 I’m hoping to get a job soon, so I can share an apartment with some friends. housing,
have you moved yet?
9 A PREPARE Think of a friend or family member who recently gave you some news. Plan how to
respond to the news, decide what news you’d like to give, and invite him/her to do something.
B PRACTICE Write your e-mail. Use the ideas in the Skill box and the Text builder to help you.
C PERSONAL BEST Exchange your e-mail with a partner. Read his/her e-mail. Do the paragraphs and
discourse markers help you understand the organization of ideas?
Personal Best Write a reply to your partner’s e-mail. Respond to his/her news and give more news of your own. 37
37
1 Cross (X) the sentence that is NOT correct.

1 a I’m taking my driving test at 3:30 this afternoon.
b I’m going to take my driving test next year.
c I’ll take my driving test at 3:30 this afternoon.
2 a He’s the man whose brother is a pop singer.
b He’s the man which went out with Jenny.
c He’s the man Jenny used to go out with.
3 a There aren’t no tickets left for the concert.
b There aren’t any tickets left for the concert.
c There are no tickets left for the concert.
4 a I think it’s the funniest movie I’ve ever seen.
b I think it’s the most funny movie I’ve ever seen.
c I think it’s funnier than the last movie we saw.
The place 1that / where Maria Simonetti lives is very unusual.
5 a It’s after midnight. Should I call you a cab? It is a little village in the south of Italy 2which / who has over
b It’s after midnight. Do I call you a cab? 300 centenarians – people 3which / who are 100 years old or
c It’s after midnight. I’ll call you a cab. more. So although Maria 4is celebrating / should celebrate
6 a Uncle Jack, who works as an accountant, lives her 100th birthday next month, she’s not 5by far / one of the
in Sydney. oldest people in her village, as over 50 of the inhabitants of
b Jack is my uncle who works as an accountant the village are over 110. Maria’s seven grandchildren,
6who / that are all in their sixties, are organizing a
in Sydney.
c Uncle Jack, that works as an accountant, lives big party to celebrate, and 7they’re going to / they will
in Sydney. invite her relatives and friends from all over Italy. Her
8most young / youngest grandson, Filippo, is a chef, and
7 a His new apartment isn’t big enough for four people. 9he’ll / he’s going to bake her a special cake with ten candles
b His new apartment isn’t enough big for four people.
on it, one for each decade of her life. So, what’s her secret?
c His new apartment is too small for four people.
Well, everyone says Maria’s a very sociable and positive
8 a It’s one of the expensivest restaurants in my city. person. She still has a 10few / little friends and relatives in the
b It’s one of the most expensive restaurants in my village, and someone visits her every day. Also, Maria has a
city. very healthy diet. She eats 11much / lots of fish, vegetables,
c It’s much more expensive than the other and fruit, and she doesn’t eat 12much / many sugar or salt.
restaurants in my city.
2 Use the words in parentheses to complete the sentences

so they mean the same as the first sentence.
Vocabulary
1 I plan to spend three weeks in Mexico next year.
I three weeks in Mexico next year. (going to) 1 Circle the word or phrase that is different. Explain your answer.
2 She’s the woman. She lives on the second floor. 1 modern tiny
She’s the woman on the second floor. (who) comfortable impatient
3 There were only a few people at the party. 2 friendly next-door neighbor
There at the party. (many) close friend classmate
4 Sam is more helpful than Tom. 3 bike path art gallery
Tom Sam. (as … as) shopping mall sports center
5 Would you like a cup of coffee? 4 easygoing polite
make you a cup of coffee? (I) unreliable helpful
6 That’s my sister’s new car. She bought it from my cousin. 5 confident huge
That’s my sister’s new car, from my cousin. sensitive kind
(which) 6 town country
7 Nicholas is too young to drive a car. balcony suburbs
Nicholas to drive a car. (old) 7 stay in shape keep in touch
get along make up
8 My brother is more generous than my sister.
8 roof terrace pedestrian area
My sister is my brother. (less)
basement first floor
38
2 Match the words in the box with definitions 1–8.

Personal Best
unsociable traffic jam get along well anxious
on
department store basement cozy parents Less 3A son 4A
Les
1 a part of a building that is below the ground Name five Name five
2 comfortable and warm personality things in your
3 a large store with different sections adjectives that city using
describe your compound
4 does not enjoy being with other people
relatives. nouns.
5 a person’s mother and father
6 worried and afraid
7 have a friendly relationship Lesson 3A on
Less 4A
8 a line of cars that is not moving
Write four
3 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences. Write two
sentences for
sentences
about your
1 Can you me to your cousin, Sarah? future plans, classroom using
a meet b get to know c introduce and one for quantifiers.
2 I my girlfriend at a party. a promise.
a knew b met c kept
on
3 I enjoy working here as my are friendly. Less 4B
son 3B
a colleagues b classmates c couples Les
4 My team played very badly, and the game 4–0. Name four
a won b lost c missed Write four verb phrases
sentences using using have, take,
5 I’ve invited all my to my wedding.
these linkers: as, catch, and
a parents b relationships c relatives since, that’s keep.
6 I usually my friends on the weekend. why, and so.
a get together with b get to know c get along well with
on
7 He was late for work as he his train. Less 4C
son 3C
a caught b lost c missed Les Describe
8 My apartment is on the top . an apartment
a balcony b floor c terrace Name five or house you’ve
visited using five
4 Complete the e-mail with the words in the box. relationship
verbs. adjectives for
describing
basement helpful first floor parking lot spacious homes.
convenient next-door neighbor apartment building
Lesson 3C on
Less 4C
Write four Write five
Hi Adam, sentences about sentences to
someone you know describe your city
I have the keys to my new place! It’s on the 1 of using relative using comparative
a large 2 . It has two bedrooms, so it’s pretty clauses: two and superlative
3 defining and two adjectives.
. There’s a 4 in the 5 of the
non-defining.
building where I can leave my car. It’s really 6 . My
7 seems nice and really 8 – he’s offered
on
to carry my heavy boxes on moving day! Can you help, too? on
Less 3D Less 4D
Love, Give two Write four

Mel expressions sentences to
you can use to a friend using
give news and anyway, so,
two to respond by the way, and
to news. speaking of.
39
UNIT
5 Money and shopping

LANGUAGE zero and first conditional; future time clauses ■ money
5A Spend, spend, spend

1 In pairs, do the quiz. Is your partner a spender or a saver?
1 If I see something I really 3 If I see something in a
like on sale, store this weekend that
a I usually buy it (whether I really want, but can’t
I need it or not). afford,
b I ask for it for my a I’ll buy it with my
birthday. credit card.
c I don’t buy it. My b I‘ll borrow money from
savings are for
important things!
ARE YOU a friend or relative.
c I’ll save up until I can
A SPENDER OR A SAVER? afford it.
2 If I feel a bit down, 4 When my phone stops

a I go shopping – it’s working,
called “retail therapy”! a I’ll replace it with the
b I go for ice cream. latest model, probably
the most expensive!
c I check my savings
account – the numbers b I’ll replace it with a new
there always make me model, but nothing too
feel happy. expensive.
c I’ll get a free one with
the cheapest contract.
Go to Vocabulary practice: money, page 99

2 Work in pairs. Answer the questions.
1 Have you ever wasted money on something you’ve never used?
2 Would you prefer to be broke and happy, or wealthy and unhappy?
3 When you lend someone money, how long do you give him or her to pay you back?
4 If you need to borrow money from someone, who do you ask? Why?
5 When do you take money out and pay with cash? When do you prefer to pay with a card?
6 What would you like to spend your savings on?
3 5.3 Listen to two friends, James and Sarah, doing the first two questions of the quiz.
Are they spenders or savers?
4 A 5.4 Complete the sentences from the conversation. Listen and check.
1 If I see something I like , I usually get it.
2 If you spend all your money, you won’t be able to for a motorcycle.
3 As soon as I , I’ll call you.
B
Look at the sentences in 4A. Underline the present tenses. Circle the future forms.
5 A Match the sentences in exercise 4A with structures a–c and functions d–f. When do we use a
present tense to talk about the future?
a if + simple present, future with will d a situation or routine that is generally true
b if + simple present, simple present e two connected future events
c future time word + simple present, future with will f a possible future event and its result
40
zero and first conditional; future time clauses ■ money LANGUAGE 5A
B
Look at the quiz questions again. Which of the structures and functions in 5A are they?
Then read the Grammar box.
Grammar zero and first conditional; future time clauses
Zero conditional (routines or situations that are First conditional (possible future events and
generally true): their results):
If it rains, I take an umbrella. If it doesn’t rain, I’ll go to the beach tomorrow.
Look! In conditional sentences, we can use unless (if … not):
Unless it rains, I'll go to the beach.
Future time clauses (two connected future events):
As soon as I get paid, I’ll pay you back. We won’t eat until you get home tonight.
Look! In a future time clause, we use the simple present not will:
I'll do my homework when the movie ends. NOT when the movie will end.
Go to Grammar practice: zero and first conditional; future time clauses, page 84
6 A 5.6 Pronunciation: intonation Listen to the conditional sentences. Notice the falling intonation.
1 Plants die if they don’t get enough water.
2 If my husband has a cold, I usually catch it.
3 Unless Jo lends me $15, I won’t be able to go.
4 I won’t go shopping if the meeting finishes late.
B 5.6 Listen again and repeat the sentences with the same intonation.
7 A Choose the correct options to complete the text.
Save money without even trying

As soon as you 1start / will start following these weekly tips from our money expert,
Marta Benz, you’ll save money without even trying!
Make your own coffee Pay with cash

2If / Unless I get up early, I never have time I always 5pay / will pay by credit card when I 6go / ’ll go
to make coffee before leaving for work, so it’s shopping. It’s much easier than finding an ATM. However,
tempting to buy some on the way to the office. I 7’ll / won’t take my card with me when I 8go / will go
Buying coffee every day might save time, but shopping next. Why? Because research shows that if
it doesn’t save money. If you 3make / ’ll make people 9pay / will pay by credit card, they 10don’t / won’t
coffee at home next week, you 4save / ’ll save at realize how much they’re spending. Paying with hard-
least $25. That’s an annual saving of $1,250! earned cash is more “painful,” so we spend less.
B
In pairs, discuss which tip is the most helpful. Can you think of any other money-saving tips?

8 Complete the sentences so they are true for you. Then compare your sentences in pairs.
1 If the weather’s nice tomorrow, I .
2 I’ll probably next week unless .
3 I next summer if I can afford it.
4 I if I go shopping this weekend.
5 If I save enough money in the next six months, I .
6 I usually if I feel stressed out.
7 I’ll keep studying English until .
8 I as soon as I get home tonight.
A What will you do if the weather’s nice tomorrow?
B If the weather’s nice tomorrow, I’ll probably go jogging. And you?
Personal Best Write six sentences with future time clauses, using words from the Vocabulary practice. 41
51 SKILLS READING identifying opinions ■ even, just
5B Black Friday

1 Look at the title of the text and the pictures on page 43. Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 Describe the pictures. What do you think is happening?
2 Have you bought any bargains recently? What were they? Where did you buy them?
2 What do you know about “Black Friday”? Choose the sentence that you think is correct. Then
read the first paragraph and check.
1 Black Friday takes place just after Christmas.
2 On Black Friday, stores offer a lot of bargains.
3 It’s called “Black Friday” because stores lose a lot of money on that day.
Skill identifying opinions
When you read a text that contains opinions, look for:

• phrases that introduce opinions: it seems to me that, as far as I’m concerned, if you ask me.
• adjectives that express opinions: amazing, disappointing, successful, disgusting, awful
• opinions expressed indirectly and comparisons with like: People aren’t that polite = People are impolite.
It’s like watching paint dry = It’s boring.
3 A Read the Skill box and skim the text. Who has a negative opinion about Black Friday?
Who enjoys it? Who dislikes it, but always goes?
B
Read the second paragraph again and find:
1 three phrases which introduce opinions. 3 an opinion expressed as a comparison with like.
2 three adjectives which express opinions.
4 Read the text again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 For Andy, the most important thing about Black Friday is the low prices.
2 Andy thinks it’s normal for shoppers to behave badly on Black Friday.
3 Jen thinks that some people lose control on Black Friday.
4 Jen doesn’t mind if shoppers are aggressive on Black Friday.
5 Chris thinks people save money to buy things they need on Black Friday.
6 Chris believes that stores offer fantastic special offers on Black Friday.
5 Complete the sentences with even or just. Scan the text and check.
1 Stores offer huge discounts and special offers for one day.
2 This year was more successful than last year.
3 I got what I wanted.
4 People yell at each other, and there are fights!
5 It seems to me they go crazy when they see a bargain.
6 I’m not sure if the bargains are actually real.
Text builder even, just
We use even to emphasize surprising information, We use just to mean only, exactly, or simply.
comparisons, and negatives. only: There’s just one store on my street.
surprise: I speak French, English, and even Chinese. exactly: This shirt is just my size.
comparisons: His new car is even faster than his old one. simply: I just called to say I love you.
negatives: He’s never even heard of my favorite singer!
6 Read the Text builder. What do even and just mean in the sentences in exercise 5?
7 Do you think big shopping events like Black Friday are a good idea? Why/Why not?
42
identifying opinions ■ even, just READING SKILLS 5B
Going for a bargain

B
lack Friday takes place in the U.S. right after different games consoles, and a vacuum cleaner into his car. I
Thanksgiving, on the last Friday in November, when asked Andy about his views on Black Friday’s bad reputation.
stores offer huge discounts and special offers for just “It doesn’t worry me too much. People yell at each other, and
one day. It marks the start of the holiday shopping season there are even fights! But as far as I’m concerned, it’s part of
and takes its name from the fact that this is the first day of the event. If you don’t like it, don’t come.”
the year that stores traditionally start making a profit, going
from “in the red” to “in the black.” However, the event is now Inside the store, Jen, a nurse, was waiting to pay at the
international and more famous for the aggressive behavior checkout. “Every year, I say I’m not going to come, but
of people hunting for low-priced TVs, tablets, and designer here I am again,” she said with a tired smile. What doesn’t
clothes. I went to a department store to talk to shoppers about she like about it? “People aren’t that polite on Black Friday.
their views on all aspects of the Black Friday phenomenon. It seems to me they just go crazy when they see a bargain.
And what do we buy? More coffee makers, tablets, stuff we
Outside I met Andy, a retired salesclerk, who had lined already have, so why are we buying more? I couldn’t resist
up all night outside the store to get in first. “Obviously, you this hairdryer and smartphone today, though, so I suppose
can find some amazing discounts,” he said, “but if you ask I’m part of the problem.” She is not a fan of the behavior
me, the best thing is the experience itself. It’s so exciting – of some shoppers, however. “It can be chaos, with people
camping outside the night before, getting your hands on the kicking and pushing each other out of the way. Sometimes
latest widescreen TV, reduced from $600 to $249. Personally, you even see people fighting in front of their kids, and I saw
I think this year was even more successful than last year – I one woman break her wrist as she fell trying to defend her
got just what I wanted,” he said, trying to fit two TVs, five new microwave. To be honest, I find it pretty disgusting.”
Finally, I spoke to Chris, a student who had only come into

the store to buy a charger for his phone. “I’d forgotten
it was Black Friday. I can’t believe how many people are
here.” But aside from that, how does he feel about the day?
“From my point of view, it’s a terrible idea as it encourages
people to be materialistic and spend money on items they
can’t afford. They pay by credit card and get into debt …
it’s sad and unnecessary.” Chris went on to make the most
interesting point I’d heard all day. “I’m not even sure if the
bargains are actually real. Some stores seem to increase
prices before Black Friday and then lower them, so people
think there are huge discounts!” And yet, all over the world,
people go crazy for those Black Friday bargains, year after
year.
Personal Best Imagine you were at this department store on Black Friday. Write a short paragraph describing your opinion of it. 43
51 LANGUAGE predictions: will, be going to, may/might ■ shopping
5C Tomorrow’s world of shopping

1 A Read two people’s comments about shopping. Complete the comments with words from the box.
order in-store products delivery item salesclerk
I prefer 1 shopping. It’s important to It’s so quick to 4 things online, and home
see an 2 before buying it, and to be 5 is really convenient. In the future, I think
able to ask a 3 for help or advice. most companies will only sell their 6 online.
B
Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 Do you prefer online or in-store shopping? Why? 3 What have you bought online recently?
2 What have you bought in a store recently? 4 How do you think we will shop in the future?
Go to Vocabulary practice: shopping, page 99

2 Read the title of the text. In pairs, discuss what you think is happening in the pictures.
We look at some of the exciting changes that
The FUTURE of shopping we might see in the not-so-distant future,
both in stores and online, but also beyond!
In-store technology Try before you buy – virtually!

Like in the movie Minority Report, face-recognition systems will Many clothing stores already have interactive mirrors in the
greet customers by name when they arrive, record what they store, which let you try on different clothes virtually at the swipe
buy and which parts of the store they spend most time in, and of a hand. The mirrors use augmented reality to show how the
collect information about clothes will fit. Similar “magic
product preferences by mirror” app technology is
measuring facial expressions. being developed to browse
They’ll then use all this online stores and virtually
information to send try on clothes at home, too.
personalized recommendations We predict that this might
and special offers to shoppers’ be the most popular new
phones while they shop. technology!
The changing face of stores Neither in-store nor online

Judging by their popularity at present, there are probably going As our lives get busier, companies will definitely install more
to be more “pop-up” stores – small, temporary stores in places large touch screens in public spaces, where people can
like train stations, parks, or anywhere where there are a lot of browse and order what they want without going to a store.
people. Meanwhile, many stores may simply stop selling things Virtual supermarkets are
and become showrooms for already available in the
companies to display their subway system in Seoul,
products. In this way, people South Korea. Passengers
will browse in a store and will order groceries while waiting
be able to see and touch the for their train, and they are
different products, but they delivered to their home the
will have to order them online. same day.
3 A Read the text. Match 1–5 with a–e to make predictions.

1 In-store technology, such as facial recognition, will a collect information about our shopping habits
2 Pop-up stores are probably going to and preferences.
3 People will browse in a store, but buy online and b be the most successful new technology.
many stores will c see more touch screens in public places.
4 The writers predict that interactive mirror d appear in more places because they are very
apps might popular at the moment.
5 As our lives get busier, we will definitely e stop selling things and become showrooms.
44
predictions: will, be going to, may/might ■ shopping LANGUAGE 5C
B
Which of the shopping predictions do you think are a good idea? Why?
4 Look at the predictions in exercise 3A again. Choose the correct options to complete the rules. Then read
the Grammar box.
1 We use going to for predictions based on someone’s opinion / present evidence.
2 We use will for predictions based on someone’s opinion / present evidence.
3 We use might and may for predictions we are sure / not sure about.
4 We use will definitely to say that the prediction is more certain / uncertain.
Grammar predictions: will, be going to, may/might
General predictions: Predictions based on present evidence:

I don’t think Robert will arrive on time. She looks like she’s going to have her baby very soon!
Robots probably won’t replace humans. Look at those clouds! It’s definitely going to rain.
Less certain predictions with modal verbs:
It may be cold later. The weather forecast said it’s possible.
Jill might come to dinner. She hasn’t confirmed.
Look! With will and going to, we can use probably to make a prediction less certain and definitely to make it
more certain.
Go to Grammar practice: predictions: will, be going to, may/might, page 85

5 A 5.10 Pronunciation: word stress Listen to the sentences and look at the words in bold.
How many syllables do they have in fast speech? Which syllable is stressed?
1 He’ll probably be late. 4 It’s definitely not going to snow.
2 I probably won’t stay awake. 5 She's probably going to leave.
3 It’s definitely going to be sunny. 6 I'll definitely call you.
B 5.10 Listen again and repeat.

6 Choose the correct options to complete the text.
Experts predict the future – what will the world be like in 2050?
“I think we’ll “Robots 4probably “In 2050, all
1definitely be / won’t / won’t kitchens 7might not /
be definitely able probably only might have 3D
to buy emotions help us with the printers that will
online, upload housework, but be able to make
them to our brains, they’ll also take dinner. 3D printed
and we 2may be / maybe able to care of children, and – this is crazy, pizza, anyone? NASA is already
share them online on social media. If but possible – they 5might / will even experimenting with 3D printed food
a friend posts a photo of her wedding become our closest friends. In the for trips to Mars and beyond. If it's
day, we 3will probable / will probably future, this technology 6is going to / successful, technology like this
won’t be much more advanced, and 8may / might definitely help solve the
be able to experience exactly what
she was feeling.” robots and gadgets will sense how we problem of world hunger.”
feel and adapt to our emotions.”
7 In pairs, make predictions about the future. Use some of the ideas below or your own ideas.
work pollution robots wearable technology my life housing
space travel computers social networks transportation food
I don't think we'll work in offices in the future. We won't need to talk face-to-face with our colleagues as
we'll be able to communicate online. What do you think?
Personal Best Complete the following sentences with a prediction: Next week …, Next year …, In five years … . 45
51 SKILLS
SKILLS SPEAKING explaining what’s wrong ■ taking something back to a store
5D It’s not working

Learning
Curve 1 In pairs, ask and answer the questions.
1 Have you bought anything that you’ve had to take or send back to the store?
2 What was the problem?
3 Was there a solution? What happened?
2 Look at the picture. What do you think the object

in the picture is? What might be the problem with it?
3 5.11 Watch or listen to the first part of

Learning Curve. What is the customer’s problem?
Choose the correct option.
a He bought the item by mistake.
b The 3D visor he bought isn’t working.
c There’s something wrong with the video game he bought.
Conversation builder explaining what’s wrong
Problems with electrical items Problems with clothes and other items
I can’t get it to work/turn on. It’s too big/small/tight/baggy.
It’s not working. / It doesn't work. / It won’t work. It doesn’t fit.
It keeps crashing. It’s broken/scratched/torn.
There’s something missing. It’s the wrong size/model/color.
There’s something wrong with the … I’ve changed my mind. I don’t want it any more.
4 5.12 Read the Conversation builder. Complete the customer’s description of the problem with
the visor. Listen and check.
Customer I bought this visor at a reduced price to use with my video games, and I can’t get it to
1 . I’d like to return it.
Marc So what seems to be the problem with it?
Customer It won’t, you know, work with the video game. I put it on, and it keeps 2 . You know,
it just stops 3 right away. I think there might be something 4 in the
program or it's just 5 .
5 In pairs, practice explaining what is wrong with something. Talk about three things each.
46
46
explaining what’s wrong ■ taking something back to a store SPEAKING SKILLS
SKILLS 5D
6 5.13 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Choose the correct option to
answer the questions.
1 At first, what does the customer want Marc to do?
a exchange the item for the same model
b exchange the item for a different model
c give him a refund
2 What happens in the end?
a Marc fixes the item, and the customer is satisfied.
b Marc agrees to give the customer a refund, but he
can’t find his receipt.
c The customer exchanges the item for a new model.
Skill taking something back to a store
When you take something back to a store, explain clearly, but politely, what you want.
• Use I’d like and Could I to sound polite, e.g., I’d like to exchange it. Could I return it, please?
• Add phrases like I think, just, and if that’s possible to make your request sound less direct. I’d just like one in
a smaller size. I think I’d like a refund, if that’s possible.
• If you’re not happy with the proposed solution, explain what you want frankly and firmly, using phrases like
to be honest and actually. To be honest, I’d just like a refund. Actually, I think I’d prefer a refund.
7 Read the Skill box. Did the customer explain what he wanted clearly and politely?
8 Order the words to make sentences from the conversation. Who said each sentence,
Marc (M) or the customer (C)?
1 to / be / seems / the / what / problem / it / with ?
2 return / I’d / to / it / like
3 look / take / could / a / I / it / at ?
4 honest / I’d / to / be / think / I / like / it / exchange / to
5 refund / get / a / please / could / I ?
6 I’d / think / I / refund / like / a
7 absolutely / need / just / I / see / receipt / to / your
8 speak / can / to / manager / your / I / please ?
9 Order sentences a–g to make another conversation in a store.

a Salesclerk: Of course. Can I have a look at it?
b Customer: Actually, I’d prefer a refund.
c 1 Salesclerk: Good morning. Can I help you?
d Customer: Yes, sure. Here you are.
e Salesclerk: You’re right. There’s something wrong with the switch. Would you like to exchange it?
f Salesclerk: No problem. Could I have your receipt and credit card?
g Customer: Hi. I bought this hairdryer yesterday, but it isn’t working. Could I return it, please?
10 A PREPARE In pairs, prepare a conversation in a store. Decide on:
• the item • what the customer wants
• the problem • what solutions are possible
B PRACTICE In pairs, practice the conversation. Take turns being the customer.
C PERSONAL BEST Listen to another pair’s conversation. Does the customer explain clearly what’s wrong?
Are both people polite? Can you use something from this conversation in your own? Practice your
conversation again.
Personal Best Think of five new products and make a list of possible problems with them. 47
47
UNIT
6 Work and education

LANGUAGE present perfect and past simple, already, yet, recently ■ work and careers (1)
6A Career change

1 In pairs, put phrases a–f in order from 1–6.
a get a job c apply for a job e attend an interview
b get a promotion d retire f get a degree
Go to Vocabulary practice: work and careers (1), page 100

2 In pairs, discuss your career so far or your hopes for your future career.
3 Read the text quickly. Which two careers has Fabrice Muamba had?
RISING STAR’S CAREER CHANGE

Fabrice Muamba has had an extraordinary an hour before his heart started again, and he
life so far. He has lived on two continents was in the hospital for a month. Surprisingly,
and has had two successful careers. He he made an excellent recovery, but he had
also nearly died on the soccer field in front to change careers for medical reasons. “I’ve
of a live TV audience of millions. We take a had to go back to the beginning again with
look at his life and his new career. my career, and learn completely new skills,”
Fabrice lived in the Democratic Republic of he says, but his new career as a journalist is
Congo when he was a child, but he has lived going well. He has recently completed a degree
in the UK since he was eleven. His career as a in sports journalism with a job placement at
soccer player began with a training program at the BBC, and has already written articles for a
Arsenal Football Club when he was fourteen. national newspaper.
Three years later, he finished school and Fabrice has learned a lot from changing
became a full-time professional soccer player. careers, and he has become an ambassador for
“It was hard, and I had to train every day, but a program called Life Skills, which helps young
that’s how my career really started,” he says. people prepare for the world of work. So, what
As a professional soccer player, Fabrice was a advice does he give young people? “I'm really
rising star who scored many goals, signed grateful for having so many opportunities and
multimillion dollar contracts, and was frequently that I've been able to try different things.
named Player of the Season. However, during So that's my main advice: you have to be
an important quarter-final game, Muamba’s open to trying lots of new things in order to
heart stopped, and he collapsed. It was over succeed.”
Adapted from theguardian.com
4 A Read the text again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 He has had a normal life.
2 Fabrice lived in the UK when he was a child.
3 He has lived in the U.S. since he was eleven.
4 He became a professional soccer player after he finished school.
5 He had to change careers because of a health problem.
6 He has recently completed a degree in sports journalism.
7 He has already written articles for the BBC.
8 In his life, he has had a lot of opportunities.
B
Which verbs in bold in 4A are present perfect? Which are simple past?
48
present perfect and simple past, already, yet, recently ■ work and careers (1) LANGUAGE 6A
5 Match the verbs in bold in exercise 4A with functions a–e. Then read the Grammar box.
a finished past actions d life experiences
b recently finished past actions e unfinished past actions
c past actions with already that continue in the present
Grammar present perfect and simple past, already, yet, recently
Present perfect for past experiences in your life: Present perfect for recent past actions:
I’ve visited over 20 countries. I’ve been tired lately.
He’s never been to the U.S. We haven’t seen Harry recently.
Present perfect with already and yet: Actions that start in the past and continue in the present:
She’s already bought her ticket. I’ve studied English since I was eight years old.
Have you read my e-mail yet? I’ve known him for years.
Simple past for finished actions in the past: Look! We use since with a point in time and for with
I got my first job in 2015. She lived here for 10 years. a period of time.
Go to Grammar practice: present perfect and simple past, already, yet, recently, page 86
6 A 6.3 Pronunciation: present perfect and simple past Listen to the sentences.
Notice the difference between the present perfect and simple past.
1 a I’ve lived here for five years. b I lived here for five years.
2 a He’s met her before. b He met her before.
B 6.4 Listen and complete the sentences. Which are present perfect? Which are simple past?
1 I him a few times. 4 They to take the course.
2 We our vacation. 5 She the company.
3 He a good job.
7 A 6.5 Choose the correct options to complete the conversation. Listen and check.
A How long 1has Karen been / was Karen in her current job?
B She 2’s been / was there for a month. She’s a project manager in a construction
company.
A Was she looking for a job for a long time or 3has she gotten / did she get a job quickly?
B A long time. She 4’s been / was unemployed for two years.
A 5Has she done / Did she do an internship with that company before she got the job?
B No, she didn’t. When she 6’s applied / applied for the job, she didn’t know the
company.
A 7Has she ever gotten / Did she ever get a promotion?
B She got a promotion in her last job, but she 8hasn’t gotten / didn’t get one on this
job yet.
A 9Has she taken / Did she take any training courses recently?
B She 10’s taken / took a project management course when she was unemployed.
B Work in pairs. Ask your partner about a friend or relative who has a job. Use the questions in
7A and your own ideas.
8 In pairs, use the prompts to ask and answer the first questions in the present perfect. Then ask for
more details in the simple past.
1 how long / live in your house or apartment? why / move there? where / live before?
2 see / any good movies recently? which movie / see? you / enjoy it?
3 go / on vacation this year? where / go? have / a good time?
4 how long / know your newest friend? how / meet? where / meet?
Personal Best Write four sentences about your life. Use the present perfect and the simple past. 49
6 SKILLS LISTENING understanding specific information ■ sentence stress ■ work and careers (2)
6B Dream job

Learning
Curve 1 Answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do you know anyone who is doing their dream job?
2 What kind of work do they do? What does it involve?
3 Why do they enjoy it?
4 What would your dream job be?
2 What’s the difference between the pairs of words? Discuss in pairs.

1 job / career 3 part-time / full-time
2 employer / employee 4 CV / application form
Go to Vocabulary practice: work and careers (2), page 100

3 In pairs, make a list of the five most important things you need
for job satisfaction.
Skill understanding specific information
It’s often important to understand specific information and specific words.

• Read the questions carefully and identify what kind of information you need.
• Think about the possible words you may hear.
• Important words are usually stressed in a sentence. My friend, who’s a chef, was laid off, so she
started her own business making wedding cakes.
• Try not to confuse similar-sounding words. He’s employed. He’s unemployed. She’s fourteen.
She’s forty.
4 6.7 Read the Skill box. Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Make a note of
some stressed words you hear for topics 1–4.
1 Penny’s current job
2 Penny’s previous job
3 the study about job

satisfaction
4 temporary job agencies
5 6.7 Watch or listen again. Write one word in each blank to complete the sentences.
1 Penny finds her current job .
2 She used to be a assistant.
3 She found her previous job .
4 The working conditions in her previous job were .
5 One study shows that only % of people like their jobs.
6 Even if they have well-paid jobs, other people feel at work.
7 Working conditions have changed, and some people don’t want a job.
8 The largest employer in the U.S. is a temp agency.

1 What are the advantages of having a permanent job? And a temporary job?
2 Which would you like at this stage in your life? And in the future?
50
understanding specific information ■ sentence stress ■ work and careers (2) LISTENING SKILLS 6B
7 6.8 Watch or listen to the second part of the show Ira
and answer the questions.
1 What’s Ira’s job?
2 Does he enjoy it?
3 Which job has Kelly applied for?
4 Does she have any experience in that profession?
5 What’s Janet’s job?
6 Is it a full-time job?
8 6.8 Watch or listen again. Complete the notes about

Ira, Kelly, and Janet with a word or phrase that you hear.
Kelly
Ira’s responsible for making the store 1 . When

he started working there, it was a 2 job. He
took over as the manager when his uncle 3 .
Kelly has sent her 4 ,a5 , and a

salary request to the TV company. She’s also sent
them an 6 , and has called them 7 Janet
times. Simon recommends asking if she can do an
8 at the company, instead.
Janet used to work with monkeys, but she got a

9
, and now she works with gorillas. She’s
always wanted to be a 10 .
Listening builder sentence stress
English speakers stress the most important words in a sentence. These are usually words that carry meaning: nouns,
adjectives, and verbs. “Grammar” words, such as auxiliaries, prepositions, and pronouns, are often unstressed.
There can be one or more unstressed words between the stressed words. The more unstressed words there are
between two stressed words, the more quickly they are pronounced.
I’d like to ask you about work. Do you have a job?
9 A Read the Listening builder. Look at the stressed words in sentences 1–5. How many
unstressed words do you think there are in each blank?
1 hard find dream job.
2 Working conditions nowadays different were past.
3 always known kind job wanted do adult.
4 times call company job interview?
5 more important have well-paid job rewarding job?
B 6.9 Listen and write the unstressed words in the blanks. Then practice saying the sentences.
10 In pairs, talk about three of the work-related topics below.

stressful jobs writing your résumé job interviews salaries
working conditions rewarding jobs employers
Personal Best What advice would you give to someone younger than you who doesn’t know what job or career he or she wants to have? 51
6 LANGUAGE present perfect continuous and present perfect ■ education
6C School days

1 In pairs, decide if the words and phrases in the box are positive or negative.
get into trouble pass a test cheat behave fail an exam get good grades
Go to Vocabulary practice: education, page 101

1 Which schools have you been to? 3 Did you get into trouble in school? What for?
2 Who was your favorite teacher/professor? Why? 4 What are your best and worst school memories?
3 Look at the title of the TV show in the preview. In pairs, discuss what you think the show is about. Read
the preview and check your ideas.
Are our kids tough enough?

Chinese School
According to the latest research, Chinese children are better than UK children
at subjects like math and science. Is this because of the way Chinese
students learn? In a fascinating experiment, five teachers come from China
to teach a group of teenagers in a UK school for four weeks, using traditional
Chinese teaching techniques. At the end of the month, students take exams
and compare their grades with the rest of their school year. Which teaching
system will get the best grades? Last episode of this three-part series tonight.
4 A 6.13 Listen to an extract from a radio show about the TV show, Chinese School.
Complete the notes in the table.
UK school system Chinese school system

class size 1 students 2 students
schedule from 3 a.m. to 4 p.m. from 5 a.m. to 6 p.m.
method Students usually ask 7 , discuss their Students listen to the 10 and take
8
, and do a lot of 9 tasks. 11 .
Very 12 teachers.
B
Which school system is more similar to your country? Which do you think will get the best
grades at the end of the show?
5 A 6.14 Complete the sentences from the radio show with the words in the box. Then listen and check.
using teaching been watching starting liked
1 Have you been the show over the past few weeks?
2 For the past month, teachers from China have been at a UK school.
3 They’ve been Chinese teaching techniques.
4 They’ve been school at 7 a.m.
5 The students haven’t this different style of teaching very much.
6 The teachers have very strict.
B
Look at the sentences in 5A and answer the questions.
1 Are they finished or unfinished states and actions? (Has the TV show finished?)
2 Which sentences contain action verbs? Which sentences contain state verbs?
3 Look at the action verb sentences. Are they single actions or longer, repeated actions?
4 Do we use have + been + -ing with action verbs or state verbs?
52
present perfect continuous and present perfect ■ education LANGUAGE 6C
6 Read the Grammar box. Which sentences in exercise 5A are in the present perfect continuous and
which are in the present perfect?
Grammar present perfect continuous and present perfect
Present perfect continuous:

To emphasize a longer or repeated action over a period of time.
I’ve been waiting for you since 3 o’clock! He’s been coming to this English class for three years.
To talk about a recent past action that has a result in the present:
I’m tired because I've been studying all day.
Present perfect:
We don’t use the present perfect continuous with state verbs – we use the present perfect.
I’ve known Laura since we were in elementary school. NOT I’ve been knowing
Look! We often use the present perfect continuous to ask and answer questions using how long, for, and since.
How long have you been studying English? I've been studying English for ten years/since I was twelve.
Go to Grammar practice: present perfect continuous and present perfect, page 87

7 Match sentences 1–5 with replies a–e. Then complete the replies with the present perfect
continuous or present perfect form of the verbs in the box.
learn wait play not be not study
1 Did you know there are no buses today? a No, it isn’t. I it for very long.
2 Have you passed your driving test yet? b Because he basketball all day.
3 Why is Jon so tired? c No, I didn’t. I here at the bus stop for ages!
4 Your French isn’t very good, is it? d No, I haven’t. I to drive for three years now.
5 What’s wrong with Rob? e I‘m not sure, but he happy since he failed that exam.
8 A 6.16 Pronunciation: weak form of been Listen to replies a–e from exercise 7. Is the
word been stressed? Does it have a long or short vowel sound?
B 6.16 Listen, check, and repeat. Then practice questions 1–5 and answers a–e in pairs.

9 A When did these things happen in your life? Write something for each category.
started college/
moved to my
my current job
current home
met someone
important in
my life
got an
important
started an possession
activity/a hobby
I still do
B
Work in pairs. Look at your partner’s notes in exercise 9A and ask questions about each event.
Include a “How long” question for each event.
Personal Best Write five sentences with the present perfect or present perfect continuous about your day today. 53
2
6 SKILLS WRITING writing a cover letter ■ prepositions after verbs, nouns, and adjectives
6D I am writing to apply …

1 Look at the job ad. Would you like to do a job like this? Why/Why not? What skills,
qualifications, and experience is the employer looking for?
Candidates should:
• have some experience in digital journalism
Internship at • have excellent writing skills
• be highly organized
The L.A. Media Factory • have good attention to detail

• work well on a team
We are looking for an intern to work in our international • speak English and Spanish fluently.
media center in Los Angeles. The job involves writing articles To apply, please send your CV to Linda Sayer,
about the entertainment industry for media organizations explaining why you are interested in the position,
around the world. We are particularly interested in recent and providing details of your qualifications, skills,
graduates with some experience in writing. and any relevant experience.
2 Read the cover letter. Does Pablo respond to all the information in the job ad? Is he a
good candidate for the job? Why/Why not?
Subject: Job application – internship position
Attachment: CV Pablo Alonso.pdf
Dear Ms. Sayer:

1 I am writing to apply for the internship position at The L.A. Media Factory, as advertised on
internships.com. Please find attached my CV.
2 As you can see from my CV, I have recently completed a degree in Journalism and Media Studies at the
University of San Antonio. I believe the skills, experience, and qualities I have developed make me an
ideal candidate for the internship position.
3 I am extremely interested in the position because I am passionate about writing and digital media, and
I would like to have a career in digital journalism. As part of my degree, I studied areas such as TV and
Film Studies, and Digital Journalism. I also completed a six-week job placement, writing short articles for
a local newspaper.
4 In addition to my studies, I am currently working as a writer. I am responsible for producing social media
posts for a local film society. My work involves writing short movie reviews and guides to increase
the film society’s social media presence. These tasks require skills such as good organization, time
management, and attention to detail.
5 I am a responsible, hardworking person who works well alone and as part of a team. I speak fluent
English, and I am a native Spanish speaker. I would welcome the opportunity to work for
The L.A. Media Factory, and I am confident I would be a valuable addition to the team.
6 Thank you for considering my application. I look forward to hearing from you.
Sincerely yours,
Pablo Alonso
3 Read the cover letter again. Match sections 1–6 with the information they contain (a–f).
a relevant experience and skills (with specific examples)
b relevant academic or professional qualifications
c saying which job you’re applying for
d saying thanks and asking for a response
e personal qualities and any additional relevant skills
f more relevant experience and skills
54
54
writing a cover letter ■ prepositions after verbs, nouns, and adjectives WRITING SKILLS 6D
Skill writing a cover letter
We write cover letters to introduce ourselves when we apply for a job. We usually send one with our résumé.
• Respond to the information in the job ad. What skills, experience, and qualifications are they looking for?
• Organize your letter so it is brief, easy to read, and makes the employer want to find out more about you.
• Use formal language (I have been NOT I’ve been, I would like NOT I want; a great deal of NOT lots of).
• Use a formal greeting and ending (Dear Sir/Madam: … Yours truly, or Dear Mr. Smith: … Sincerely yours,).
4 Read the Skill box. Read sentences 1–8 and underline their formal equivalents in the cover letter.
1 I’m writing because I want the intern job. 5 In this job, I have to write short movie reviews.
2 I think I’m perfect for the job. 6 I need skills like good organization for this job.
3 I really like the job because I like writing. 7 I really want to work for you. I’d be fantastic!
4 Right now, I work as a writer, too. 8 Thanks for your time. Talk soon!
5 Complete the sentences with a preposition. Then check your answers in the cover letter.
1 I am writing to apply the internship position.
2 I have recently completed a degree journalism.
3 I am extremely interested the position.
4 I am responsible producing social media posts.
5 Thank you considering my application.
Text builder prepositions after verbs, nouns, and adjectives
Some verbs, nouns, and adjectives are followed by a preposition.

Verbs: Nouns: Adjectives:
apply for, work as, look forward to, a career in, a degree in, ideal for, interested in,
thank (you) for a certificate in passionate about, responsible for
Look! A noun or a verb + -ing usually follow these prepositions:
Thank you for your e-mail. I am looking forward to hearing from you. I’m interested in taking a course.
6 A Read the Text builder. Complete the sentences with a

preposition and information that is true for you.
1 I would like to apply .
2 Eventually, I would like to work .
3 I would like a career .
4 I am passionate .
B
Compare your answers in pairs.
7 A PREPARE Choose one of the job ads below. Make notes about the skills, qualifications, and relevant
experience to include in your cover letter. Plan how to organize the information.
SUMMER SCHOOL WELCOME STAFF FASHION BLOGGER

We are looking for welcome staff to receive and Do you have a passion for fashion? Are you good at
support our summer school students (aged 14 – 18) photography? City-based blogger wanted to write
and do administration tasks in our summer school ten blog posts a week for an international lifestyle
office. You should have excellent communication website. No professional qualifications required, but
skills, work well on a team, and be able to use Word, we are looking for someone with good organization
Excel, and Powerpoint. Experience in working with and time-management skills who has experience in
teenagers a plus. writing a blog.
B PRACTICE Write your cover letter. Use formal language and phrases with prepositions.
C PERSONAL BEST Exchange letters with a partner. Which job did he/she apply for? Does he/she
respond to everything in the job ad? What do you like best about his/her letter?
Personal Best Imagine you are ten years older. Write two paragraphs about your qualifications, skills, and experience. 55
55

1 If the bus soon, we’ll take a cab.
a won’t arrive b doesn’t arrive c didn’t arrive
2 Look at all this traffic! We be late for our
flight.
a ‘re going to b ‘re going c won’t
3 I in Auckland for five years, from 2008 to
2013.
a ‘ve lived b lived c live
4 I to call her this morning, but there was no
answer.
a ’ve tried b tried c ’ve been trying
5 We’ll go to the park when the rain . Companies such as Google and Nissan 1conducted / have been
a is going to stop b will stop c stops conducting tests on driverless cars for the last ten years. They
2have been using / used powerful computers, which control
6 Tom go to the party. He often doesn’t go out
because he works a lot. the speed and direction of the driverless cars automatically.
a will b ‘s going to c might not If the tests 3will be / are successful, we 4might / won’t
see driverless cars on our roads in the next five years. Our
7 I to the supermarket today, so you don’t need
technology expert, Dan Jones, gave his opinion of driverless
to go shopping.
cars: “I think there 5won’t / will be far fewer traffic accidents
a ‘ve already been b ‘ve been already
in the future. Unlike humans, computers don’t usually make
c already gone
mistakes!”
8 your best friend since you were in school
together? Dan thinks that driverless cars 6won’t / will make driving safer
a Have you been knowing b Have you known and 7can / might help to reduce traffic congestion. However, if
c Did you know
they 8will start / start selling driverless cars in five years, 9do
/ will drivers want to buy them? Driver Joe Dawson told us
2 Use the words in parentheses to complete the sentences what he thinks: “I don’t need a driverless car. I 10have passed
so they mean the same as the first sentence. / passed my driving test in 1992, so 11I’ve been driving / I
drive for over 25 years, and in all that time, 12I never have /
1 You’ll be late for work if you don’t get up now.
I’ve never had an accident.”
You up now. (won’t)
2 It’s possible that she’ll go to college next year.
She next year. (may)

3 Julia traveled to Mexico ten days ago, and she’s still Vocabulary
there.
Julia ten days. (been)
1 Circle the word that is different. Explain your answer.
4 James started that game at two o’clock, and he’s still 1 manager working conditions
playing it. employee employer
James has two o’clock. (since) 2 delivery checkout
5 I won’t go to bed until this movie ends. career cart
I this movie ends. (as soon as) 3 get good grades look for a job
do an internship take a training course
6 I’m sure that my team won’t lose the game.
4 graduate principal
My team the game. (win/
salesclerk professor
definitely)
5 cash product
7 My brother still hasn’t learned to drive.
coin bill
My brother . (yet)
6 permanent rewarding
8 When did you start taking piano lessons?
wealthy part-time
taking piano lessons? (how long)
7 CV salary
application form cover letter
8 full-time nursery school
term boarding school
56

Personal Best
browse professor reasonable
on
waste money on something be broke on
Less 5A Less 6A
strict unemployed get fired
Describe five
Describe five
1 not too expensive things one of
things you have
2 spend money on something unnecessary your relatives has
done with money
done in his/her
3 not have any money this week.
career.
4 college or university teacher
5 demanding good behavior on
6 without a job Lesson 5A Less 6A
7 look at things you may decide to buy Write three
Write
8 do something bad and lose your job three sentences: sentences about
one zero conditional, your day using the
one first conditional, present perfect
1 My bank gave me a $9,000 for a new car. and one with a and never, lately,
a bill b loan c borrow future time and yet.
2 When I went to the store, the jeans I wanted were
clause.
on
so I couldn’t get any. Less 6B
son 5B
a sold out b paid for c ordered Les
3 Gloria her exams because she didn’t study. Think of
a cheated b failed c passed Write one three adjectives
4 When the factory closed, 500 workers . sentence with for a job you
a got jobs b retired c were laid off even and one would like.
with recently.
5 I put $75 my savings account every month.
a by b into c for
on
6 I have to borrow some money my parents to Less 6C
on
pay for my vacation. Less 5C
a from b for c of
7 If you do well at work, you might get a . Describe
three things that Name five
a qualification b good grade c promotion types of schools.
happened the last
8 Sometimes I have to work twelve hours a day, plus time you went
weekends! Now I’m looking for a less job. shopping.
a stressful b rewarding c varied
4 Put the words in the box under the correct headings. on

Less 5C
on
Less 6C
return something do an internship mortgage

schedule employee taxes order something online Write three Write three
take a training course college in stock predictions: one sentences using
special offer get a degree ATM get experience with will, one with the present perfect
going to, and one continuous.
savings account study for
with might.
money shopping
on
on
Less 5D Less 6D
Name a verb,
Give three a noun, and an
work and careers education expressions you adjective that
can use to explain are followed by a
what’s wrong. preposition.
57
UNIT
7 Entertainment
LANGUAGE the passive ■ movies
b
7A Lights, camera, action!

1 A Match the types of movies in the box with a d
pictures a–d.
animation action movie

horror movie romantic comedy
c
B Have you seen any of these types of movies
recently? Which movies did you see?
Go to Vocabulary practice: movies, page 102

2 Look at the picture in the text. What type of
movie is The Martian? Would you like to see it?
Plot
THE MARTIAN
The year is 2035. A team of astronauts is sent on a mission to Mars, but a storm
forces them to abandon their mission and fly back to Earth. As they are preparing
to leave, astronaut Mark Watney, played by Matt Damon, disappears. The team
thinks he has been killed, so they leave without him. When NASA realizes he has
survived, they organize a dangerous mission to save him before his supply of
food, water, and oxygen runs out. Will he be rescued before it’s too late?
NASA’s involvement
Scientists at NASA worked closely with the director of The Martian, giving advice
about the science behind space travel and the technology needed to survive on
Mars. Jessica Chastain, who plays the commander of the Mars mission in the
movie, spent time with astronaut Tracy Caldwell Dyson to learn more about life
in space. Real missions to Mars are being planned for the 2040s, so NASA’s
advice was based on the latest research.
Interesting facts
• The Martian was directed by Ridley Scott, who has made other science-fiction
movies, including Alien and Blade Runner.
• It was shot in Jordan because the desert is similar to the color of Mars.
• A few days before the movie was released, scientists discovered water on Mars.
3 Read the text. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 In the movie, Watney survives the storm and NASA tries to rescue him.
2 Jessica Chastain plays the astronaut Tracy Caldwell Dyson.
3 NASA is planning to send astronauts to Mars in our lifetime.
4 The director of The Martian was Matt Damon.
5 In the movie, the astronauts find water on Mars.
4 A What tenses and forms are the bold verbs in column A?

Column A Column B
NASA sends a team of astronauts to Mars. → A team of astronauts 1 to Mars.
NASA is planning real missions to Mars. → Real missions to Mars 2 .
The team thinks the storm has killed Watney. → The team thinks Watney 3 .
Ridley Scott directed The Martian. → The Martian 4 by Ridley Scott.
Will NASA rescue Watney before it’s too late? → 5 Watney before it’s too late?
58
the passive ■ movies LANGUAGE 7A
B
Complete the sentences in column B so they have the same meaning as the sentences in column A.
Check your answers in the text.
5 A Look at the pairs of sentences in exercise 4A. Answer the questions.

1 Which sentences use the active form of the verbs? Which use the passive?
2 In column A, do we know who/what did the action of the verbs in bold? And in column B?
B
Complete the rules and answer the questions about the passive. Then read the Grammar box.
1 We make the passive with the verb and the form of the main verb.
2 We change the tense of the passive by changing the tense of .
3 What is more important: the action, or the person who did the action?
4 If we want to say who/what did the action, which word do we use?
Grammar the passive
Simple present: Simple past: Present continuous:

English is spoken here. The bridge was built in 2010. That new movie is being shown.
Present perfect: Future with will:
My bag has been stolen! My laptop will be fixed next week.
Go to Grammar practice: the passive, page 88

6 7.5 Pronunciation: past participles Look at the past participles. Say how the vowel sounds
are pronounced: /ow/, /ʌ/ or /ɔ/. Listen, check, and repeat.
shown chosen won lost spoken known dubbed done
7 A Complete the text with verbs in the passive using the past participles in exercise 6.
Did you know …?

• When a movie 1 , voice actors usually provide the dialogue in different
languages, but sometimes the dubbing 2 by the original actors, for example,
Jodie Foster (French) and Viggo Mortensen (Spanish).
• The Martian 3 on a screen in space shortly after it was released. Astronauts
watched it on the International Space Station. Maybe one day, it will be watched on Mars!
• The name “Oscars” 4 by accident – an executive director of the Film Academy
said the statues looked like her Uncle Oscar, and the name stuck! Since the awards began,
about 3,000 Oscar awards 5 .
• It’s surprising how many statues 6 ! Angelina Jolie hid hers and doesn’t know
where it is, and Matt Damon can’t find his. Marlon Brando, who 7 best for
his role in The Godfather, lost both of his statues.
• Na’vi, the language created for the 2009 movie Avatar, 8 still today!
Fans learn new words and talk to other Na’vi speakers on learnnavi.org.
B 7.6 Listen and check. Practice saying the passive sentences with the correct pronunciation
of the past participles.

8 In pairs, talk about your favorite movie. Use the questions to help you.
• What type of movie is it? • Where and when is it set?
• Who was it directed by? • Is it based on a true story or a novel?
• Who stars in the movie? • Does it have good special effects and a good soundtrack?
• What is the plot of the movie? • Was the movie shown with subtitles or was it dubbed?
Personal Best Write five sentences with the passive about your favorite movie star. 59
71 SKILLS READING guessing the meaning of words from context ■ referencing: this and that
7B Action man

1 A Who’s your favorite actor or action hero? Why?
B
Look at the picture in the text on page 61. What job does the man on the left do? Read the
text quickly and check. What’s his name?
Skill guessing the meaning of words from context
You can sometimes guess what a word means by looking for clues in the word and in the sentence.
• Look at the sentence and identify what type of word it is (verb, noun, adjective, etc.).
• Identify any parts of the word that you already understand.
• Look at the immediate context of the word in the clause and sentence, and look at the wider context of
the word in the surrounding sentences.
• After guessing the meaning, read the sentences again to see if your guess makes sense in context.
2 A Read the Skill box. Look at the bold words 1–6 in the text. What types of word are they?
B
Choose the correct definition for the bold words. Underline the parts of the text that
helped you guess the meaning from context.
1 a a dangerous car b a movie director c a dangerous action
2 a a camera b where a movie is shot c a screen
3 a body parts b damage to your body c responsibilities
4 a boring b crazy c fascinating
5 a amazing b climbing c jumping
6 a exciting b falling c dangerous
3 Read the text again and answer the questions.

1 Did the stunt in the first paragraph go well? Why was Vic worried?
2 Has Vic had a successful career? How do you know?
3 Who wrote a book about Vic?
4 How often does Vic get hurt in his job?
5 What do Vic’s wife and children do?
6 When they were young, what kind of games did Vic play with his children?
7 Which movies does Vic have great memories of? Why?
8 What comparison is made between special effects and stunts?
4 Underline four other words in the text that you don’t know. Can you guess their meaning from
the surrounding context?
Text builder referencing: this and that
We can use this and that to refer back to ideas that have already appeared in the text. The ideas can be
nouns or whole phrases:
Vic has broken his legs, an arm, his ribs, and his nose. This is only the start of a long list of injuries.

Vic jumped from a running horse onto a moving tank. That even amazed director Steven Spielberg.
5 Read the Text builder. Look at the fourth paragraph of the text. Find one example of this and one
of that. Do they refer back to nouns or phrases?

1 Which movies have amazing special effects or stunts? Why are they amazing?
2 Would you like to be a stunt performer? Why/Why not?
3 What other jobs are there in the movie industry? Would you like to do any of them?
60
guessing the meaning of words from context ■ referencing: this and that READING SKILLS 7B
World’s
greatest
stunt performer
The car raced forward. It was already on fire, but
the driver never stopped. The vehicle went up
a ramp, into the sky, and then crashed into a bus. Finally,
Fortunately, Vic doesn’t work alone. His company, Armstrong
Action, is a family affair. Vic met his wife, Wendy, when they
were both stunt performers on Superman 2. At the time, she
the driver got out and walked away, happy with the 1stunt. was substituting the superhero’s girlfriend, Lois Lane. Vic, of
Although it had gone smoothly, it had been hard to watch course, was Superman. His son Scott and their other three
for Vic Armstrong, the stunt director on the 2movie set. children eventually went into the business, too. That’s hardly
The driver was his son, Scott, who was following in his surprising because they were encouraged to face danger from
father’s footsteps in the most dangerous way possible. an early age. When Vic’s kids were just five years old, he put a
special airbag in their garden for the children. This was for a
Even though the general public has probably not heard of game which involved jumping out of the upstairs window!
Vic Armstrong, everyone has certainly seen him in action
because Vic is the world’s greatest stunt performer. In Their childhood wasn’t all play, however. Vic’s daughter
his career, he has been the stunt double for almost every Georgina first appeared on screen at the age of four, and
major Hollywood star, including Tom Cruise and Arnold was working with Steven Spielberg on the Indiana Jones
Schwarzenegger, and he can play almost anyone as long movies before her seventh birthday. The Indiana Jones
as there’s danger involved. movies remain a career highlight for Vic, too, and not just
because he was the stunt double for megastar Harrison Ford
It’s a life that has taken him all around the world. (pictured above with Vic). In one stunt, which is probably
Armstrong has now written about his life in his one of his most famous ones, Vic jumped from a running
autobiography, The True Adventures of the World's Greatest horse onto a moving tank. That even amazed director
Stuntman, and it’s a bone-crunching tale. In his career, Vic Steven Spielberg.
has broken his legs, an arm, his ribs, and his nose. This
is only the start of a long list of 3injuries – bumps and No special effects or computer-generated images can truly
bruises are an everyday occurrence in his working day. recreate how 6thrilling it is to see stunt performers jump off
There’s never a 4dull moment in his life of excitement, a building or set themselves on fire. Indeed, it is the work of
even if he himself admits that some of his stunts are a little people like Vic, Wendy, and their children that helps make
risky, such as 5leaping out of a moving helicopter onto the these movies so exciting and realistic. Without people like the
side of a mountain. Armstrongs, there would be lights, camera … but no action!
Personal Best Write a paragraph about what being a stunt performer involves. 61
71 LANGUAGE modals of ability and possibility ■ TV and music
7C Got talent

1 Complete the TV guide below with the types of programs in the box.
talent show the news game show documentary
Tuesday What’s on …
18.30 Make a Fortune! The 1 where contestants win $1,000 for each correct answer.
19.00 Natural Focus This week’s nature 2 looks at the marine life in Antarctica.
20.00 3 at 8 The latest stories from our reporters around the world.
21.00 Sing! Sang! Sung! It’s the final of the popular 4 . Who will win the top prize?
Go to Vocabulary practice: TV and music, page 103

2 Answer the questions in pairs.
1 What types of shows do you like? What’s your favorite TV series?
2 Who is your favorite singer or band? Have you ever seen them live?
3 A Look at the title of the text and the pictures. What type of show is it?
B
Read the text. What talent do these two people have? What’s unusual about their stories?
Got Talent has been shown in over 60 countries and is now the
most popular talent show in the world.
Here are two unusual stories from two different countries.
Shaheen Jafargholi Jennifer Grout

Shaheen was 12 years old when The audience laughed when
he sang Who’s Lovin’ You by 23-year-old Jennifer Grout
Michael Jackson on Britain’s couldn’t understand the
Got Talent and amazed the question, “What’s your name?”
judges. He later received an the first time she appeared
invitation from the singer to on Arabs Got Talent. Jennifer
perform during his “This Is It” couldn’t speak Arabic, but
tour. Tragically, Jackson died she was able to sing a perfect
soon after, so Shaheen wasn’t version of Baeed Annak by the
able to sing with his hero, but Egyptian singer, Umm Kulthum.
his family asked Shaheen to sing One judge commented, “You
at Jackson’s memorial concert can’t speak a word of Arabic,
in front of a TV audience of a but you can sing better than
billion people! He can act, too, some Arab singers!” Jennifer
having appeared in the soap was one of the three finalists,
opera EastEnders, and he’d like and she hopes that in the future,
to be able to continue with his she’ll be able to make an album
acting career in the future. of traditional Moroccan music.
4 A Match the two parts to make complete sentences. Check your answers in the text.
1 Jackson died before the tour, so Shaheen wasn’t able to a continue with his acting career.
2 Shaheen can b act, too.
3 He’d like to be able to c sing with his hero.
4 The audience laughed when Jennifer couldn’t d sing a perfect version of Baeed Annak.
5 Jennifer couldn’t speak Arabic, but she was able to e understand the question, “What’s your name?”
6 She hopes that in the future, she’ll be able to f make an album of traditional Moroccan music.
62
modals of ability and possibility ■ TV and music LANGUAGE 7C
B
Look at the sentences in 4A again and answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which tense or form are the words in bold? Match them with the forms below.
simple present simple past , ,
future with will infinitive form
2 Complete the rules with can, could, be able to, or was able to.
We use for present ability and possibility.
We use or for past ability and possibility.
For other tenses and forms, we use .
Grammar modals of ability and possibility
Ability: Possibility:
She can play the piano really well. He can’t come tonight because he’s sick.
I couldn’t swim when I was young. I couldn’t wait because I was in a hurry.
I’ll be able to speak French one day. I’ll be able to go skiing in the U.S.
Sam would like to be able to sing. I haven’t been able to visit him yet.
Look! We usually use can for the simple present and could for the simple past and conditional forms.
We use be able to for other tenses and forms when it’s not possible to use a form of can:
After my exams, I’ll be able to relax. NOT I will can relax.
Go to Grammar practice: modals of ability and possibility, page 89

5 A 7.11 Pronunciation: /ey/ and /ʊ/ sounds Listen to the six sentences. Pay attention
to the pronunciation of able and could.
1 I haven’t been able to exercise today.
2 I’ve been able to drive since I was 17.
3 I won’t be able to go out tonight.
4 I couldn’t sleep late last weekend.
5 When I was young, I could play an instrument.
6 I couldn’t understand the teacher earlier.
B 7.11 Listen again and repeat. Are the sentences true for you?
6 7.12 Complete the text with the verbs in the box and the correct form of can/could where possible,
or be able to. Then listen and check.
play not believe live paint (x2) travel walk
Aelita Andre was once described as the Aelita’s paintings have sold for thousands
youngest professional artist in the world. of dollars, and she 5 to
She 1 since she was nine see them in prestigious art galleries all over
months old. In fact, she 2 the world.
before she 3 or talk. When
she was two, an art gallery director saw She usually leads a pretty normal life. She
6 the violin, is learning the
her paintings and decided to exhibit them.
When he found out how old she was, he drums, and would like to 7
4 it. forever!

7 A Complete each sentence with two pieces of information about yourself.
1 I’ve never been able to . 3 I’d love to be able to in the future.
2 I hope I’ll be able to in ten years. 4 I was able to when I was younger.
B
In pairs, ask and answer questions about the sentences in 7A. Give more information.
A What have you never been able to do?
B Well, I’ve never been able to sing very well. I love singing, but I sound awful!
Personal Best Make excuses for missing a class yesterday, a party today, and a doctor’s appointment tomorrow. 63
71 SKILLS
SKILLS SPEAKING giving directions ■ asking for information
7D Could you tell me where it is?

Learning
Curve 1 What do you prefer to do when you need directions to get somewhere? Why?
• use a folded map or street guide
• use a GPS or online map
• ask someone for directions
2 7.13 Watch or listen to the first part of

Learning Curve and answer the questions.
1 Where is Taylor going?
2 What is she going to do there?
3 How does she try to get directions there?
3 7.13 Watch or listen again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 Taylor is near a park.
2 She’s on 23rd Street.
3 Ethan tells her to take 23rd Avenue and keep going straight past the park.
4 Penny tells her the movie theater is near the department store.
Conversation builder giving directions
Describing the location Saying how to get there

The … is on the other side of the … Take/Go up 23rd Street. / Follow this road.
It’s on the left/right. Go straight ahead. / Keep going straight (until you get to/come to …)
It’s across from/next to/near a … Take a right / Turn right (at the traffic circle).
It’s on Queen’s Street. Take the first right (after the traffic light).
It’s ten minutes away on foot. Go down/up/along/around/through/past the …
4 Look at the map. Which icons represent the

following places?
parking lot restaurant tourist information

cell-phone store your house
hospital gas station
5 Give your partner directions to one of the

places on the map. Don’t say which place it is. You are here
Your partner will follow your directions and
tell you which place the directions were for.
64
64
giving directions ■ asking for information SPEAKING SKILLS
SKILLS 7D
6 7.14 Watch or listen to the second part of
the show. Answer the questions.
1 How many movie theaters are there in
the neighborhood?
2 What are they called?
3 Which theater does Taylor want?
4 Which road is it on?
7 7.14 How did Taylor ask the couple for directions?

Complete the sentence. Watch or listen again and
check.
Excuse me. to bother you, but do you

know the movie theater ?
Skill asking for information
When we ask for information, we try to sound polite. We can also politely ask for clarification or confirmation
of the information.
• Begin with a polite phrase. Excuse me. / Sorry to bother you, but …
• Use indirect questions, which sound more polite than direct ones.
Do you know where the theater is? NOT Do you know where is the theater?
Could you tell me where the movie theater is? NOT Could you tell me where is the movie theater?
• Use intonation to sound polite.
• Ask the person to clarify or confirm the information. Sorry, did you say take a right? So, it’s straight ahead and the
first building on the left?
8 7.15 Read the Skill box. Listen to five people asking for information. Check ( ) the things that each
speaker does and complete the chart.
speaker begins with a polite phrase uses an indirect question uses polite intonation
1
2
3
4
5
9 A 7.16 Make indirect questions. Listen, check, and repeat.

1 Where’s the park? 4 What’s the name of this area?
Could you tell me where ? Could you tell me what ?
2 Does this bus stop near the movie theater? 5 Are there any vegetarian restaurants in this town?
Do you know if ? Do you know if ?
3 Is the movie theater downtown?
Do you know if ?
B
In pairs, ask and answer the indirect questions. Add a polite phrase to begin.

10 A PREPARE In pairs, choose a place in your town or city. Imagine you are there. Choose two other places
and think about how to get there from your starting point.
B PRACTICE Take turns asking for and giving directions to the places. Be polite when you ask for the
information, and ask for clarification or confirmation if necessary.
C PERSONAL BEST When you asked for information, did you sound polite? When you gave directions, were
you clear? Can you make any improvements? Find another partner and ask and answer again.
Personal Best Write directions from your local bus or train station to your place of work or study. 65
65
UNIT
8 Sport and health

LANGUAGE question tags ■ sports, places and equipment
8A On the field, in the pool

1 8.1 Listen to six sports a b c
commentators. Match the six
sports places they mention with
pictures a–f.
1 pool
2 circuit
3 court
4 field
5 track d e f
6 rink
Go to Vocabulary practice:
sports, places, and equipment,
page 104
2 A 8.5 Listen to a radio program about the unusual sports in the pictures. Complete the notes
in the chart below.
three-sided soccer underwater hockey bossaball
sport three-sided soccer underwater hockey bossaball

On a hexagonal 1 In a swimming pool, using a On a 5 filled with
Where is it played? 3
with three goals and a ball. to push a air, with trampolines on each
What equipment is used?
“puck.” side of a 6 .
By letting in fewer goals than The team with the most You 7 points by
How do you win? the other 2 . 4 wins. hitting or kicking the ball over
the net.
B
Which of these sports would you like to try? Why?
3 8.6 Complete the host’s questions with the tag questions in the box. Listen and check.
isn’t it have you can you aren’t you didn’t you don’t you
1 You’re going to tell us about some unusual sports, ?

2 It’s pretty much like normal soccer, ?
3 You actually played in a game this weekend, ?
4 You can’t swim very well, ?
5 You have one last sport to talk about, ?
6 You haven’t played bossaball yet, ?
66
tag questions ■ sports, places, and equipment LANGUAGE 8A
4 A Look at the sentences in exercise 3 again. When do we use tag questions? Choose a or b.
a when we don’t know the answer to the question
b when we already know the answer, but we’re just checking
B
Choose the best option to complete the rules. Then read the Grammar box.
1 When the statement is affirmative, the tag question is affirmative / negative.
2 When the statement is negative, the tag question is affirmative / negative.
3 We form tag questions with an auxiliary + pronoun / a pronoun + auxiliary.
Grammar tag questions
Checking information: Starting a conversation:

She plays volleyball, doesn’t she? The bus is pretty late, isn’t it?
We saw that movie last year, didn’t we? You worked in the bank, didn’t you?
Tom doesn’t eat meat, does he? The weather isn’t very nice today, is it?
Go to Grammar practice: tag questions, page 90

5 A 8.8 Pronunciation: intonation Listen to the sentences. Does the intonation in the
tag question go up (⤴) or down (⤵)?
1 We’ve been to this restaurant before, haven’t we? 4 Your sister doesn’t have a car, does she?
2 You can’t come to the party tonight, can you? 5 You went to the gym this morning, didn’t you?
3 Her last name’s Henderson, isn’t it? 6 They won’t stay at her house all week, will they?
B 8.8 Listen again and repeat.
6 A Complete the sentences with a tag question.

1 It’s about eight thirty now, ? 4 You aren’t Canadian, ?
2 The weather was awful yesterday, ? 5 It’ll be a nice day tomorrow, ?
3 You didn’t come to class last week, ? 6 You’ve done your homework, ?
B In pairs, ask and answer the questions in 6A. If necessary, change the information in the sentences
so you’re checking information you already know.
A It’s about 7:15 now, isn’t it? B Yes, it is.
7 A Ask and answer the questions in pairs. Try to remember your partner’s answers, but don’t
write anything.
Who’s your favorite athlete?

What sport does he/she play? Why do you like him/her?
What sports do you play?
When was the last time you played this sport/these sports?
What sports could you play well when you were a child?
Have you ever won a competition or race?
What sports event would you like to watch live in a stadium?
B Look at the questions again. In pairs, check the answers using tag questions.
A Your favorite athlete is Usain Bolt, isn’t it?
B Yes, it is. You’re right. / No, it isn’t. It’s Cristiano Ronaldo.
Personal Best Write six statements with tag questions to start a conversation with someone. 67
8 SKILLS LISTENING understanding facts and figures ■ intonation ■ health and fitness
8B So many ways to get in shape

Learning
Curve 1 A Are the health and fitness facts and figures below true or false? Discuss your answers in pairs.
Health and fitness

facts and figures
1 In a lot of countries, people spend millions
on healthy lifestyle choices (gyms, fitness
clubs, healthy food). They spend more
than double the amount on fast food.
2 37% of people who pay for gym memberships
to get in shape never use them.
3 About two thirds of adults are overweight
or need to lose weight.
4 For a healthy, balanced diet, men need
2,000 calories a day, and women need
2,500.
B
What do the words in bold mean? Compare your ideas in pairs.
Go to Vocabulary practice: health and fitness verb phrases, page 105

2 Answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do any of the facts in exercise 1A surprise you?
2 Do you have a healthy lifestyle?
3 What do you think the objects in the picture to the right are?
4 How do you think they help people get in shape?
3 8.10 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Check ( ) the facts which are mentioned.
a Ethan’s app counts how many steps he takes every day.
b The word pedometer means “foot measurer.”
c Pedometers were invented in Greece.
d One in three people doesn’t get any exercise at all.
e People who work out with a partner are more motivated to get exercise.
f The average cost of a gym is $700 a year.
Skill understanding facts and figures
When listening for detailed information, we often need to understand facts and figures accurately.
• Before you listen, find out what type of information you need to listen for. For example, is it a number, a person,
a time, a place, etc?
• Use the general context to predict when you'll hear numbers, e.g., when talking about times, dates, distances,
prices, and percentages.
• Recognize words that often follow numbers: currencies ($, £, €), percent, decimal points, and ways of describing
statistics: one in four people, one fifth of the population, the average, three times as many.
4 8.10 Read the Skill box. Watch or listen again and answer the questions.
1 How many extra steps do pedometer users take every day?
2 What percentage of people in the U.S. get enough physical activity?
3 How many miles do people walk if they take 10,000 steps a day?
4 What percentage of couples who exercise separately quit?
5 What percentage of couples who exercise together quit?
68
understanding facts and figures ■ intonation ■ health and fitness LISTENING SKILLS 8B
5 Discuss the questions in pairs. Give reasons for your answers.
1 Do you enjoy walking as a way to keep active?
2 Have you ever used a pedometer, or would you like to try one?
3 Is exercising with a friend or partner a good idea?
Bindi Taylor Joe Louis

Are the sentences true or false? Correct the false sentences.
1 Bindi does weightlifting once a week.
2 Taylor’s client is training for the Ironman triathlon.
3 Ironman athletes swim 2.4 miles, cycle 112 miles
and run 26 miles.
4 Half a marathon is 30 miles.
5 Joe has always been in good shape and healthy.
6 Joe and his wife took up ballroom dancing.
7 Neither Joe nor Louis go to the gym.
8 Louis doesn’t get a lot of exercise.
7 Would you like to take up triathlon training, weightlifting, or

ballroom dancing? Why / Why not? Discuss in pairs.
Listening builder intonation
When listening to fast English, listen for phrases which help you follow units of meaning. In a
phrase, the intonation usually falls towards the end.
There are so many ways to get⤵in shape.
Some people play⤵sports, while others eat a balanced diet and stay⤵active.
8 A 8.12 Read the Listening builder. Listen to these sentences. How many phrases does the speaker use?
1 She’s trained with me for three months and works very hard.
2 We take classes twice a week and go out dancing every Saturday night.
3 One study looked at married people who joined a gym together.
4 At the end of the day, people feel good when they meet their goals.
B 8.12 Listen again and pay attention to the intonation. Then practice saying the sentences.
9 In groups, discuss the following statement:

Our generation is a lot healthier than our parents and grandparents were at our age.
You could talk about the following things:
amount of exercise diet amount of stress sleep good or bad habits
Personal Best Describe a healthy day you’ve had recently and an unhealthy one. 69
8 LANGUAGE modals of obligation and advice
8C Is there an app for that?

1 A What apps do you have on your phone? What are they for? How often do you use them?
B
Look at the three apps. What do you think each app does? How can they help you improve your health?
a b c
Repeat x10
Breathe in
Today:
Next exercise Deep sleep: 5h 20m
Breathe out
Light sleep: 3h 18m
2 A Read the posts by Sophie, Tom, and Kate below. They ask their friend Rob, a fitness expert, for advice.
What problems do they have? Choose the correct options.
1 Sophie can’t sleep at night / isn’t sure how much sleep she needs.
2 Tom feels out of shape / wants to lose weight.
3 Kate is looking for a new job / is stressed out.
B
Which app do you think Rob recommends for each person? Read his replies and check.
Sophie Tom Kate

I have to get up at 5 a.m. every Rob, I didn’t know you were While you’re giving everyone
day as I start work at 7. I don’t such an expert! Got any advice, Rob, can you give me
go to bed till after midnight, suggestions for me? This some? I really need to chill
so I’m only getting 5 hours of morning I had to run for the out. I’m so anxious about
sleep a night. When I drive to bus, and I felt awful. I’m so my new job that I can’t relax,
work, I’m so sleepy! How do out of shape. I really have to and it’s really worrying me.
I know if I’m getting enough get more exercise, but I just I've heard that meditation can
sleep? @RobDanes, you have don’t have time to go to the help. Is there an app for that?
a lot of health apps – can you gym or take fitness classes.
recommend one for me? Rob
Rob Hey Kate! You shouldn’t
Rob Hi Tom! You don’t have worry about it – we all get
Check out Sleep Friend. It tells to go to the gym to get in stressed. Just learn some
you when you should go to bed shape. Try the Workout for meditation techniques that
and get up. It also monitors sleep 7 app. It’s really worked for you can do at home regularly.
cycles, so it knows when you’re me. You exercise really hard Get the iRelax app. It shows
in a light sleep or a deep sleep, for 7 minutes, and it has you what to do, creates a
and its alarm goes off when the same effect as going meditation schedule, and
you’re sleeping lightly. You should running or working out at reminds you when to do
get more than 6 hours of sleep the gym. The app shows it. Good luck and let’s get
a night, though, and you can't you exactly what to do. together soon.
drive when you’re very tired!
3 A Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 Sleep Friend wakes you up when you’re in a deep sleep.
2 Workout for 7 isn’t as good as going running.
3 iRelax tells you when to meditate.
70
modals of obligation and advice LANGUAGE 8C
B
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Who said each sentence? Check your
answers in the text.
can’t have to (x2) should don’t have to shouldn’t
1 I get up at 5 a.m. every day. 4 I really do more exercise.

2 You get more than six hours of sleep. 5 You go to the gym to get in shape.
3 You drive when you’re very tired! 6 You worry about it.
4 Match the sentences in exercise 3B with functions a–f. Then read the Grammar box.
a It isn’t necessary to do this. There isn’t any obligation.
b I think it’s a good idea to do this.
c It’s prohibited or against the law to do this.
d I don’t think it’s a good idea to do this.
e It’s necessary to do this. It’s an external obligation.
f It’s necessary to do this. It’s a personal obligation.
Grammar modals of obligation and advice
Obligation: No obligation:
We have to be at the airport at 2 p.m. I don’t have to get up early. It’s Sunday.
She has to remember to get Jo a birthday present.
Prohibition: Advice:
You can’t take photos in the museum. You should go to bed earlier.
You shouldn’t swim after eating.
Go to Grammar practice: modals of obligation and advice, page 91

5 A 8.14 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen to the sentences. Underline the stressed
words or syllables.
1 She has to leave now. 4 You can’t speak during the test.
2 You don’t have to pay to enter. 5 They should get a cab.
3 I have to remember my keys this time! 6 You shouldn’t eat so much cheese.
6 A 8.15 Listen to a radio program about rules and laws in different countries. Complete
the sentences with the missing information and the correct form of have to, can, or should.
1 In some places in India, people studying to be teachers take classes, and soon
police officers will do the same.
2 In some Indian states, you use your while driving, even if it’s a hands-free device.
3 In the U.S., you talk too loudly on your cell phone. It can be considered .
4 In Canada, you wear a when riding a motorcycle and a normal bicycle.
5 On the Internet, it says that in California you ride your bike in a !
6 In France, children go to school on , but they go on Wednesday
afternoons, or wear a uniform.
B
Is it the same or different in your country? Discuss in pairs.

7 In pairs, talk about ...
• something you’ve had to get up really early for.
• something important you have to remember to do this month.
• something you’ll have to do next year.
• something a relative or teacher often says you should or shouldn’t do.
• something you can’t do in high school/in college/at work.
• something you often had to do when you were younger.
Personal Best Write a message asking Rob for advice. Then write Rob’s reply. 71
2
8 SKILLS WRITING writing a report ■ adding information
8D Sports in my country

1 Read the webpage and look at the pictures. Have you tried any of these sports, seen them live,
or watched them on TV? Discuss in pairs.
International SPORTS Organization

Jude, baseball football basketball
Which sports are
U.S.
popular in your
country? Which sports POSTED:
activities would 12 May
you recommend SEE MORE ...

to a visitor to your
David, soccer surfing volleyball
country? Argentina
Write a report for ISO POSTED:
members about sports 18 May
in your country, and SEE MORE ...
we will post it on this Maarit, ice-swimming hockey pesäpallo
webpage. Finland
POSTED:
25 May
SEE MORE ...
2 A Read the first paragraph of a report from the website. Who wrote the report: Jude, David, or Maarit?
Sports in my country
1 They go to frozen lakes where they cut holes in the ice
Sports are a very popular leisure activity in my country, and jump in the water. I would recommend going ice-
and there are fantastic facilities in most towns and cities. swimming after a visit to a hot sauna, which is another
Finland has a very cold climate, though, and in winter, national tradition.
parts of the country are covered with snow for six months. 4
This means that people enjoy doing different sports It is easy to play any of the world’s most popular
activities in different seasons. sports here. There are tennis courts and soccer fields
2 everywhere, and basketball has recently become very
Cross-country skiing is an extremely popular sport here. popular. In addition, if you are interested in discovering
As there are very few mountains in Finland, people ski Finnish sports, I suggest trying pesäpallo. This is a fast-
on flat land through the country’s forests. It is a great way moving bat-and-ball sport that is similar to baseball and is
to stay in shape and enjoy the country’s natural beauty. usually played in the warmer summer months.
Ice skating and hockey are popular as well as skiing. 5
Moreover, hockey, ski jumping, and snowboarding are Sports are a big part of life in Finland. This is one reason
popular spectator sports. why the country produces many world champions, like
3 Formula One auto-racing driver Mika Häkkinen. It is
A lot of Finns enjoy swimming in indoor and outdoor possible to practice any major sport here, but while you
pools, in the sea, or in the country’s lakes. In addition to are visiting us, remember to try out our local sports and
this, thousands of people regularly go ice-swimming. traditional activities as well.
B
Read the whole report. Do you think it’s interesting and easy to follow? Discuss in pairs.
72
72
writing a report ■ adding information WRITING SKILLS 8D
Skill writing a report
Make your report interesting and easy for the reader to follow.
• Organize the content of your report into sections with one main topic in each section. A section can contain one
or more paragraphs.
• Use headings for each section of your report.
• Include relevant factual information, and make some suggestions or recommendations for the reader,
e.g. I suggest + -ing, I would recommend + -ing, remember to + base form.
• Reports are usually fairly formal, so avoid using informal language.
3 A Read the Skill box. Match headings a–e with sections 1–5 in the report.
a Our success at sports d Winter sports
b National and international sports e Water sports
c Sports and climate in my country
B
What recommendations does the writer make? Match sentence parts 1–3 with a–c to make
complete sentences. Then check your answers in the text.
1 I would recommend a trying pesäpallo.
2 If you are interested in discovering b to try out our local sports
Finnish sports, I suggest and traditional activities.
3 While you are visiting us, remember c going ice-swimming.
Text builder adding information
We can use these phrases to add information to a sentence or paragraph:

as well There is a national tournament every year, and there are several regional competitions, as well.
as well as Swimming, bicycling, and walking are all popular with adults, as well as children.
In addition (to this) In addition to road cycling, track cycling is popular as a spectator sport.
We have had great international success in soccer in recent years. In addition,
our national basketball team has won the World Championship twice.
Look! We can use moreover instead of in addition in more formal writing:
Sports keep you in shape. Moreover, they are a good way to meet people.
4 Read the Text builder. Look at the report again and answer the questions.
1 Find one example of each as well phrase in Maarit’s report.
2 What does this refer to in the In addition to this phrase?
5 Write complete sentences with the prompts and the phrases in bold.
1 many parks / public tennis courts / table tennis tables
as well as
2 Formula One / a popular spectator sport / motorcycle racing / becoming more popular
in addition
3 our beaches / perfect for inexperienced surfers / advanced surfers
as well
4 this traditional game / great fun / it / a great way to stay in shape
moreover
5 our soccer team / won the World Cup / our baseball team / very successful
in addition to this
6 A PREPARE Think about which sports are popular in your country and what recommendations you

would make for a visitor. Plan four or five section headings.
B PRACTICE Use the Skill box to help you write a report on sports in your country. Include relevant
information under each section heading.
C PERSONAL BEST Choose two or three sections from your report. Read them aloud to your partner,
but don’t read the section heading. Can your partner guess the headings for each section?
Personal Best Think of a sports activity in your local area that people can do for free. Add an extra section to your report. 73
73
1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences. Could you be a mentor?
1 The play Romeo and Juliet by Shakespeare.
a wrote b was written c be written
2 I would like to play the guitar like you.
a can b could c be able to
3 Stephen’s been working there for years, ?
a is he b isn’t he c hasn’t he
4 You take a taxi to the airport. I can drive you.
a don’t have to b have to c couldn’t
5 The new James Bond movie in Mexico.
a is going to filmed b is going to be filmed
Developing your new career or business 1can / can’t be easier with a
c is going to be film
mentor – someone with experience in the same industry who can help
6 speak to Mike or Alan this week? and encourage you. One famous mentor was Steve Jobs, who 2was
a Have you able to b Have you been able to guided by / guided Mark Zuckerberg in the early days of Facebook.
c Have you could We talk to Laura and Rob about their experience of mentoring.
7 It won’t rain this afternoon, ?
Laura, what does the role of mentor involve?
a won’t it b it won’t c will it
8 You use your cell phone while you’re driving. My role is to encourage Rob and give him advice, like “You 3should /
It’s against the law. can do some more market research.”
a can’t b don’t have to c have to But you can’t make decisions for him, 4can / can’t you?
2 Use the structures in parentheses to complete the No. Rob 5has / doesn’t have to make his own decisions. A good
sentences so they mean the same as the first sentence. mentor 6can / has to believe in the person’s ability to develop.
1 I think you passed the test. Am I right? (tag question) Rob, you had a difficult time before you met Laura, 7hadn’t /
You passed the test, ? didn’t you?
2 I hope I can go up the Empire State Building when I visit Yes. I had a lot of knowledge about the industry, but no experience.
New York. (modal of possibility) Laura’s given me a lot of practical advice, which has helped build
I hope I’ll up the Empire State Building when I my confidence. I got a promotion yesterday, and it’s great to know I
visit New York. 8could / ’ll be able to talk to her about any issues that come up in my
3 George Lucas directed the first Star Wars movie. (passive) new role.
The first Star Wars movie George Lucas.
4 It’s not necessary to pay to use expressway in the UK.
(modal of obligation)
Vocabulary
You to use expressways in the UK. 1 Circle the word that is different. Explain your answer.
5 The new factory will make over 500,000 cars a year.
1 documentary thriller
(passive)
director action movie
Over 500,000 cars a year at the
2 pool field
new factory.
racket court
6 I couldn’t drive until I was 22 years old. (modal of ability)
3 track and field diving
I wasn’t until I was 22 years old.
track auto racing
7 I don’t think you’ll be able to come to my wedding. Is
4 game show channel
that true? (tag question)
sitcom soap opera
You won’t be able to come to my wedding,
5 tracks playlist
?
hits cast
8 It’s not a good idea to go swimming just after lunch.
6 have a balanced diet get a good night’s sleep
(modal of advice)
get exercise have bad habits
You just after lunch.
7 net bat
stick rink
74

Personal Best
plot court be in shape sequel script soundtrack
on
romantic comedy audience episode cartoon on
Less 7A Less 8A
1 have good physical health because of Name four Name three
exercise movies you’ve sports places
2 the music that is played during a movie seen and say and three
3 the story of a movie or book what types of pieces of sports
movies they are. equipment.
4 a funny movie about love
5 the place where you play ball games
on
6 a part of a TV series on Less 8A
Less 7A
7 a TV show with characters that are
drawn Describe a Write three
8 a movie that continues the story of a previous movie in four questions about
movie sentences that your classmates
use the using tag
9 the people who watch a TV show live in the questions.
passive.
studio
10 the written form of a movie
on
Lesson 7B Less 8B
3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
Write two
live set in scene hits get stressed sentences. In the Describe a
horror musicals album second sentence, healthy lifestyle
use this or that to using at least
1 I don’t usually enjoy because I don’t like it refer to something four verb
when the story is told through songs. in the first phrases.
2 Have you ever seen your favorite singer in sentence.
on
concert?
on Less 8C
3 The movie Titanic stars Leonardo DiCaprio and is Less 7C
1912. Write two
Name four
4 It’s not healthy to so often.
TV shows you sentences giving
5 I think this is the band’s best . It has lots of their dislike and say advice to a friend,
biggest on it. what types using should and
of shows shouldn’t.
6 That’s the most terrifying movie I’ve ever seen!
they are.
7 My favorite in the movie is the car chase
through Moscow. on
on Less 8C
4 Put the words in the box in the correct columns. Less 7C
Write three
series shot net playlist ice skating subtitles Write three sentences about
on tour ads ball talk show band the news sentences about your English class
animation circuit goal special effects a friend using using have to,
be able to in don’t have to,
different forms. and can’t.
movies TV
on
on
Less 7D Less 8D
sports music
Add some
Say three information to
expressions your sentence
you can use with have to
when you give (8C), using
directions. as well as.
75
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
1A Simple present and present continuous;

action and state verbs 1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
1 They don’t want / aren’t wanting to go swimming
1.2
today because it’s too cold.
I check my e-mails every morning. I’m replying to your message right now. 2 I prefer / ’m preferring this coffee – it tastes / ’s tasting
I need to access the Internet. Are you enjoying your vacation? much better than that coffee.
My sister has a new job. My parents are having breakfast. 3 I can’t talk to you right now. We have / ’re having
lunch.
Simple present 4 Why do you wait / are you waiting for the bus? There
aren’t any buses after midnight!
We use the simple present to talk about things that are always true.
5 I don’t understand / ’m not understanding this movie
They speak Portuguese in Brazil. The sun sets in the west. because they’re speaking too fast.
We also use the simple present to talk about regular routines. 6 We think / ’re thinking all museums should be free.
I start work at 8:45. My brother gets up at 6:30 every day. 7 He works / ’s working in the library this morning.
8 That suitcase belongs / is belonging to me.
We often use the simple present with frequency adverbs and expressions.
We never go shopping on Saturdays. They often go to the beach on the weekend. 2 Complete the sentences with the simple present or
present continuous form of the verbs in parentheses.
Present continuous 1 I (talk) to my boss at the moment. Can I
We use the present continuous to talk about actions that are happening now. call you back in five minutes?
He’s speaking to his sister on Skype right now. I’m waiting for you at the bus stop. 2 They (send) me a birthday card every year.
3 I (leave) the office now. I’ll call you later.
We also use the present continuous to talk about actions that are temporary.
4 You look really tired. I (think) you
She’s living with her parents at the moment. I’m studying economics this year. (need) to go to bed now.
5 I’m so hungry! I (think) about dinner.
Action and state verbs 6 I can’t talk now. I (study) in the library.
We can use the simple present and present continuous with verbs that describe an 7 I (stay) at my best friend’s house at
action. the moment.
I play soccer on Wednesday evenings. 8 My Internet connection (not work) today.
I’m playing a soccer game on my computer right now. 3 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in
We usually use the simple present, not the present continuous, with verbs which parentheses.
describe a state.
She doesn’t like her new haircut. NOT She isn’t liking her new haircut.
I don’t understand. What do you mean? NOT I’m not understanding. What are you
meaning?
I own a car. NOT I’m owning a car.
state verbs
feelings like, love, hate, want, prefer, need
Enjoy is used in the continuous tense: I’m enjoying the party.
thoughts and know, believe, remember, forget, understand, think, feel,
opinions consider, realize, expect, agree, suppose, doubt, mean I1 (not understand) why some people
2 (believe) that we 3 (talk) to
states be, have (possess), exist, seem, appear, belong, own, matter
each other much less than in the past. I 4
senses taste, sound, look, feel, hear, smell
(own) a smartphone, and I 5 (use) it all
the time. I 6 (send) messages to my
Look! Some verbs can be both action and state verbs, with different meanings.
friends several times a day, and I often 7
I’m thinking about my vacation. (the action of thinking = action verb)
(call) them to talk. It’s true that we 8
I think this website is the best. (an opinion = state verb)
(have) very busy lives nowadays and that we
He’s having steak and French fries. (the action of eating = action verb) 9 always (not speak)
He has a white sports car. (a possession = state verb)
face-to-face. It 10 (seem) to me that
I’m feeling happy. (the action of having an emotion = action verb)
electronic devices 11 (make) our lives
It feels soft. (the sense = state verb)
much easier. For example, I 12 (write)
this blog now while I 13 (sit) on the train.
76 Go back to page 5
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
1C Question forms
1 Put the words in the correct order to make questions.
1.7
1 your friend / work / does / near here / ?
Do you speak German? Who told you that story?
Could we sit here, please? How many people work at your company?
2 like / you / do / going / to concerts / ?
When does class start? What are you talking about?
3 was / running / she / why / ?
Yes/No questions
4 can / tell / you / a secret / I / ?
To make a question with a Yes or No answer, we put the verb be or an auxiliary or
modal verb before the subject. For the simple present and simple past, we use do/
5 come / from / which / country / you / do / ?
does and did, with the base form of the main verb.
statement question 6 speak / more slowly / you / could / ?
He’s from the U.S. Is he from the U.S.?

7 you / see / did / at the party / who / ?
They’ve been to China. Have they been to China?
We were watching TV. Were you watching TV?
8 which / to / movie theater / go / you / did / ?
She’ll win the game. Will she win the game?
I can speak Italian. Can you speak Italian? 9 from / where / does / he / come / ?
They like tea. Do they like tea?
He plays tennis well. Does he play tennis well? 10 looking / who / she / for / was / ?
We went to Paris. Did you go to Paris?
2 Write subject questions for the statements.
Object questions 1 Which team ?
In most wh- questions, the question word or phrase (who, what, why, how many, Argentina won the game.
what type of, etc.) is the object of the verb. In object questions, we use an auxiliary 2 Who ?
verb before the subject, like in Yes/No questions. Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone.
3 How many students ?
question word auxiliary verb subject main verb More than 40 students study here.
Where do you live? 4 What to the phone?
Who did she meet? Something strange happened to the phone. Now it’s
Why have they come? not working.
What are you doing? 5 Which movie ?
The movie we saw last week won the Oscar for Best
When will you arrive?
Picture.
How long can you stay?
6 Who ?
A guy named Jacques lives here.
Subject questions
In subject questions, the question word asks about the subject. We use the affirmative 3 Write questions for the underlined answers.
form of the verb, so in present and simple past tenses, we don’t use do/does/did. 1 I spoke to Jessica in the park.

question word main verb 2 He gave Mike a book.
Who bought those flowers? NOT Who did buy those flowers?
What happened in 1999? NOT What did happen in 1999? 3 Carlo and Mira went to the party.
Which animal makes a noise like that? NOT Which animal does make a
noise like that? 4 We arrived at 4 p.m.

5 The twins drank all the orange juice.
Questions with prepositions
When the main verb needs a preposition (look for, talk to, wait for, come from, think 6 She was watching a horror movie.
about, etc.), we normally put the preposition at the end of the question.
What are you looking for? NOT For what are you looking? 7 I’m waiting for Toni.
Who was she talking to? NOT To who was she talking?
Who did you go to the movies with? NOT With who did you go to the movies? 8 Jen works in that building.

Go back to page 9 77
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
2A Narrative tenses 1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.

1 While Tina rode a bike / was riding a bike to work, she
2.2 was dropping / dropped her purse.
2 When I closed the door, I was realizing / realized that I
Last week, we bought a new car.
It was snowing, and people were hurrying home from work.
left / had left my keys inside the house.
3 We watched / were watching a movie when we were
I was cooking dinner when someone knocked on the door.
It had stopped raining before we left the party.
hearing / heard a strange noise outside.
4 When John had gotten / got home, we told him what
I was disappointed because my friends had forgotten my birthday.
had happened / was happening earlier that afternoon.
A narrative describes past events. We often use the simple past, the past continuous, 5 When they were arriving / arrived, the concert
and the past perfect in a narrative. already began / had already begun.
6 It was a hot summer’s day. We sat / were sitting in the
Simple past garden, and the sun was shining / shone.
7 When the movie was ending / ended, the children
We use the simple past to describe the main events in a narrative. These are
went / were going straight to bed.
completed actions in the past.
Mike opened the door and saw a package on the floor. He picked it up and 2 Complete the sentences with the correct past tense of
opened it. He couldn’t believe what he saw! the verbs in parentheses.
Remember that many simple past verbs are irregular. For a full list of irregular verbs,
see page 119.
Past continuous
We use the past continuous to describe the background events in a narrative.
One fall afternoon, I was sitting in the kitchen.
Last night, it was raining, and we were watching TV on the sofa.
We also use the past continuous to describe an action that was in progress when 1 I (take) my umbrella with me because I
a completed action happened. (see) the weather forecast earlier.
She was having breakfast when someone knocked on the door. 2 She (read) the whole book while she
I was taking a shower when the phone rang. (wait) for me.
We often use when and while to connect past events. 3 While Maria (make) dinner, David
(take out) the garbage.
I was walking along the beach when I found a wallet.
4 I (call) the police right away when I
While they were waiting for the bus, it started to rain.
(saw) the broken window.
Past perfect 5 She (start) laughing when she
(see) his new hat.
We use the past perfect to describe an action that happened before another action
6 I (not want) to see that movie because I
in the past.
(see) it twice before.
I called James at his office, but he had already gone home. 7 Anna (live) in San Francisco when she
They decided to go for a drive in Paul’s new car. He had bought it only two days (finish) her first novel.
before.
3 Complete the text with the correct past tense of the
Look! We can use the three narrative tenses with when, with different meanings. verbs in the box.
When she arrived, we had dinner. = First she arrived, and then we had dinner.
arrive ring leave put answer walk drive buy
When she arrived, we were having dinner. = She arrived during dinner.
When she arrived, we had already had dinner. = First we had dinner, and then she arrived.
Last Friday, I went to the supermarket to buy
a cake for a friend’s party. It was really busy
as people 1 food for the weekend.
While I 2 back to my car, my phone 3
.I4 the cake on the roof of
my car and 5 the phone. After the call,
I6 to the party, but I didn’t realize
that I 7 the cake on my car! Luckily, it
was still there when I 8 !
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
2C used to and usually

1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of used to
2.11
or the simple past and the verbs in parentheses. Use used
My mom used to have long hair, but now it’s much shorter. to if possible.
I didn’t use to like seafood, but now I often eat it.
1 I my brother and sister regularly,
Did you use to play the violin?
but now we all live in different cities. (see)
I never used to watch TV in the evenings.
2 How to work before you had a
We usually go for a walk after dinner.
car? (you/get)
3 They each other when they were
used to in school, but now they’re getting married! (not like)
4 He much money, but now he’s
We use used to + base form to talk about habits or situations that were true in the
past, but are not true now. They can be states or actions. rich. (not have)
5 We with our friends more often
I used to hate classical music, but now I love it. (hate = state)
when we lived in Miami. (get together)
She used to go swimming every day. (go swimming = action)
6 Where before you moved here?
We form the negative and questions like other regular verbs in the simple past. (you/live)
I didn’t use to like classical music. NOT I didn’t used to like classical music. 7 I to reggae music, but now I love
Did you use to live on this street? NOT Did you used to live on this street? it. (never listen)
We often use a mixture of used to and the simple past when we describe past 8 Jon his British friend twice last
situations. It sounds unnatural to use used to with every verb. year. (visit)
9 I used to sing when I was a child, and I
I used to get a lot of exercise when I was in school. I played tennis every weekend,
the guitar, too. (play)
and I went swimming three or four times a week.
10 We in Los Angeles in 2012.
We use the simple past, not used to, when we talk about things that happened only (get married)
once, or when we say how many times something happened.
2 Complete the text with usually or the correct form of
I got a job five years ago. NOT I used to get a job five years ago.
used to and a verb from the box.
We went to Rio three times when I was young. NOT We used to go to Rio three
times when I was young.
not have go (x2) arrive work (x2)
We often use never used to instead of didn’t use to.
He never used to call me but now he calls every day.
The neighbors never used to make so much noise!
usually
Used to only refers to the past. We use usually or normally + simple present to talk
about situations and habits which are true now.
On Sundays, I usually have eggs for breakfast. (present habit)
On Sundays, I used to have eggs for breakfast. (past habit)
Look! We can also use usually in the past. It has a similar meaning to used to. Six months ago, Sarah Thornton left her job
We usually had dinner together every evening. in the city and moved to a small town in the
We used to have dinner together every evening. country because she wanted a quieter life. “I
1 sixteen hours a day, six
days a week,” she says. “It was very difficult. I
2 home exhausted at around
11 p.m. I 3 time for hobbies in
the evening, and I didn’t see my friends much,” she
says. “But now I’m happier. I 4 an
eight-hour day now, so I have much more free time.
It was strange living in the country at first. In the city,
I5 to concerts or go shopping
on Sundays. There’s nothing like that here. Now, I
6 running or do other outdoor
activities every evening.”
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
3A Future forms: present continuous,

be going to, and will 1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
1 Next weekend,
3.4
a we’re going to have a party.
We’re taking the bus to the airport at 6 a.m. tomorrow. b we’ll have a party.
I’m going to start learning Japanese this year. 2 They’re staying at a hotel near the beach next week,
I’ll make you a cup of tea, if you want. a and they’ve reserved a room for six nights.
I’ll call you tonight. b but they haven’t found a hotel yet.
Should we go for a walk? 3 Oh no, there’s coffee all over the floor! Don't worry,
Should I put some music on? a I’ll clean it up in a minute.
b I’m cleaning it up in a minute.
4 He’s definitley leaving early tomorrow morning,
Present continuous
a so he’s called a cab for 6 a.m. to go to the station.
We use the present continuous to talk about future plans. We usually specify when or b but maybe he’ll stay until lunchtime.
where the event will take place. 5 I’ve made plans to see Sophie next week.
I’m meeting Sarah at the movies at 8:30 p.m. a We’re meeting at 2:30 on Wednesday.
We’re flying to Miami tomorrow. b We’ll meet at 2:30 on Wednesday.
They’re getting married next year.
2 Complete the sentences with the present continuous,
We usually use the present continuous to ask people about their plans.
be going to, or will. Use the words in parentheses.
Are you doing anything tomorrow afternoon? There may be more than one answer.
When are you going to the supermarket this week?
What are you doing this weekend?
be going to
We use be going to to talk about future plans and intentions.
I’m going to call my mother tonight.
When are you going to buy a new car?
The present continuous and be going to have similar meanings, but the present
continuous often refers to the more immediate future.
We’re going to New York this summer! = It's a definite plan and will happen soon. 1 I (do) the ironing this week if
We’re going to go to New York when we have the money! = It's a plan, but it may be you want.
further in the future. 2 We (meet) Linda at 7:30 p.m. at
the station. Don’t be late!
will 3 I’m sorry, but I can’t talk now. I
We use will when we make an offer, promise, or instant decision. (give) you a call when I get home – I promise!
We’ll take you to the airport, if you’d like. 4 What (you/do) on Saturday?
I will do the dishes before I go out, I promise! (we/go shopping)?
It’s really hot in here. I’ll open the window. 5 A Sarah’s not here right now. Can I take a message?
B No, thanks – I (send) her a text.
Look! We don’t use will to talk about plans and intentions that are already 6 I’ve decided I (work) hard next
decided. year. I want to get good grades on my exams.
I’m going to fly / I’m flying to New York on Tuesday. NOT I’ll fly to New York on 7 They (arrive) at 11 a.m. – Jack’s
Tuesday. waiting at the station for them now.
8 I (get) some exercise this
weekend. I might play tennis, or I might go running.
should 9 A Do you want a salad or French fries with your
We can use should as a question with I or we to make offers and suggestions. hamburger?
Should I take you to the airport? B I (have) French fries, please.
Should we go to that new restaurant by the beach? 10 Don’t worry – I (not tell) anyone
your secret.
11 Jon wants to live closer to his family, so he
(move) in the next few years.
12 (you/drive) into town later? Can I
come with you?
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
3C D
efining and non-defining relative
clauses 1 A Complete the sentences with the correct relative
pronouns.
3.9
1 That’s the man I spoke to yesterday.
That’s the man who lives next door to us. 2 The mayor, is in New York for a meeting,
That’s the couple that’s always arguing. didn’t answer the journalist’s question.
She’s the woman whose husband works for the government. 3 It’s a story about a man dog saves his life.
That’s the guy I sit next to in class. 4 It’s the store we were talking
My uncle lives in Los Angeles, which is a really expensive city. about yesterday.
My neighbors, who have five children, are really noisy. 5 He lives on South Street, is near my office.
6 Michelle’s the person normally deals with
A relative clause gives us more information about the subject of the main clause. We computer problems.
usually start a relative clause with a relative pronoun. We use: 7 In July, I’m going to stay with my cousin Sara,
– who or that for people lives in Mexico.
–that or which for objects 8 That’s the hospital I was born.
–whose + noun for possession
–where for places B Check ( ) the sentences in A where it’s possible to
omit the pronoun.
Defining relative clauses
2 Complete the second sentences so they mean the
We use a defining relative clause to say which person, thing, or place we are talking about.
same as the first sentences. Use relative clauses.
He’s the man who I saw yesterday.
1 We went to Bella Pizza. We had lunch there.
That’s the phone that I want for my birthday.
We went to Bella Pizza, where we had lunch.
She’s the girl whose mother is a famous journalist.
2 Luke gave me a really interesting book yesterday. I’m
That’s the restaurant where we had dinner last week.
reading it now.
We can omit who, that, and which when the verbs in the main clause and the relative Luke gave me a really interesting book yesterday,
clause have a different subject. .
He’s the man (who/that) I met on vacation. 3 Look at that car. My uncle wants one.
She lost the book (that/which) I lent her. Look. That’s the car .
We can’t omit the relative pronoun when it is the subject of the relative clause. 4 Can you see the park over there? We’re meeting
there tomorrow.
She’s the woman who speaks French. NOT She’s the woman speaks French.
That’s the park tomorrow.
5 This is Mark. You met his brother last night.
Non-defining relative clauses
This is Mark, last night.
A non-defining relative clause gives us extra information about something in the
6 A man left a message for me this morning. What was
main clause. It doesn’t identify what we are talking about. If we omit this clause, the
his name?
sentence still makes sense.
What was the name of the man ?
We add a comma before a non-defining relative clause.
This is my younger brother Ricardo, who lives in Washington D.C. 3 Complete the text with phrases a–f and the correct
That’s Tony’s new sports car, which he bought in London last week. relative pronoun.
Right now, Jen’s on vacation in São Paulo, where her friend Maria lives. a are both younger than me
Sometimes we add a non-defining relative clause in the middle of a sentence. This is b we used to do together
more common in written English. c I grew up
d backyard was much bigger
The hotel, which has over 200 rooms, is just 150 m. from the main square.
e lived on our street
We can’t use that in non-defining clauses. We use who for people or which for things. f I shared with my brothers
We can’t omit the relative pronoun.
My parents still live in the house 1 .
I miss that house. My two brothers, 2
Look! Notice the difference in meaning between the sentences below.
used to annoy me, but I miss some of the things
The students who passed the exam received a certificate. 3 . I also miss seeing the other kids
This means that not all the students passed. Only the students who passed 4 . Although it was an old house, it was
received a certificate. really comfortable. My bedroom, 5 ,
The students, who passed the exam, received a certificate. was cool even in the summer. We only had a small
This means that all the students passed, and they all received a certificate. backyard, but we spent a lot of time playing with the boys
next door, 6 than ours.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
4A Quantifiers
4.2
1 Riding a bike in New York is dangerous because there
There ’s not much traffic in my village. Do you have a few minutes to talk?
are too many / much cars on the streets.
There are a lot of stores in the mall. I have no time to see him today.
2 Julia has plenty of / lots money, so she buys new
There are too many buses downtown.
clothes every week.
We don’t have enough places for young people to go.
3 There’s usually a lot of / few snow in Sweden at this
time of year.
Small quantities 4 Do you have little / a little free time today so we can
have a meeting?
We use a little before uncountable nouns and a few before countable nouns.
5 There aren’t enough parks / parks enough in my town.
Can I have a little sugar in my coffee, please? 6 Michael’s an only child – he has no / not brothers
I’m busy right now. Can I call you back in a few minutes? or sisters.
We use not much and not many in negative sentences. We use not much before 7 Lots / Much of my friends are married now, but a few /
uncountable nouns and not many before countable nouns. a little are still single.
There isn’t much milk. Can you get some more, please? 8 There isn’t any / no bread left, so could you get some
I don’t have many friends on Facebook. from the supermarket?
9 I can’t do this crossword – it’s too / too much difficult
We also use (very) little and few (without a). They mean not much and not many.
for me.
They speak very little English. = They don’t speak much English.
10 A How much ice cream is there in the fridge?
She has very few friends in New York. = She doesn’t have many friends in New York.
B Any. / None.
Large quantities 2 Read the text. Correct the eight mistakes.

We use a lot (of) and lots (of) in affirmative statements before uncountable and
countable nouns. We use a lot of before nouns, and a lot without a noun.
I have lots of friends in the U.S. She reads a lot of books. She reads a lot.
We use plenty of to say there is enough or more than we need.
Don’t worry – we have plenty of time before the train leaves.
Look! In questions, we use a lot of before uncountable nouns and many or

a lot of before countable nouns.
Was there a lot of snow last year? Have you invited many people?
Zero quantity
We use not any, no, or none before uncountable and countable nouns. We use none
in short answers.
I have no money. = I don’t have any money.
There are no tickets left. = There aren’t any tickets left.
How many students got 100% on the exam? None. A lot my friends take city vacations, but I can’t
More than you need or want understand why they want to spend their time off
We use too, too many, and too much to mean “more than is necessary or good.” in a city. Most cities are too busy and too noisy. In a
You’ve put too much sugar in my coffee. crowded city, there isn’t space enough because there
There are too many people on this bus. It’s too crowded.
We use enough to mean “the right amount” or “sufficient.” We can also use not are always too much people around you. Of course,
enough to mean “less than is necessary” or “less than is good.” there are plenty things to buy – but that means that I
I have enough money for a vacation. There aren’t enough parking lots here.
don’t have many money left after spending a little days
Look! We generally put enough before a noun, but after an adjective. in a city. I prefer to go to the country or to a beach town,
There are enough cookies for everyone. NOT There are cookies enough for everyone.
somewhere where there is none traffic and where I can
The box isn't big enough for all those books NOT The box isn’t enough big for
all those books. have a few time to myself to think and relax.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
4C Comparatives and superlatives, as … as

1 Complete the sentences with the words in parentheses.
4.14
Use the correct form of the adjectives. Add any other
My bedroom is brighter than the living room. words you need.
The first floor apartment is less expensive than the second floor apartment.
1 The bed in my hotel room is as
This is by far the safest suburb of the city.
my bed at home. (just, comfortable)
The countryside around here is the most beautiful in the whole country.
2 apartments are downtown.
My house isn’t as big as my brother’s house.
(expensive)
3 Jamie’s new car isn’t as his old
Comparatives one. (big)
4 Susan lives in one of parts of
We use comparative adjectives + than to compare two things, people, places, etc.
town. (nice)
With one-syllable adjectives, we add -er. With two-syllable adjectives ending in -y,
5 Learning Spanish isn’t as learning
we change the y to i and add -er. For adjectives with more than two syllables, we use
Japanese. (difficult)
more or less.
6 It’s one of books I’ve ever read.
Her house is smaller than yours. English is easier than Russian. (funny)
Hotels in Tokyo are more expensive than in Madrid./Hotels in Madrid are less 7 Miami is from New York than from
expensive than in Tokyo. Washington D.C. (a lot, far)
We can use a bit, a little, or slightly before a comparative to say there is a small 8 In January, Rio de Janeiro is usually
difference, and a lot, much, or far to say there is a big difference. Buenos Aires. (slightly, hot)
My new apartment is a bit bigger than my old one. 9 That was game I’ve ever seen.
I’m in much better shape than I used to be. (by far, bad)
10 Mexican food is British food.
Superlatives (a lot, spicy)
We use superlative adjectives to say that something is more or less than all the others 2 Complete the second sentences so they mean the
in a group. With one-syllable adjectives, we put the in front and add -est. With two- same as the first sentences.
syllable adjectives ending in -y, we change the y to i and add -est. With adjectives of
1 John and James are both 1.70 m. tall.
more than two syllables, we use the most or the least.
John is James.
He’s the oldest player on our team. This is the funniest comedy on TV. 2 This restaurant is much better than the others in town.
That’s the most expensive hotel in Paris./That’s the least economical place to stay. This is by in town.
The can be replaced with a possessive adjective. 3 My new phone was much more expensive than my
It’s her best album. laptop!
My laptop was expensive my
We can put by far before a superlative to make it stronger.
new phone!
Lima is by far the biggest city in Peru. 4 The class tomorrow starts at 9:10 instead of the usual
time of 9:15.
Look! We usually use in before places and groups of people, not of.
The class tomorrow starts a usual.
She’s the best player in the world. He’s the youngest person in my family.
5 This is the cheapest watch I could find.
This watch is the expensive I could find.
We often use the superlative with the present perfect + ever and one of the.
6 I’ve never seen a nicer beach before.
That’s the strangest movie I’ve ever seen.
This is that I’ve .
This is one of the best restaurants in town.
7 His last movie is funnier than this one.
With one-syllable adjectives ending in consonant-vowel-consonant, we double the This movie funny as his last one.
final consonant and add -er / -est. 8 Jill and Maura are sisters. Maura is 19 and Jill is 18.
big – bigger – biggest hot – hotter – hottest Jill is her sister.
Some adjectives have irregular comparative and superlative forms.
good – better – best bad – worse – worst far – farther/further – farthest/furthest
(not) as … as
We use as … as to say that two things are the same and not as … as to say that two
things are different. We can use just with as … as to emphasize a similarity.
Today, Boston is just as warm as Mexico City.
In the winter, Amsterdam isn’t as cold as Moscow.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
5A Z
ero and first conditional; future time
clauses 1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
1 You can’t come to the party if / unless you’re invited.
5.5
2 I’ll call you until / as soon as I get my test scores.
If you borrow money, you need to pay it back. 3 They’ll cancel the flight if / unless the weather is bad.
If I ask my bank manager for a loan, he’ll say no. 4 I'll get a job when / until I finish school.
Tell me if you need some cash. 5 She’ll stay with us until / unless summer vacation
You can’t open an account unless you’re over eighteen. finishes.
I won’t be able to go shopping until I get paid this Friday. 6 He’ll worry if / when you don’t call him.
I’ll lend you some money after I go to the ATM.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
verbs in parentheses.
Zero conditional 1 Plants (die) if
We use the zero conditional to talk about routines or situations that are generally they (not get)
true, including facts. We use the simple present, in both the if clause and the main enough water.
clause. 2 If you (not
If I have time, I normally go for a walk on my lunch break. save) money now, you
I usually ride my bike to work if it’s a nice day. (not have)
If you heat ice, it melts. enough to go on vacation.
3 I think I (get)
First conditional some coffee before the meeting (start).
We use the first conditional to talk about the result of a possible action. We form the if 4 If I (get) lost when I’m in a foreign city, I
clause with if + simple present and we usually form the main clause with will + base usually (ask) someone for directions.
form. 5 I (send) you a text as soon as Helen
(arrive).
If we take the bus, we’ll get there more quickly.
6 We (not play) tennis unless the weather
If John doesn’t leave now, he won’t get to school on time.
(improve).
You’ll be tired tomorrow if you don’t go to bed now.
7 My brother (be) excited if his team
We can put either clause first with no change in meaning. However, if we put the main (win) the game tonight.
clause first, we don’t use a comma between the two clauses. 8 I (make) dinner after this movie
If it’s nice this weekend, we’ll go camping. (finish).
We’ll go camping if it’s nice this weekend.
3 Complete the ad with the correct form of the verbs in
We can use the imperative in the main clause. the box.
If you see Matthew tomorrow, tell him about the party.
go have (x2) want not pay
We can use unless to talk about possible future events. It means the same as
open be (x2) prefer not have
if + not.
Unless you work harder, you won’t pass your exams. = If you don’t work harder,
At MegaBank, we know that people
you won’t pass your exams.
1 speaking to a member of
Future time clauses staff if they 2 questions about
their account. But we also understand that
We use the simple present, not will + base form, after words and phrases like when,
if people 3 busy lives, they
until, before, after, and as soon as when we are referring to the future.
4 time to visit or call their
I’ll buy a new phone when this one stops working.
bank. That’s why MegaBank has a new
She won’t call you back until she finishes her homework.
chat app. As soon as you 5
Before we go out, I’ll take a quick shower.
the app, someone 6 available
We’ll wash the dishes after we have lunch.
to talk to you. If you 7 to know
I’ll call you as soon as we arrive at the airport.
more, 8 to our website. You
9 a penny to download the
app if you 10 a MegaBank
customer!
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
5C Predictions: will, be going to,

may/might 1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
1 Look at those dark clouds. It will / ’s going to rain!
5.9
2 I ’m going to / might be home before seven, but it
I’m sure Emily will love her present. depends on the traffic.
I don’t think we’ll have time to go to the museum today. 3 The score is 10–0! Our team is going to / will win
There are lots of people here. It’s going to be a great party! the game.
It might rain later this afternoon. 4 Jane will definitely / definitely will be at the concert.
We may not stay at home for Thanksgiving this year. She bought her ticket months ago.
5 He’s studying really hard at the moment. He might /
will ’s going to pass the exam easily.

6 I’m sure you might / ’ll enjoy the movie.
We use will and won’t to make predictions about the future, based on our personal
7 It will / may snow tonight. There’s a 50% chance of
opinions. We often use phrases like In my view/opinion … , I think/feel (that) … ,
snow according to the weather forecast.
I expect (that) …, and I’m sure (that) … before will and won’t.
8 We’re arriving at midnight, so I think we won’t / don’t
In my view, Germany will win the next World Cup. think we’ll have time to go for dinner.
It won’t be easy for her to find a cheap apartment in the city. 9 She doesn’t think they ’ll / won’t move next year.
We often use Do you think … ? to ask someone to make a prediction.
2 Complete the second sentences so they mean
Do you think she’ll like her present? the same as the first sentences. Use the words in
parentheses.
Look! To make a negative prediction with will, we normally use the negative
1 Perhaps she will win the Olympic gold medal.
form of think, followed by will.
She the Olympic gold medal.
I don’t think he’ll get the job. NOT I think he won’t get the job.
(win)
2 I’m absolutely sure that Mark won’t pass his
be going to driving test.
We use be going to to make predictions that we are sure about, based on something Mark his driving test. (fail)
we can see or something that we know. 3 We probably won’t have time to visit you this month.
Look at how full the parking lot is. The mall’s going to be really busy. I have time to visit you this month.
Everyone says Toronto is an amazing city – you’re going to have a great vacation. (think)
4 I’m sure there will be a party this weekend.
probably and definitely There a party this weekend.
(definitely)
We use the adverbs probably and definitely to make a prediction with will or going to
5 The weather’s awful. Maybe the train will be late.
less certain or more certain.
The train on time because of the
He’ll probably buy a new car next year. awful weather. (arrive)
He’s probably going to buy a new car next year. 6 You’ll definitely learn a lot in this course.
Sarah will definitely go to college. I learn a lot in this course. (sure)
She’s definitely going to go to college. 7 It’s possible that it will rain later today.
It later today. (might)
Look! We use probably and definitely after will but before won’t.
8 We’re not going to get to the airport on time with
It’ll probably rain when we’re on vacation.
this traffic.
I definitely won’t miss the party.
I get to the airport on time with
this traffic. (think)
may/might
We use may (not) or might (not) + base form to say that a prediction is possible. They
mean “maybe” or “perhaps.”
We may not go on vacation this year. = Perhaps we won’t go on vacation this year.
It might rain later, so take an umbrella. = Maybe it will rain later, so take an umbrella.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
6A P
resent perfect and simple past, 1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
already, yet, recently 1 I’ve been to the movies three times this / last week.
2 Sarah has spoken / spoke to me yesterday.
6.2 3 Have you seen / Do you see Maria recently?
4 Do you plan / Have you planned your vacation yet?
I’ve never been fired from a job.
5 I never went / I’ve never been to Moscow.
Ivan has already finished work, and it’s only 3 p.m.
6 I’ve visited / I visited lots of beautiful places when I was
I’ve heard that Simona is leaving the company.
in Argentina last year.
My dad has been retired for twelve years.
7 This is the most difficult job I’ve ever had / I ever had.
I’ve been to Australia twice. I last went there two years ago.
8 Sorry, I haven’t cooked / don’t cook dinner yet. I hope
you aren’t hungry.
Present perfect 9 Her plane has arrived / arrived at 10:45.
We form the present perfect with have/has + past participle. We use it: 10 What have you thought / did you think of the movie?
• to talk about experiences in our lives.
2 Check ( ) the sentences if they are correct. Then
I’ve been to the U.S. three times. I’ve never eaten Mexican food.
correct the incorrect sentences.
Have you ever traveled abroad for work? She’s seen this movie before.
1 Tom just moved to Bogotá.
• to talk about something that happened earlier than we expected, or didn’t happen
2 I’ve broken my leg six months ago.
when we expected, with already, yet, and still.
3 He works here since 2016.
I’ve already spoken to Tony.
4 Michael has worked really hard this year.
Have you written that report yet? I haven’t finished it yet. / I still haven’t finished it.
5 Have you lived here since five years?
• to talk about the duration of a situation that started in the past and is still true now, 6 When have they gotten married?
with for and since. 7 Have you spoken to Maria about the party yet?
I’ve worked here for ten years. She’s lived here since 1985. 8 This is the best pizza I ever had.
Present perfect or simple past? 9 I’ve seen John in the park yesterday.
10 Have you enjoyed the game last night?
We use the present perfect to talk about the past from the perspective of the present.
This is the best book I’ve ever read. (in my life until now) 3 Complete the text with the verbs and adverbs in
I’ve lived in London for five years. (I still live there.) parentheses. Use the simple past or present perfect.
In addition to the adverbs above, we often use the present perfect with words and
time expressions such as so far, this morning, today, this week, and this year.
I’ve seen my friend twice this year.
He's only read one chapter of the book so far.
We use the simple past to talk about completed actions in the past, and when they
happened. We often use the simple past with words and past time expressions such as
yesterday, last Saturday, last week, in 2014, five years ago, What time … ?, When … ?
I lived in London for five years. (I don’t live there now.)
I love my job. I 1 (be) a
We had a great vacation. (We’re not on vacation now.)
wedding photographer for two years. At first
I read that book last summer. I got home two hours ago. When did you arrive?
it was hard. Photography is a competitive
We use the present perfect or simple past to talk about something that happened a industry, and you need experience. I 2
short time ago with recently. (not get) many assignments in
We('ve) recently moved to a new office. my first year, but recently I 3
We usually use the simple past with just. (become) really busy. I 4
(already, have) ten weddings this year! I 5
I just saw your text message.
(work) in a lot of beautiful
Present perfect and simple past places – I 6 (just, do) a
We often ask a question or say something in the present perfect and then give more wedding at a palace. But things don’t always
information in the simple past. go well. One colleague 7
Have you ever met Ana’s sister? (delete) all the wedding photos the day
Yes, I’ve met her. I talked to her at Ana’s birthday party last month. after his first wedding! Another colleague
8 (still, not receive) the money
Do you know anything about Lima?
from a wedding that she 9
Yes, I’ve been to Lima, so I know it pretty well. I went there last year.
(do) last year. Thankfully, nothing like that 10
Look! Ian’s been to Lima means he went to Lima and came back home. (happen) to me yet.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
6C Present perfect continuous and present

perfect 1 Complete the sentences with the present perfect
continuous form of the verbs in parentheses.
6.15
1 James to the gym every day for
I’ve been studying Spanish for 25 years. the last four weeks. (go)
She’s been playing tennis since 12:30. 2 How long for that company?
My shirt’s dirty because I’ve been painting my bedroom. (you/work)
I’ve known Ed my whole life, but we’ve only been going out for three months. 3 He much time at home because
he’s been so busy at work. (not spend)
4 I to this park since I was a child.
Present perfect continuous
(come)
We use the present perfect continuous to talk about longer or repeated actions that
5 How long for a cab? (you/wait)
started in the past and are still true now. We form the present perfect continuous with
6 What horrible weather! It all
the auxiliary verb have + been + -ing form of the main verb.
morning. (rain)
We’ve been waiting for the bus for 45 minutes. 7 Why do you never answer your phone?
He’s been coming to this restaurant since 2015. I you all evening. (call)
We often use How long … ?, for, since, and time phrases like this morning, today, 8 You computer games all evening.
this month, all year with the present perfect continuous. Go and do your homework now! (play)
How long has she been waiting?
He’s been playing that computer game for four hours/since ten o’clock.
I’ve been taking the bus to work all week because my bike is broken.
Sam’s been going to the gym a lot this year.
We also use the present perfect continuous to talk about longer or repeated actions
that have recently finished. These actions can have a result in the present.
You look hot! What have you been doing?
I’m hot because I’ve been sitting in the sun. (result = I’m hot)
The grass is wet because it’s been raining. (result = the grass is wet)
Present perfect
We don’t use the present perfect continuous with state verbs. To talk about states that
started in the past and continue in the present, we use the present perfect.
How long has Matt had his car? NOT How long has Matt been having his car?
Matt’s had his car since last September. NOT Matt’s been having his car since last
September.
I’ve known my neighbors for a long time. NOT I’ve been knowing my neighbors for 2 Choose the correct options to complete
a long time. the sentences.
1 How long have you known / been knowing Anne?
Look! We can use both the present perfect and the present perfect continuous 2 I'm training / I've been training for the marathon for
with action verbs and How long ... ?, For ... , and Since ... . The meaning is the same. the last six months.
How long have you lived here? 3 I’ve loved / been loving you since the first time I
I’ve lived here since 1980. met you.
How long have you been working here? 4 She’s talking / been talking on the phone to her
I’ve been working here for seven years. boyfriend for over an hour now.
5 Silvia is doing / has been doing her homework
all morning.
6 I’ve owned / been owning this apartment since 2010.
7 How long are you coming / have you been coming to
this gym?
8 We're going / We've been going to yoga classes for
six months.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
7A The passive
7.4
1 She will be met / meet at the airport by the
Thousands of movies are made every year.
Prime Minister.
The main character was played by Emily Blunt.
2 Picasso was painted / painted “Guernica” in 1937.
The book has been made into a movie.
3 A new library is being built / building at the university.
He was being interviewed for the role when I called him.
4 The movie directed / was directed by Christopher
Her new movie will be released later this year.
Nolan.
5 The band has sold / been sold over 2 million copies of
In active sentences, the focus is on the person or thing that does the action.
their new album.
My friend Robert is repairing my bike. 6 Tickets for their next concert can buy / be bought
Maria Jones wrote that book. online.
In passive sentences, the focus is on the action itself or on the thing that the action 7 They were being built / building a new airport when I
affects. lived in Warsaw.
My bike is being repaired by my friend Robert. 8 All the doors should lock / be locked when you leave
That book was written by Maria Jones. the building.
9 These days, most of the world’s computers are made /
We often use the passive if we don’t know who did the action, or if it isn’t important
who did the action. make in China.
10 I’m not sure where the next Olympic Games will hold /
The window was broken last night.
be held.
Over a million cars are made here every year.
We can use by in a passive sentence to say who does an action. We often use by 2 Rewrite the sentences in the passive.
when the person who does the action is new information. 1 He wrote the book in 2007.
The Harry Potter books are popular all over the world. They were written by in 2007.
J. K. Rowling. 2 They have sold all the tickets for the concert.
All the tickets for the concert .
We form the passive with a form of the verb be + past participle. We can use the
3 Can you watch that movie on Netflix?
passive with all tenses, forms, and modal verbs.
that movie on Netflix?
4 They’re making a lot of science-fiction movies
active passive
these days.
simple I usually clean it every day. It is usually cleaned every day. A lot of science-fiction movies
present
these days.
They arrested him this morning. He was arrested this morning. 5 They aren’t going to release their new game until
simple past
next year.
present They’ve completed the project. The project has been completed. Their new game until next year.
perfect 6 They make cars at that factory.
present He is feeding the cat. The cat is being fed. Cars at that factory.
continuous 7 When we arrived at the hotel, they were cleaning
We will finish the report. The report will be finished. our room.
will
When we arrived at the hotel, our room
past They were repairing the road. The road was being repaired. .
continuous 8 They will send the information to you soon.
The information to you soon.
You should answer all the All the questions should be
modal verbs 9 They repaired my TV last week.
questions. answered.
My TV last week.
10 The fire completely destroyed the hotel.
We make negatives and questions in the usual way with the negative form or the
The hotel by .
question form of the verb be.
He wasn’t arrested.
Was he arrested?
It hasn’t been completed.
Has it been completed?
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
7C Modals of ability and possibility

7.10
1 I can’t / couldn’t speak to my father yesterday.
I could ride a bike when I was four years old.
2 I’ve been able to / could paint since I was a child.
We couldn’t watch our favorite show because the TV broke.
3 I’m sorry, but I won’t can / be able to meet you for
I’ll be able to go on tour with my band when I finish college.
lunch tomorrow.
I wasn’t able to go to the concert because I was sick.
4 Have you could / been able to speak to John yet?
My dad hasn’t been able to play squash since he hurt his knee.
5 I love can / being able to stay in bed all morning.
6 Maria says she’ll can / be able to come for dinner.
can and could 7 I’d like to be able to / can speak Chinese.
8 You should can / be able to find a cab outside.
We use can/can’t and could/couldn’t:
• to say that somebody has or had the ability to do something. 2 Complete the sentences with affirmative (+) and
He can play the piano really well. negative (–) forms of be able to.
I couldn’t drive five years ago. 1 I’d love walk to work, but it’s too
• to say that it is or was possible to do something. far away. (+)
I have my car here, so I can drive you to the station. 2 I make any calls on my phone
I can’t talk to you right now – I’ll call you tonight. since yesterday. (–)
I couldn’t use my cell phone when I was in the country – there was no signal. 3 I’m afraid that I come to the
meeting tomorrow. (–)
• with verbs of the senses, such as hear and see.
4 The doctor see you yesterday, but
I can’t hear you very well. Please speak more loudly.
he’s free today. (–)
It was very foggy, and I couldn’t see the cars in front of me.
5 If I finish all my work today, I go
out tonight. (+)
be able to
6 I’ve always make new friends easily. (+)
We also use be able to + base form to talk about ability and possibility. It sounds a little
more formal than can or could. We can use be able to with all tenses, forms, and with 3 Complete the text with the correct form of can, could,
modal verbs. or be able to and the verbs in parentheses. There may
be more than one answer.
Are you able to speak any foreign languages?
I wasn’t able to finish the report yesterday.
She’s never been able to swim very well.
Sorry, but I won’t be able to come to the party tonight.
We love being able to sleep late on weekends.
I’d like to be able to speak Italian.
Look! We can’t use can with most tenses, structures, or modal verbs. We use be
able to, instead.
I will be able to go to college if I pass my exams. NOT I will can go to college …
I’d like to be able to play the guitar. NOT I’d like to can play the guitar.
My dad’s Irish, my mom’s Mexican, and I grew up in
Belgium, so I’ve always 1 (speak)
We can use both would you be able to or could you to make polite requests. different languages, plus I studied Russian and
Could you open the window, please? Swedish in college. At first, learning Russian was
Would you be able to pick up some milk later? difficult as I 2 (not understand)
the alphabet, but I speak it well now. I travel a lot for
my job, and I really love 3 (talk)
to local people in restaurants and markets − in my
opinion, you 4 (not get) to know
a country if you don’t make an effort to understand
its language. I’d like to learn Mandarin as I’m going
to Beijing for work next year. There’s a Mandarin
course at my local language school in May, so I’ll
5 (take) classes, and this time
next year, I might 6 (have) a
conversation when I go to the market in Beijing!
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
8A Tag questions
1 Match statements 1–10 with tag questions a–j.
8.7
1 Mark’s coming tonight,
You don’t live in Chicago, do you?
2 Michael’s been to Paris before,
Emma went to Harvard, didn’t she?
3 We shouldn’t come early,
Your parents weren’t at the party last weekend, were they?
4 You’ll help me tonight,
I’ll see you tomorrow at the concert, won’t I?
5 Tom and Dan can’t speak Chinese,
You’ve never been to Canada, have you?
6 You like soccer,
They should be here by now, shouldn’t they?
7 Sarah called you this morning,
8 Karl isn’t here,
We often use a statement with a tag question when we think we know something
9 She didn’t pass her exams,
but we want to check.
10 The exam won’t be easy,
You’re from Mexico, aren’t you? = I think you’re from Mexico. Is that right?
He doesn’t speak Arabic, does he? = I don’t think he speaks Arabic. Is that right? a didn’t she?
b don’t you?
We also use tag questions to start a conversation or to encourage somebody to speak.
c is he?
It’s a hot day, isn’t it? d isn’t he?
You’ve just bought a new car, haven’t you? e should we?
With affirmative statements, we use a negative tag question. With negative statements, f will it?
we use an affirmative tag question. g did she?
h hasn’t he?
+ – i won’t you?
His name was Juan, wasn’t it? j can they?
It will be sunny later, won't it?
2 Complete the sentences with tag questions.
– +
We aren’t late, are we?
They didn't come, did they?
To form a tag question, we use an auxiliary or modal verb followed by a pronoun. If

the statement already contains an auxiliary or modal verb, we use it in the tag question.
We’re meeting at 8:30, aren’t we?
It won’t rain this afternoon, will it?
The children should go to bed early tonight, shouldn’t they?
Sara can’t play volleyball with us on the weekend, can she?
Tim hasn’t lived here very long, has he? 1 Surfing’s an exciting sport, ?
In the present or simple past, we make the tag question using do, does, or did. 2 They’re going to lose, ?
They like Italian food, don’t they? 3 Tina hasn’t left yet, ?
The waiter speaks Spanish, doesn't he? 4 You don’t know the rules, ?
Sami spent three months in Beijing, didn’t he? 5 You went running on the weekend, ?
You didn't like that concert, did you? 6 Steven is working tonight, ?
7 It wasn’t a great game, ?
Look! We only use pronouns in tag questions. All names and nouns change to 8 We can go out for dinner tonight, ?
he, she, it, or they. 9 The Jamaicans won’t win this race, ?
John plays tennis, doesn’t he? NOT John plays tennis, doesn’t John? 10 We have to show our passports, ?
Paris is very expensive, isn’t it? NOT Paris is very expensive, isn’t Paris? 11 You’ve been waiting for ages, ?
12 You used to go to that school, ?
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
8C Modals of obligation and advice

8.13
1 It’s after midnight. I think you can / should go home by
You have to take off your shoes before you go into the temple.
taxi.
Visitors must park only in the visitor parking lot.
2 I’m sorry I’m late. I should / had to take my sister to
We don’t have to work today. It’s Saturday.
the airport.
You can’t give chocolate to the dog. It’s very bad for him.
3 I haven’t seen Helen for ages. I can / have to call her
I had to go to the doctor because I was having stomach pains.
soon to catch up.
You should have a more balanced diet.
4 You can’t / don’t have to come to the supermarket with
me. I can go by myself.
have to and must 5 I don’t have to / can’t go to work early today because
We generally use have to to talk about obligation and rules. In written rules, and in very my first meeting starts at 11 a.m.
6 You shouldn’t / have to eat so fast – it’s bad for your
strong statements, we can also use must.
digestion.
I have to drive to the station because my wife’s waiting for me.
7 You don’t have to / can’t park your car in front of that
You have to buy a ticket before you leave the parking lot.
garage.
You have to/must take your passport with you when you travel abroad.
8 We don’t have to / can’t drive downtown. There’s a
We normally don’t use must in conversation unless the obligation is very strong. very convenient bus.
You must see a doctor immediately! 9 My children have to / can wear a school uniform.
There is no past or future form of must, and we don’t usually use must in questions. In 10 All arriving passengers must / can have their passports
these cases, we use a form of have to instead. ready.
Yesterday I had to work until 8 p.m. 2 Complete the second sentences with the correct
He’ll have to find a job when he finishes college next year. form of have to, can, or should so they have the same
Do we have to do all the exercises or just the first one? meaning as the first sentences. There may be more
than one answer.
don’t have to or can’t? 1 It’s not necessary to hurry – there’s plenty of time.
Don’t have to and can’t have very different meanings. We use don’t have to to say that We to hurry – there’s plenty of time.
something isn’t necessary. 2 You aren’t allowed to use your phone in the library.
You don’t have to pay to go by bus. Public transportation is free on Sundays. You use your phone in the library.
3 It’s not a good idea to drink coffee before you go to bed.
We use can’t to say something is prohibited.
You drink coffee before you go to bed.
You can’t speak during the exam.
4 It will be necessary to stay at the airport hotel because
we have an early flight.
Look! In spoken English, we can use can’t or not allowed to to say that something
We stay at the airport hotel because we
isn’t permitted because of a rule or a law. In written English, we use not allowed to.
have an early flight.
You can’t take photos inside the art gallery (spoken).
5 I think it’s really important for me to visit Grandma
Visitors aren’t allowed to take photos inside the art gallery (spoken or written).
tomorrow because it’s her birthday.
I really visit Grandma tomorrow because
should/shouldn’t it’s her birthday.
We use should to give advice and recommendations or to say if we think that 6 I think it’s a good idea for us to buy a bigger car.
something is a good idea or a bad idea. We buy a bigger car.
You should go to the gym two or three times a week. 7 You aren’t allowed to ride a motorcycle without a
You shouldn’t eat so much fast food. helmet.
You ride a motorcycle without a helmet.
8 Last week, it was necessary for me to go to the hospital
for a check-up.
Last week, I go to the hospital for a
check-up.
9 I think it’s really important for us to invite Bill and
Donna for dinner soon.
We really invite Bill and Donna for dinner
soon.
10 It’s not necessary to pay to enter that museum – it’s free.
You pay to enter that museum – it’s free.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
1A Communication
1 1.1 Match phrases 1–10 with definitions a–j. Listen and check.
1 get a text message/an e-mail a send a text message/an e-mail to a person who has sent one to you
2 check your phone b call someone
3 reply to a text message/an e-mail c receive a text message/an e-mail
4 give someone a call d look at your phone to see messages, alerts, etc.
5 share something on social media e give your opinion on something on social media
6 comment on a post f look at a social media/e-mail account to see messages, alerts, etc.
7 check Facebook/your messages g put something on social media, e.g., a photo or video
8 go online/access the Internet h stay in contact with someone
9 keep in touch with someone i have a conversation with someone in person
10 speak to someone face-to-face j connect to the Internet
2 Complete the sentences 1–9 with the words in the box.
get speak share check reply give keep comment access
1 Sorry, I can’t talk now. Can I you a call when I get home? 6 It’s easy to in touch with your family when you’re abroad.
2 Can I borrow your laptop so I can my messages? 7 I usually my vacation photos on Facebook.
3 I can’t the Internet because there’s no WiFi here. 8 It’s much better to to someone face-to-face when you
4 I had no signal on my phone, so I didn’t your text message. have a problem.
5 My friends often on my blog posts. Sometimes we have 9 I didn’t to your message because I was in a meeting. Sorry.
long discussions online.
Go back to page 4
▲
1C say, tell, speak, and talk

1 1.4 Complete the chart with say, tell, speak, or talk. Listen and check.
1 a language
(to someone) about something
speak / 2
quickly/slowly/loudly
someone (something)
3 (someone) a lie/the truth/a story/a joke
someone a secret
hello/goodbye
4 something (to someone)
sorry/thanks/congratulations
2 Choose the correct verbs to complete the sentences. 3 Complete the sentences with a form of say, tell, speak, or talk and a
1 Can I say / talk to Pedro, please? word or phrase from the box.
2 You need to say / tell sorry to Carl for arriving late.
3 I told / said her the good news. German thanks a secret sorry a great joke to my boss
4 Mary can speak / talk two languages.
5 Can I say / tell you a secret? 1 I’m calling to for helping me with my work yesterday.
6 Sara said / told something really interesting. 2 I Jan yesterday. That was a mistake – now
7 Why are you saying / speaking so loudly? everyone knows it!
8 Can you tell / say me your address, please? 3 I’m having some problems at work, so I need to .
4 Simon me this morning – it was so funny!
5 I want to learn to , so I’m going to take a course at a
language school.
6 You were so rude to your brother. I think you should him you’re
.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
2A -ed and -ing adjectives

1 2.1 Match the pairs of adjectives with pictures 1–10. Listen and check.
depressed/depressing excited/exciting amazed/amazing amused/amusing disappointed/disappointing

embarrassed/embarrassing fascinated/fascinating annoyed/annoying terrified/terrifying shocked/shocking
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10
2 Complete sentences 1–10 with adjectives from exercise 1.

1 I’m really scared of spiders. I find them ! 6 I lost my job, then my girlfriend left me, and now I have no friends.
2 My brother always gets home late for dinner, and we all have to wait. I’m feeling .
It makes me really . 7 The people who saw the terrible accident were all .
3 Jamie was with his grades – he was hoping to get As, 8 I fell off my chair during the job interview. My face turned bright red, I
but he only got Cs. was so !
4 I’m watching a really soccer game – the score’s 5–5! 9 I was that my boyfriend remembered my mom’s birthday
5 Sue thought the book about Japanese paintings was . because he always forgets important days.
She’s really into art. 10 Everyone in the theater was laughing, but I didn’t find the movie very
.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
2B Phrasal verbs

1 2.6 Match sentences 1–9 with pictures a–i. Listen and check.
1 I hate ice skating! I always fall over. 5 Hurry up! The bus is coming!
2 Jack needs to try on the jeans before he buys them. 6 Ana wants to sign up for extra English classes in college.
3 My best friend wants to go out with my brother. She thinks she’s in 7 Prices will go up again next year.
love with him. 8 My neighbors set off for Boston early on a long business trip.
4 I think my brother would break up with her after a few days. He 9 When she got to the checkout, Eva realized she’d run out
prefers being single. of money.
a b c
d e f
SALE
g h i
2 2.7 Match the phrasal verbs in bold with definitions a–f. Listen and check.
1 I’ll pay back the money my father lent me. a feel excited about something that is going to happen
2 Jo left her bag at the store, so she has to go back to get it. b take care of a child until he/she is an adult
3 It takes a lot of patience and hard work to bring up children. c finally be in a place or situation
4 I haven’t seen Alex for ages, but we’re going to catch up over coffee d meet someone you haven’t seen for a while and talk about your news
soon. e return to a place
5 A lot of garbage and plastic bags end up in the sea. f return money to the person you borrowed it from
6 I always look forward to my birthday because I enjoy celebrating it.
3 Complete the sentences below with the correct form of the phrasal verbs from exercises 1 and 2.
1 The price of a bus ticket by 10% last month. 4 My boss is away, but when she gets back, we’ll , and I’ll
2 I’d planned to go to the movies with Mark, but he was sick, so I tell her about the new clients.
going on my own. 5 I stood up very quickly and .
3 My grandparents my cousin after his parents died, 6 My colleagues have for an online course in computer
and he lived with them until he was 18. programming.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
3A Personality adjectives

1 3.1 Complete sentences 1–9 with the adjectives in the box. Listen and check.
easygoing sensitive reliable helpful organized sensible confident friendly anxious
1 The staff in that store is really . Someone always carries 5 All of Marta’s plans for next year are written in her diary. She’s very
my bags to my car. .
2 Joe is so . I could never sing in front of so many people, 6 When Jon says he’ll do something, he always does it. He’s very
like he does. .
3 Mike is very practical and has a lot of common sense. He’s so 7 Ana understands other people’s feelings. She’s very .
. 8 The students in my new class took me out for coffee on my first day.
4 Tina’s always worrying about something. I don’t know why she’s so They’re so .
. 9 Sarah’s always relaxed and calm, and she doesn’t worry about things.
She’s very .
2 3.2 Which negative prefix do we use with the adjectives in the box?
Put the adjectives in the correct column. Listen and check.
kind patient sensitive reliable helpful un- dis- im-/in-

polite friendly honest organized sociable unkind
Go back to page 22
▲
3C Relationships
1 3.6 Complete sentences 1–9 with the words and phrases in the box.
Use the plural form if necessary. Listen and check.
best friend close friend colleague partner couple parents relative classmate next-door neighbor
1 He knows a lot of people here, but he doesn’t have many . 7 The walls in my building are very thin. I can hear my
2 I went out with some of my from the office after work. talking.
3 That one-bedroom apartment would be perfect for a . 8 I’ve known Liz for ten years. She’s the first person I call if I’m sad or if I
4 I have a lot of who live in the U.S. – mainly cousins. have good news – she's my .
5 It's not easy these days to find a romantic . 9 My and I have a WhatsApp group where we talk about
6 I still live with my . It’s just me, my mom and my dad. our homework.
2 3.7 Read sentences 1–8. Match the words and phrases in bold
with definitions a–h. Listen and check.
1 We had a falling out and haven't spoken since.. a have a good relationship
2 We argue a lot because we never agree about what to watch b tell someone another person’s name when they meet for the first time
on TV. c talk to someone in an angry way because you disagree
3 I get along well with my neighbors – we’re all good friends. d meet and go out
4 It’s sometimes difficult to get to know new people, but I’m e stop being friends with someone because you disagree about
lucky – my classmates in college are all really friendly. something
5 Do you know that girl? Could you introduce me to her? f have the same interests, experiences, opinions, etc. as someone
6 Sam and Ben had a fight this morning. I told them to make up, g become friends again
and now everything’s fine! h spend time with people so you become friends
7 It’s hard for me to have a conversation with my neighbors
since we don’t have a lot in common.
8 I get together with my close friends at least once a week.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
4A Compound nouns

1 4.1 Complete compound nouns 1–12 with the words in the box. Listen and check.
transportation pedestrian life gallery parking path department jam shopping night sports town
1 art gallery 2 bike path 3 shooping mall 4 night club
5 pedestrian area 6 traffic jam 7 parking lot 8 aparment store
9 sport center 10 public transportation 11 down town 12 night life
2 Complete sentences 1–12 with compound nouns from exercise 1. Use the plural form if necessary.
1 I love shopping in a 11 because you can find so many 7 The 12 is great in my city. There are lots of clubs and places
different things in one store. to hear music..
2 Let’s go to the new 3 near the airport – there are over 300 8 They’ve just opened a fantastic new gym at the 9 where I
stores there! usually play tennis.
3 I love the 5 in my city. It’s great to be able to walk around 9 There aren’t many 7 downtown, so it’s better to take the
without any cars. bus than to drive.
4 There are lots of 4 in the old part of the city, where you can 10 There’s a great 2 along the river. It’s so relaxing to ride your
go dancing until 6 a.m. bike there in the evening.
5 That 1 has some amazing sculptures and paintings by local 11 The 10 here is terrible. The buses are dirty, and they’re never
artists. on time.
6 I was late for my meeting today. I drove to work, and there was a big 12 It's hard to find a good restaurant in my area. The best ones are
6 . 3 .
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
4B Common verb phrases

1 4.5 Complete diagrams 1–8 with the verbs in the box. Listen and check.
know meet lose miss take catch keep have

coffee a party
someone a lot a bus
2 have
a call 1 miss
a snack
a train a good time
a train
a class
someone for a long time
a bus
3 catch 4 know
a cold
a ball a fact
a photo weight
an exam your keys
5 take 6 lose
a game touch
someone somewhere
your coat off
someone for the first time

in touch doing something
keep a friend for coffee

7 8 meet
a secret your promise

someone by chance
2 Choose the correct options to complete the text. 3 Complete sentences 1–7 with the correct form of the verb phrases in
exercise 1.
I’ve 1met / known my friend Carl 1 Mark hasn’t been eating well in college. Don’t you think he’s
for ages. We 2met / knew at having a bad? time
school when we were kids, but 2 My car broke down, and my flight leaves in two hours! Can you
we 3lost / kept in touch for a few miss the flight airport in your car?
3 I had breakfast ages ago, and I’m a bit hungry. Should we meet ?
years when we went to different
I have some cheese and crackers.
colleges. It was my fault. I 4took
4 Jon promised he would come and help me fix my car, but he never
/ kept losing my phone, so I 5missed / lost all his calls, but he came. He didn’t keep .
6kept / took calling, and eventually we got together and 7had 5 We always have when the whole family gets together and put
/ took coffee together. Since then we’ve 8lost / kept in touch, it in the family album.
and we always 9have / keep a good time together. He’s a 6 I feel terrible. I have a sore throat and a cough. I think I’ve catch .
7 I think I'm going to have for my birthday and invite 30 people.
great friend.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
4C Describing homes
1 4.9 Match sentence parts 1–10 with a–j. Listen and check.
1 My new apartment has big windows, e a so it was always very dark.
2 I live in the newest part of the city, g b you can walk downtown in ten minutes.
3 My best friend’s house has a huge backyard, d c so it’s warm and cozy in winter.
4 The windows in my old apartment were tiny, a d so we often play soccer in it.
5 His old house was spacious, but very basic; i e so it’s really bright during the day.
6 My aunt’s furniture is all from the 1970s, j f so I slept well last night.
7 Mike’s new apartment is really convenient – b g so my apartment is very modern.
8 The living room has an open fire, c h so her apartment is full of stylish furniture.
9 Tina’s very fashionable, and she’s a designer, h i it had five large bedrooms, but no central heating.
10 The bed in my hotel room is comfortable, f j so most of it is very old-fashioned.
2 Complete the texts below with the words in bold from exercise 1.
old-fashioned
Sarah’s apartment is only two years old, so it’s very 1 moder . My parents live in a 7 house in the country with six spacious
It’s a huge apartment – most of the rooms are 2 huge , except bedrooms. The windows are pretty small, which means it’s very
for the kitchen, which is 3 tiny 8 dark
, so there’s not much space to . Also, since they don’t have central heating, and there’s
cook. It’s on the top floor, and it has plenty of large windows, so it’s only one bathroom, it’s pretty 9 elegant . They haven’t bought any
very 4 cozy . She’s an architect, so the apartment looks really 5 new furniture for years, so it’s pretty 10 basic . I love their living
bright . It’s only two minutes from the nearest subway station, so room; in the winter, they have a real fire, so it’s very 11 spacious.
it’s very 6convenient – she can get to work in less than 20 minutes. They also have two old leather sofas that are really 12 comfortable .
3 4.10 Complete sentences 1–4 with the words in the box.

Listen and check.
c
village suburbs town country
1 I live in Melbourne, but my house isn't in the city. I live right outside, b d
in the suburbs .
2 I live in a place with a population of about 15,000. I live in a small a
town .
3 There are only a hundred houses where I live. I live in a village .
4 Where I live there are farms, fields, and lots of trees. I live in the e
country .
4 4.11 Match words and phrases 1–8 with a–h in the picture on f
the right. Listen and check.
1 apartment building a 5 third floor e g
2 basement h 6 top floor d
3 first floor g 7 balcony b
4 second floor f 8 roof terrace c
h
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
5A Money
1 5.1 C
omplete sentences 1–9 with the words in the box. 2 5.2 C
omplete sentences 1–9 with the prepositions in the box.
Listen and check. Listen and check.
credit card wealthy broke coins savings account cash on (x2) for by into from out back to
bills loan mortgage taxes ATM save up
1 I don’t like to lend money friends.
1 The machine at the station didn’t accept my , so we had 2 Can I pay credit card?
to pay with . 3 My sister and her husband usually spend over
2 I want to for a car, so I put $200 into my $400 clothes every month!
every month. 4 How much would you pay a second-hand car?
3 I needed $100, so I went to the bank. They gave me five $20 . 5 I went to the ATM to take some money.
4 I got a from my bank to buy my car and a to 6 Can I borrow $20 you until tomorrow?
buy my apartment. 7 Martin shouldn’t waste so much money lottery tickets.
5 My uncle’s very – he has four houses, six cars, and a boat. 8 Could you pay the money you owe me before the end of
6 I pay a lot of to the government – about 25% of what I earn. the week?
7 In cafés, people normally leave a tip for the waiter. A few 9 I pay $50 a savings account for my grandchildren
are sometimes enough if you only have coffee. every month.
8 Jim realized he was completely – he didn’t even have
enough money to take the bus home!
9 Can we stop at the ? I need some money.
Go back to page 40
▲
5C Shopping
1 5.7 Complete the online product information below with the 2 A Read the review and match words 1–8 with definitions a–h.
words and phrases in the box. Listen and check.
I usually prefer 1in-store shopping because I like to 2browse
products delivery in stock checkout cart item
different products and see them before I choose what I want. Last
month, I went shopping for a new camera. A 3salesclerk said
there was a 4special offer on the Cam2. It’s a great camera,
Santelli Go II and at $350 it was very 5reasonable. I decided to buy one,
Mountain Bike but it was 6sold out, so I 7ordered it online, instead. When
$420 the camera arrived, I realized they’d sent me the Cam1 model,
instead, so I had to 8return it.
1 (5 available) ✓
Next-day 2 available a no more left to buy
Buy
b take or send something back
Go to the 3 and pay. c a lower price than normal
4 d bought it on the Internet
You have one in your 5 . 1
e a good price
Click here to see other Santelli 6 . f in a store
g a person who sells things in a store
h look at
B 5.8 Look at the words in bold in exercise 2A. Listen and repeat.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
6A Work and careers (1)

1 6.1 Complete sentences 1–11 with the correct form of the words
in the box. Listen and check.
be laid off get a degree take a training course get a job

retire get a promotion do an internship
resign look for a job learn new skills get experience
get fired do a job placement
1 Mark is so angry with his boss that he’s decided to . He’s

leaving at the end of the month.
2 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
2 Eighty workers at that company last week. They lost their
1 After she’d been with her company for two years, she got a
jobs because the company is losing money.
job placement / promotion – she became Sales Manager.
3 Dan from his last job because he was always late.
2 Last week, I took a training course / did an internship to learn how to
4 I’m to learn how to use the company’s new software.
use the new database.
5 Two years after he joined the company as an assistant manager, Leo
3 When the factory closed down last month, all the workers got fired /
. He became the manager.
were laid off.
6 Ed wants to working in a big hotel, so he took a summer
4 She got fired / resigned because she stole a computer from the office.
job as a receptionist in the largest hotel in Miami.
5 My cousin did an internship / a job for a year in a television company,
7 I’d like to when I’m 60 and have a lot of time to enjoy life.
but, unfortunately, he didn’t get a promotion / job at the end of it.
8 Before I can work as a nurse, I need to in nursing, so I’m
6 Jill has found a new job, so she’s resigned / gotten fired from her old
studying hard, and I hope to get into nursing school in the fall.
job.
9 Sally in a lawyer’s office. They didn’t pay her a salary, but
after six months, they offered her a job.
10 As part of my program, I’m at a design studio. I’m
like graphic design.
11 Tim is unemployed, but he is as a salesclerk. I’m sure
he’ll soon.
Go back to page 48
▲
6B Work and careers (2)

1 .6 Match the words in bold with definitions a–h.
6 2 Complete the e-mail below with the words and phrases in the box.
Listen and check.
full-time résumé permanent application form well-paid varied
1 I’m responsible for digital marketing.
working conditions stressful employees part-time manager
2 My company was voted the best employer in the region.
3 Ian likes traveling. He’s had temporary jobs in different places.
4 Please send a cover letter to introduce yourself and say
why you’re suitable for the position. When I finished college, I got a 1 job in a restaurant,
5 I was unemployed for a year before I found a job. just a few days a week. This gave me time to finish a project-
6 I work as a waitress, but I’d like a career in advertising. management course and look for a 2 job, not a
7 They pay my salary on the first day of every month. temporary one. The 3 in the restaurant were awful, it
8 I work with kids. I love seeing them learn. It’s very rewarding. was too noisy, and we worked very late. The 4 was
terrible too – he always yelled at us.
a a person or company that employs people
b the occupation you choose for most of your working life
I thought an office job would be less 5 , so I sent
my 6 to lots of companies. When I saw an ad for
c money you receive for doing your job
a project manager, I filled in the online 7 and had
d a job that usually lasts a few weeks or months
an interview. I got the job! I love it. No two days are ever
e a feeling of satisfaction that you’ve done something useful
the same. It’s very 8 . It’s a small company with
f without work
only ten 9 . We all have 10 jobs so we
g a document you send with your résumé when you apply for a job
work 38 hours a week. It's quite a 11 job so I can
h in charge of
save a little money every month.

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
6C Education
1 A Match sentences 1–8 with pictures a–h.
1 A Did Sally get a good grade on the test?
B Yes, she got nine out of ten!
2 I have to hand in my essay at 8 a.m., not a minute later. My teacher’s very strict. a
3 Gina has started to study for her final exams. She’s studying all the grammar
they’ve done in class this year.
4 I used to get into trouble a lot in school. I didn’t behave at all. I used to throw
UNIVERSITY
things at other students, and I was often sent to the principal’s office.
5 You can’t cheat on the exam. You can’t look at your books or ask anyone to
help you with the questions.
6 I might get a degree in English and French. I’m good at languages, so I think I b
should study them in college.
7 It’s a good idea to take notes during lessons and lectures. If you write things
down in your notebook, it helps you to remember them.
8 A Did you get your grades today? Did you pass or fail?
B I passed! I got over 60% on all my exams. Sara failed, though.
B 6.10 Look at the words and phrases in bold in 1A. Listen and repeat.
c
2 6.11 Match the words in the box with the definitions. Listen and check.
principal term schedule professor graduate
1 part of a school year

2 a college teacher
3 the manager of a school d
4 a list of the times and days for classes
5 a person who has a college degree
3 6.12 Complete the chart with the places in the box. Listen and check.
high school middle school nursery school elementary school

boarding school public school private school
e
description place
a school for ages 3–5 1
a school for ages 15-18 4
a school where you don’t have to pay 5
f
a school where you have to pay 6
a school where you study, live, and sleep 7
4 Complete the sentences below with the correct form of a word from
exercises 1, 2, or 3.
1 I’m a degree in math. My are all math experts!
2 Private school is very expensive. It's not free like school. g
3 I always used to in school. I never into trouble.
4 I can’t go out tonight. I have to for an exam tomorrow.
5 You need a degree to apply for that job. It’s only for .

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
7A Movies
1 7.1 Match the words and phrases in the box with definitions 1–10. Listen and check.
scene sequel director cast subtitles soundtrack special effects plot script main character
1 the people who act in a movie 6 a short section of a movie

2 the person who makes a movie 7 the spoken words of the movie
3 the story of the movie 8 the music of the movie
4 a movie that continues the story of another movie 9 images that are usually created by computer
5 words written at the bottom of the screen 10 the most important person in the movie’s story
2 A 7.2 Match the phrases in bold in the text with sentences a–g.
Blade Runner is one of the most famous science fiction movies ever made.
1It was directed by Ridley Scott, and 2the main character was played
by Harrison Ford. 3The movie is set in Los Angeles in the year 2019,
and 4it was shot at the Warner Brothers’ studio in Hollywood and on
location in L.A. The movie is about a police officer who is trying to find a
group of dangerous androids. 5It’s based on a novel called Do Androids
Dream of Electric Sheep? by Philip K Dick. When 6Blade Runner was
released in 1982, not all of the movie critics liked it, but these days
it’s a science fiction classic. 7It has been dubbed into a lot of different
languages, and its sequel, Blade Runner 2049, was released in 2017. It
stars Harrison Ford, Ryan Gosling, and Ana de Armas.
a The story happens in this place and at this time. e The movie was shown in theaters for the first time.
b This book inspired the story in the movie. f This actor had this role in the movie.
c It was filmed in this place. g The original spoken words of the movie have been
d This person was the movie director. replaced with words in another language.
B Look at the underlined words in 2A. Listen and repeat.
3 7.3 Match the types of movies in the box with definitions 1–8. Listen and check.
action movie animation horror movie romantic comedy science-fiction movie thriller musical documentary
1 an exciting movie, often with a plot about solving a crime

2 a movie set in the future, often about space travel
3 a movie with a plot about an amusing love story
4 a movie that gives facts and information about something
5 a lot of the story is told using songs in this type of movie
6 a frightening movie, often about killers, dead people, or monsters
7 a movie that often has a hero who fights or chases bad people
8 a movie of moving images made by using drawings or models
Look! We shorten the forms of some movie types.

I love sci-fi movies.

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
7C TV and music
1 7.7 Match the types of TV shows in the box with pictures 1–9. Listen and check.
game show talk show drama reality show cartoon sitcom soap opera the news talent show
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
2 7.8 Complete sentences 1–6 with the words in the box. 3 7.9 Complete sentences 1–7 with the words in the box.
Listen and check. Listen and check.
ads audience channel episode host series season band tracks playlist on tour hits live (adj.) album
1 Can you change the , please? The news is on at 9:00 p.m., 1 My favorite is The Best of Jana by a singer called Jana.
and I want to watch it. 2 Why don’t you choose your favorite 50 songs and make a
2 I’m going to make coffee while the are on, so I don’t miss for the party?
the show. 3 When I saw Shakira in concert last year, she sang all of her
3 Everyone in the laughed when the host told a joke about , including my favorite song, Whenever, Wherever.
the politician. 4 When we were students, my sister and I were in a . I was
4 I prefer watching TV to movies. My favorite is Game of the singer, and she played the guitar.
Thrones. one was the best! 5 I love seeing my favorite groups in concert.
5 I can’t stand this . He always asks his guests such silly 6 I can’t wait for my favorite singer to go . I hope she plays
questions. at the stadium in my city.
6 I missed the last of that soap opera. What happened? 7 There are 20 on that album.

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
8A Sports, places, and equipment

1 8.2 Match the words in the box with pictures 1–9.
Listen and check.
ball bat skates goal net goggles racket stick helmet
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9
2 8.3 Match the sports with pictures 1–12. Listen and check.
soccer diving basketball hockey ice skating track and field auto racing baseball swimming volleyball tennis football
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
3 A 8.4 Look at words 1–6 in 3B. Listen and repeat.

B Match the sports in exercise 2 with the places.
1 court 3 rink 5 circuit
2 field 4 pool 6 track

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
8B Health and fitness verb phrases

1 8.9 Complete the text with the correct form of get, be, or have. Listen and check.
Do you 1 an unhealthy lifestyle?

It’s very easy these days to 2 bad
habits when it comes to exercise, food,
and sleep. If you’d like to 3
a healthy lifestyle, talk to your doctor
and follow the advice below.
• Try to 4 exercise five times a week for at least 30 • Exercise also helps you lose weight if you 7 overweight,
minutes. Adults need 150 minutes of moderate aerobic activity and if you are out of shape, it helps you to 8 in shape.
every week, or 75 minutes of vigorous activity. • If you 9 on a diet, don’t try to lose weight too quickly.
• Make sure you 5 a balanced diet. Eat a variety of • If you 10 underweight, aim to eat food that is high in
foods from all five food groups, but limit how much sugar, fat, energy, for example, peanut butter on toast or a baked potato
and salt you eat. with tuna.
• Even in stressful situations, try not to 6 stressed. • It’s important to 11 a good night’s sleep. We all
Make sure you have enough time to relax. Regular exercise need different amounts of sleep, but most adults need 7–9
helps reduce stress levels. hours a night.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb phrases in exercise 1.
1 There’s a lot of pressure on my job. I often out. 5 Jack was sick for a month and didn’t eat much. Now he
2 My grandmother . She plays tennis regularly and and has to eat a lot of protein.
eats healthy food. 6 I have a three-month-old baby who wakes me up every hour, so it’s
3 I try to by eating lots of different foods, especially difficult to .
vegetables, fruit, meat, and fish. 7 No chocolate cake for me, thanks. I . I can only
4 I four times a week. I usually go to the gym or go eat low-fat food.
running.
Go back to page 68
▲
10B Making nouns from verbs

1 10.6 Make nouns from the verbs in the box below and write -sion -ment -ation -tion
them in the chart on the right. Listen and check.
confusion
confuse argue imagine govern inform protect achieve
connect disappoint decide educate organize
2 Complete the second sentences with a noun so they have the same meaning as the first sentences.
1 Antivirus software protects computers from viruses. 6 I went to a concert last week, but I was disappointed.
Antivirus software offers computers from viruses. The concert I went to last week was a .
2 Thanks to Sarah for organizing the event so well. 7 Last night my neighbors were arguing really loudly.
Thanks to Sarah for your great . Last night my neighbors were having a really loud .
3 A lot was achieved in the twentieth century. Walking on the moon is 8 We decided to sell our car and use public transportation instead.
one of the best examples of this. We made the to sell our car and use public transportation
Walking on the moon was one of the best of the instead.
twentieth century. 9 The lesson was very difficult, so a lot of people were confused.
4 Educating our children is a huge responsibility. There was a lot of because the lesson was very difficult.
Our children’s is a huge responsibility. 10 Nobody informed us why the flight had been canceled.
5 A large city has to govern effectively. A large city has to have an We didn’t receive any about why the flight had been
effective . canceled.

▲
COMMUNICATION PRACTICE
1A Student A
1 Answer Student B’s questions.
2 Ask Student B questions 1–6 using the simple present or present continuous.
1 What / kind / books / you / usually / read? 4 you / have / a good day / today?
2 Which books / you / read / at the moment? 5 your classmates / seem / happy / right now?
3 What / kind / phone / you / have / at the moment? 6 you / own / a pet / at the moment?
1C Student A
1 Read the text quickly. Ask Student B questions to complete the first part of the story. Use the question words in parentheses.
One morning in 2002, John Darwin went canoeing

1 (where). That day, the weather was
2 (what like), and the sea was calm, but John
didn’t come home. When he didn’t go to work, 3
(who) called the police. A few weeks later, 4 (what)
appeared on the beach. Everyone thought John was dead, and
John’s wife Anne received 5 (what) because he
had life insurance.
But the story didn’t end there because John wasn’t really dead. Five
years later, he went 6 (where) and told the police
that he had no memory of the past five years. But they didn’t believe
him. So where had he been?
After he disappeared, John hid in the house next door for years. Then
THE TRUTH ABOUT THE LIE: John and Anne bought a house in Panama, and went there. But they
had to go back to the UK to get a new visa – not easy for a dead man,
John and Anne Darwin so John went to the police station saying he had no memory.
However, a journalist found an online photo of the couple, taken in
Panama City in 2006. Soon, everyone found out about their huge lie.
Their children knew nothing about the plan and were very angry. In the
end, John and Anne both went to prison.
2 Answer Student B’s questions about the second part of the story.
1D Student A
1 You’re on a train. Follow the instructions in the box to make small 2 You’re in a busy café. Student B makes small talk with you. Respond
talk with Student B. to his/her comments. Use the information in the box to answer his/
her questions.
• Greet Student B and ask if you can sit next to him/her.
• Say something about the train. • You live about half an hour outside the city.
• Ask him/her where he/she’s going. • You’re a chef at a hotel downtown. You plan menus and create the
• Ask what his/her job is. meals. You really like making bread.
• Ask what that involves. • Your favorite type of cooking is French.
• Respond with a positive comment.
• End the conversation and get off the train.
106
2A Student A
1 Look at the picture and read the story behind it. 2 Cover the text and tell Student B the story behind your
picture. Use narrative tenses.
3 Look at Student B’s picture and listen to the story

behind it.
What a coincidence!
Neil Douglas, a photographer from both surprised to see another man with
Glasgow, was flying to Ireland one a beard, ginger hair, and blue eyes!
night when something very strange Although Neil and Rob are not related,
happened. He got on the plane and they look exactly like each other.
looked for his seat, but he found that a Everyone on the plane was laughing
man, Rob Stirling, had already taken it. while they took selfies to show their
When Rob looked up at Neil, they were friends.
2C Student A
1 Make sentences about Joe using prompts 1–4. Use used to and the 2 Read the sentences about Sandra and listen to Student B. Correct
simple present. Student B listens and corrects. Student B’s sentences if necessary.
Five years ago, Joe finished college and got a job in a bank. Last year, Sandra won the lottery.
In the past Now 1 Sandra used to live in a small apartment, but now she lives in a huge
1 Joe / stay in bed / 11 a.m. he / get up / for work / 6 a.m. house with a swimming pool.
2 Joe / always / wear / casual clothes he / wear / suit and tie 2 Sandra didn’t use to have a car, but now she usually drives expensive
sports cars.
3 Joe / ride / old bike / to college he / drive / to work
3 Sandra used to be a waitress in a hotel, but now she doesn’t work.
4 Joe / get / takeout / weekend he / usually / have dinner / 4 Sandra used to go to the zoo to see the lions, but now she goes on
expensive restaurants safaris in Africa.
107
3A Students A and B
1 Follow the diagram and make plans to do two activities together. Complete the sentences
following the prompts in parentheses. Use the activities in the box or your own ideas.
go to the movies go out for coffee have dinner in a restaurant have a picnic in the park
go to the beach go shopping play tennis go to a concert
A Let’s do something together. Should we (activity) on (day)?
B Yes, good idea. I’ll (do I’m afraid I can’t. I already have plans - I’m
something to prepare for the activity). (activity) at (time).
Should we (activity) on/at
(day/time) instead?
A Great. Where should we meet?
B Let’s meet in/at (place). Should we invite (person), too?
A Yes, good idea. I’ll give him/her a call No, he’s/she’s busy on (day).
right now. He’s/She’s (activity).
3C Student A
1 Ask Student B questions 1–5 about his/her neighbor. 2 Listen to Student B’s questions about one of your neighbors.
1 Do you have any nice neighbors? Respond with an answer a–e, completing the sentence with a
2 Where’s he from? relative pronoun.
3 What does he do? a He also has a really noisy sports car wakes me up at
4 Is he married? 5 a.m. every morning.
5 Do they have any children? b No, he doesn’t. He has a teenage son ’s also very noisy.
c Because he has to drive to an office 100 km. away, he
works as an accountant.
d Yes, I do. David, lives on the first floor, is really annoying.
e Well, first of all, he leaves his garbage bags, smell really
bad, in front of my door.
3D Student A
1 Tell Student B the three pieces of news in the box. Student B will 2 Student B will give you three different pieces of news. Listen and
respond after each piece of news. respond, using responses a–c.
1 I have some good news. I just started my own photography a Oh! I’m sorry to hear he’s not well. What a shame he can’t come!
business. b That’s wonderful! I’m so happy for you!
2 Great news! Remember the exam I failed? Actually, I passed! c That’s OK. I completely understand.
3 I’m afraid I have some bad news for you. You know I’m having
financial problems at the moment. Well, I’m sorry, but I can’t lend
you the money I promised you.
108
4A Student A
1 Complete the sentences with much or many. Then ask Student B 2 Answer Student B’s questions. Use the quantifiers in the box in your
the questions. answers.
1 How work do you have at the moment?
2 How coffee do you drink? too much too many (not) enough a lot (of) lots of plenty of
3 How free time do you have during the week? a little a few not much not many not any no none
4 How cookies do you eat?
5 How energy do you have on Monday morning?
6 How websites do you usually visit every day?
4C Student A
1 Look at the information. Ask Student B questions 1–4. Tell Student B 2 Look at the pictures. Answer Student B’s questions.
if his/her answers are correct.
Buckingham Palace, Royal Palace, Madrid The White House, the cheetah the kangaroo the tiger
London Size: 135,000 sq. m. Washington, D.C.
Size: 77,000 sq. m. Size: 5,000 sq. m.
1 Which building is by far the biggest?
2 Is the White House as big as Buckingham Palace?
Michael Jackson Elvis Presley Prince Mark Zuckerberg, Beyoncé, singer Steven Spielberg, director
Record sales: 180 million Record sales: 210 million Record sales: 100 million Facebook CEO
3 Who was the most successful singer?
4 Was Michael Jackson slightly more successful or
much more successful than Prince?
5A Student A
1 Read sentence parts 1–6 to Student B. He/She will complete 2 Listen to Student B. Complete each sentence part with an ending
them. Decide together if the completed sentences make sense. a–f. Decide together if the completed sentences make sense.
1 If I have some money left at the end of this month, a … we’ll arrive at 5 o’clock.
2 If I ask a friend to lend me some money, b … I’ll go out and celebrate.
3 Should we go out for coffee c … if you have time.
4 If we take the bus to the mall, d … tell her to meet me at the theater.
5 I’ll wait here with you e … you won’t pass the exam.
6 Unless I have to work late at the office, f … when I get home this evening.
109
5C Students A and B
1 Look at the chart. Do you think these things will happen in the next ten years? Check (✓) your predictions. Compare your ideas in pairs.
A I got 99% on my last exam, and I work really hard, so I think I’m going to speak perfect English in the next ten years! What about you?
B I don’t think I’ll speak perfect English in the next ten years. I miss too many classes.
In the next ten years … going to will will may/might probably definitely
definitely probably won’t won’t
1 I / speak perfect English
2 I / run a marathon
3 I / get married and have children
4 someone in my family / move to a different city
5 I / start my own business
6 computers / replace my English teacher
7 my country’s soccer team / win the World Cup
5D Students A and B
1 Student A is taking a TV back to the store because the picture isn’t clear. Student B is the salesclerk.
Follow the diagram to have a conversation.
Customer (Student A) Salesclerk (Student B)

Politely get the salesclerk's attention. Offer to help.
Explain the problem with your TV. Offer to check it.
Agree and give the salesclerk the TV. Confirm that there’s something wrong with the screen.
Say that you’d like a refund. Ask for the receipt and his/her credit card.
Give the salesclerk the receipt and card. Confirm that the money is back on the card.
6A Student A
1 Ask Student B the questions in conversations 1–3. Circle his/her answers. 2 Listen to Student B’s questions. Choose the best
1 Have you ever been to the U.S.? yes / no answer a–c for each question in conversations 1–3.
Where did you go? New York / Washington, D.C. 1 a It was a present from my parents.
What was it like? great / not great b Yeah, I got it for my birthday.
2 How long have you been a manager? since last year / for a year c Only for a couple of days.
When did you get a promotion? last month / three months ago 2 a No, I didn’t.
Have you taken any training courses yet? yes / no b Yes, I have.
3 You don’t look well. What’s the matter? headache / hurt leg c I met the singer Taylor Swift in a restaurant.
Oh no! How did you do it? rollerblading / riding my bike 3 a He left two minutes ago.
Have you been to see a doctor? yes / no b To the library, I think.
c I’m sorry, he just left.
6C Student A
1 Ask Student B questions 1–4. 2 Listen to Student B’s questions. Respond using
1 I really like your top. How long have you had it? the present perfect continuous or the present
2 What’s your favorite sports team? How long have you been a fan? perfect.
3 Which social networking site do you use the most? How long have you been using it?
4 What TV series are you watching at the moment? How long have you been watching it?
110
7A Student A
1 Ask Student B the trivia questions using the passive in the correct 2 Look at the pictures and listen to Student B’s questions. Choose the
tense. The correct answer is in bold. correct answer a–c.
1 Which sport / play / at Wimbledon in 1 a 1789
England? b 1889
a tennis c 1989
b soccer
c cricket
2 How many Harry Potter movies / a plants
2
make? b life
a five c water
b eight
c ten
a Istanbul
3 What / invent / by Guglielmo Marconi?
3
b Moscow
a the television c Athens
b the radio
c the Internet
a around 20
4 When / The Taj Mahal in India / build?
4
b around 200
a in the 15th century c around 2000
b in the 17th century
c in the 19th century
a the Great Pyramids at Giza

5 Which animals / can / find / on the flag
5
b the Pentagon
of Bolivia? c the Great Wall of China
a an alpaca and a condor
b a lion and a swan
c an owl and a bear
7C Student A
1 Ask Student B questions 1–5 using the correct form of can, could, or be able to.
1 you sing well when you were eight years old?
2 Would you like to fly?
3 you watch shows online on your TV?
4 you understand the lyrics of pop songs in English when you were fifteen?
5 Would you like to sing like a famous singer? Who?
2 Answer Student B’s questions. Give more information about each answer.
7D Student A
1 Student B is a tourist who is lost. You know the town well. Respond 2 You are in another town and you’re lost. Ask Student B for directions
to Student B’s questions and give directions using the information in to the train station using prompts 1–5.
the box. 1 Ask for help politely.
2 Ask for directions to the train station.
The museum. 10 minutes away on foot. Follow this street until you
3 Ask if it was right or left at the traffic circle.
get to the traffic light. Take a right, and the museum is about 400 m.
4 Repeat the route and ask for confirmation.
down that street on the left. It’s next to a pizza restaurant.
5 Thank him/her politely.
111
8A Student A
1 Look at the chart. You think the facts about James Rodríguez are 2 Look at the facts about Fabiana Claudino in the chart. Student B will
correct but you’re not 100% sure. Use statements with tag questions check these facts with you. Correct Student B’s facts if necessary.
to check the facts with Student B.
James Rodríguez Fabiana Claudino

Sport Soccer Sport Volleyball
Plays for Atlético Madrid Nationality Brazilian
Nationality Colombian Born January 24th, 1985
Born July 21st, 1991, Cúcuta Home city Belo Horizonte
Height 1.85 m. Height 1.93 m.
Career highlight Winning the Champions League in Career highlight Winning gold in the 2012 Olympic
2015 Games
Favorite players Cristiano Ronaldo, LeBron James Favorite type of movie Action movies
8C Student A
1 Read sentences 1–5 to Student B. Listen to his/her replies. Correct 2 Listen to Student B. Respond using a sentence part 1–5 in column 1
the responses if necessary. and an ending a–e from column 2.
1 Don’t forget it’s your mom’s birthday on Saturday.
1 I know. I have to a use your camera in the museum.
Response: You’re right. I have to buy her some flowers.
2 When do I need to be at the airport?
2 We don’t have to b change in Miami.
Response: You have to be there two hours before the flight. 3 No. You can’t c dress up in my office.
3 Should I give this banana to the monkey? 4 No, it’s not. You have to d start going to the gym again.
Response: No! You can’t feed the animals in the zoo. 5 Thanks, but you don’t have to. e I can walk.
4 It’s 6:30. It’s time for me to get up!
Response: You don’t have to get up early today. It’s Saturday.
5 Do you have a job interview at eight o’clock tomorrow morning?
Response: Yes, I do. I have to go to bed early tonight.
112
1A Student B
1 Ask Student A questions 1–6 using the simple present or present continuous.
1 What / kind / clothes / you / usually / wear / on the weekend? 4 What / you / think about / modern art?
2 What / you / wear / today? 5 you / enjoy / studying English?
3 What / you / think about / right now? 6 you / enjoy / today’s English class?
2 Answer Student A’s questions.
1C Student B
1 Read the text quickly. Answer Student A’s questions about the first part of the story.
One morning in 2002, John Darwin went canoeing in the sea in the
north of England. That day, the weather was good, and the sea was
calm, but John didn’t come home. When he didn’t go to work, John’s
colleagues called the police. A few weeks later, his broken canoe
appeared on the beach. Everyone thought John was dead, and John’s
wife Anne received a lot of money because he had life insurance.
But the story didn’t end there because John wasn’t really dead. Five
years later, he went to a police station in London and told the police
that he had no memory of the past five years. But they didn’t believe
him. So where had he been?
After he disappeared, John hid 7 (where) for years.
Then John and Anne bought 8 (what) in Panama,
THE TRUTH ABOUT THE LIE: and went there. But they had to go back to the UK
9 (why) – not easy for a dead man, so John went
John and Anne Darwin to the police station saying he had no memory.
However, 10 (who) found an online photo of the
couple, taken in Panama City in 2006. Soon, everyone found out about
their huge lie. 11 (who) knew nothing about the plan
and were very angry. In the end, 12 (what/happen).
2 Ask Student A questions to complete the second part of the story. Use the question words in parentheses.
1D Student B
1 You’re on a train. Student A makes small talk with you. Respond to 2 You’re in a busy café. Follow the instructions in the box to make
his/her comments. Use the information in the box to answer his/her small talk with Student A.
questions.
• Greet Student A and ask if you can sit next to him/her.
• You’re going for an interview in New York. • Say something about the café.
• You’re an arts administrator. At the moment, you work for a small • Ask if he/she lives near the café.
art gallery, but you’d like to work for a big gallery in New York. • Ask about his/her job.
• Your work involves taking care of the gallery’s business and • Ask another question about his/her job.
planning events. You love modern art and the world of art. • Make a positive comment about something he/she says.
• End the conversation and leave the café.
113
2A Student B
1 Look at the picture and read the story behind it. 2 Look at Student A’s picture and listen to the story
behind it.
What a coincidence!
3 Cover the text and tell Student A the story behind your
In the summer of 2007, Michael Dick, a an article about his search for Lisa. They
picture. Use narrative tenses.
carpenter from London, was looking for took a photo of him and his two other
his 31-year-old daughter, Lisa. He had lost daughters. Lisa, who didn’t even live in
touch with her ten years earlier when she Sudbury any more, saw the newspaper
had moved to the small town of Sudbury, article. She was shocked to see that
about 100 km. away. Michael contacted she was actually in the photo, just a few
a local newspaper there, and they wrote meters behind her father and sisters!
2C Student B
1 Read the sentences about Joe and listen to Student A. Correct 2 Make sentences about Sandra using prompts 1–4. Use used to
Student A’s sentences if necessary. and the simple present. Student A listens and corrects.
Five years ago, Joe finished college and got a job in a bank. Last year, Sandra won the lottery.
1 Joe used to stay in bed until 11 a.m., but now he gets up for work at In the past Now
6 a.m. 1 Sandra / live / small / apartment she / live / huge house /
2 Joe always used to wear casual clothes, but now he wears a suit and swimming pool
a tie. 2 Sandra / not have / a car she / usually / drive / expensive /
3 Joe used to ride an old bike to college, but now he drives to work.
sports cars
4 Joe used to get takeout on the weekend, but now he usually has
3 Sandra / be / waitress / hotel she / not work
dinner at expensive restaurants.
4 Sandra / go / zoo / to see / lions she / go / on safaris / Africa
114
3C Student B
1 Listen to Student A’s questions about one of your neighbors. 2 Ask Student A questions 1–5 about his/her neighbor.
Respond with an answer a–e, completing the sentence with a 1 Do you have any bad neighbors?
relative pronoun. 2 Why is he such a bad neighbor?
a Yes, he is. His wife, ’s an elementary school teacher, is 3 What else does he do to annoy you?
named Jenny. She’s lovely, too. 4 Why does he leave so early?
b Yes, they have a daughter called Tamsin, boyfriend is a 5 Does he live on his own?
professional soccer player.
c Yes, I do. Samuel, lives on the second floor, is really
friendly. We get along well.
d He comes from Avalon, is a small town in California.
e He’s a computer technician. He works for a company called FIX-IT,
repairs computers.
3D Student B
1 Student A will give you three different pieces of news. Listen and 2 Tell Student A the three pieces of news in the box. Student A will
respond using responses a–c. respond after each piece of news.
a That’s a relief! Congradulations! 1 I have some bad news. You know my sister just started college.
b Oh. That’s a shame. Thank you for telling me. Well, she needs a laptop. I’m afraid I can’t give you my old laptop
c Wow! That’s fantastic news! after all. I’m really sorry.
2 I have great news! Our restaurant’s had an excellent review in a
national newspaper!
3 I’m afraid I have some bad news about Joe. He needs an operation,
so he can’t come on vacation with us.
4A Student B
1 Answer Student A’s questions. Use the quantifiers in the box in 2 Complete the sentences with much or many. Then ask Student A
your answers. the questions.
1 How friends do you have on social media?
too much too many (not) enough a lot (of) lots of plenty of
2 How sleep do you usually get a night?
a little a few not much not many not any no none
3 How pairs of shoes do you own?
4 How TV do you watch?
5 How energy do you have on Friday evening?
6 How time do you have to see friends?
115
4C Student B
1 Look at the pictures. Answer Student A’s questions. 2 Look at the information. Ask Student A questions 1–4. Tell Student A
if his/her answers are correct.
The White House, Buckingham Palace, Royal Palace, Madrid the tiger the cheetah the kangaroo
Washington, D.C. London Top speed: 65 km./h Top speed: 110 km./h Top speed: 70 km./h
1 Which is the fastest of the three animals?
2 Is the kangaroo slightly faster or much faster than the tiger?
Prince Michael Jackson Elvis Presley Steven Spielberg, director Mark Zuckerberg, Beyoncé, singer
Worth: $3.5 billion Facebook CEO Worth: $265 million
Worth: $55 billion
3 Who is by far the wealthiest of the three famous people?
4 Is Beyoncé as wealthy as Steven Spielberg?
5A Student B
1 Listen to Student A. Complete each sentence part with an ending 2 Read sentence parts 1–6 to Student A. He/She will complete them.
a–f. Decide together if the completed sentences make sense. Decide together if the completed sentences make sense.
a … I always promise to pay it back immediately. 1 Unless you study harder,
b … when class finishes? 2 Come and see me next week
c … I’ll probably buy some new shoes. 3 If the train isn’t late,
d … until the bus comes. 4 If Kate calls,
e … I’ll be home at about 7 o’clock this evening. 5 As soon as I graduate,
f … it will be much quicker than walking. 6 I’ll give you a call,
6A Student B
1 Listen to Student A’s questions. Choose the best answer a–c for 2 Ask Student A the questions in conversations 1–3. Circle
each question in conversations 1–3. his/her answers.
1 a To Washington, D.C. 1 That’s a nice laptop. Is it yours? yes / no
b I had a great time. How long have you had it? a short time / a long time
c Yes, I went there last year. Who gave it to you? grandparents / parents
2 a About three months ago. 2 Have you ever met anyone famous? yes / no
b Yes, I have – I’ve been on two courses. Who did you meet? an actor / a singer
c Since last year. Did you speak to her? yes / no
3 a I was riding my bike, and I fell off. 3 Hello. Is Michael there? yes / no
b No, I haven’t. It’s not that bad. Do you know where he went? to the library / to work
c I’ve hurt my leg. When did he leave? don’t know / two
minutes ago
116
6C Student B
1 Listen to Student A’s questions. Respond using the present perfect continuous or the present perfect.
2 Ask Student A questions 1–4.

1 Why did you decide to learn English? How long have you been learning it?
2 What’s your favorite gadget? How long have you had it?
3 What’s your favorite singer or band? How long have you been listening to their music?
4 What’s your favorite café or restaurant? How long have you been going there?
7A Student B
1 Look at the pictures and listen to Student A’s questions. Choose 2 Ask Student A the trivia questions using the passive in the correct
the correct answer a–c. tense. The correct answer is in bold.
a tennis 1 When / the Eiffel Tower /
1
b soccer build?
c cricket a 1789
b 1889
c 1989
a five 2 What / recently / discover /

2
b eight on the planet Mars?
c ten a plants
b life
c water
a the television 3 In which city / Europe and
3
b the radio Asia / connect / by a bridge?
c the Internet a Istanbul
b Moscow
c Athens
a in the 15th century 4 How many babies / born /
4
b in the 17th century in the world every minute?
c in the 19th century a around 20
b around 200
c around 2000
a an alpaca and a condor 5 What can / see / from the
5
b a lion and a swan International Space Station?
c an owl and a bear a the Great Pyramids at Giza
b the Pentagon
c the Great Wall of China
7C Student B
1 Answer Student A’s questions. Give more information about each answer.
2 Ask Student A questions 1–5 using the correct form of can, could, or be able to.
1 When you were eight years old, you watch any TV shows that you wanted?
2 Which musical instrument would you like to play?
3 Would you like to sing like an opera singer?
4 you watch TV shows on your smartphone?
5 you ever see your favorite band in concert?
117
8A Student B
1 Look at the facts about James Rodríguez in the chart. Student A will 2 Look at the chart. You think the facts about Fabiana Claudino are
check these facts with you. Correct Student A’s facts if necessary. correct but you’re not 100% sure. Use statements with tag questions
to check the facts with Student A.
James Rodríguez Fabiana Claudino

Sport Soccer Sport Volleyball
Plays for Real Madrid Nationality Brazilian
Nationality Colombian Born January 24th, 1986
Born July 12th, 1991, Cúcuta Home city Rio de Janeiro
Height 1.80 m. Height 1.90 m.
Career highlight Winning the Champions League in Career highlight Winning gold in the 2016 Olympic
2016 Games
Favorite players Cristiano Ronaldo, LeBron James Favorite type of movie Romantic comedies
8C Student B
1 Listen to Student A. Respond using a sentence part 1–5 in column 1 2 Read sentences 1–5 to Student A. Listen to his/her replies. Correct
and an ending a–e from column 2. the responses if necessary.
1 You look like you're out of shape these days.
1 You’re right. I have to a feed the animals in the zoo.
Response: I know. I have to start going to the gym again.
2 You have to b go to bed early tonight. 2 Why don’t you wear a suit to work?
3 No! You can’t c be there two hours before the flight. Response: We don’t have to dress up in my office.
4 You don’t have to d buy her some flowers. 3 Am I allowed to take a photo?
5 Yes, I do. I have to e get up early today. It’s Saturday. Response: No. You can’t use your camera in the museum.
4 Is the flight to New York direct?
Response: No, it’s not. You have to change in Miami.
5 Should I drive you to the station?
Response: Thanks, but you don’t have to. I can walk.
7D Student B
1 You are a tourist who is lost. You want to visit the museum. Ask 2 Student A is a tourist who is lost. You know the town well. Respond
Student A for directions using prompts 1–5. to Student A’s questions and give directions using the information in
1 Ask for help politely. the box.
2 Ask for directions to the museum.
The train station. 5–6 minutes away on foot. Follow this street until
3 Ask if it was left or right at the traffic light.
you get to the traffic circle. Take a right and go straight ahead, over a
4 Repeat the route and ask for confirmation.
bridge. The station is on the left after the bridge.
5 Thank him/her politely.
118
IRREGULAR VERBS
Infinitive Simple past Past participle Infinitive Simple past Past participle
be was, were been leave left left

beat beat beaten lend lent lent
become became become let let let
begin began begun lie lay lain
bite bit bitten lose lost lost
break broke broken make made made
bring brought brought mean meant meant
build built built meet met met
buy bought bought pay paid paid
catch caught caught put put put
choose chose chosen read /ri:d/ read /red/ read /red/
come came come ride rode ridden
cost cost cost ring rang rung
do did done rise rose risen
draw drew drawn run ran run
dream dreamt/dreamed dreamt/dreamed say said said
drink drank drunk see saw seen
drive drove driven sell sold sold
eat ate eaten send sent sent
fall fell fallen shut shut shut
feel felt felt sing sang sung
find found found sit sat sat
fly flew flown sleep slept slept
forbid forbade forbidden speak spoke spoken
forget forgot forgotten spend spent spent
forgive forgave forgiven stand stood stood
get got gotten steal stole stolen
give gave given stick stuck stuck
go went gone, been swim swam swum
grow grew grown take took taken
have had had teach taught taught
hear heard heard tell told told
hide hid hidden think thought thought
hit hit hit throw threw thrown
hold held held understand understood understood
hurt hurt hurt wake woke woken
keep kept kept wear wore worn
know knew known win won won
learn learned learned write wrote written
119
American
English
Personal
Best
Workbook
Level 4
Series Editor
Jim Scrivener
Authors
Elizabeth Walter
and Kate Woodford
1 Communication p 122
2 Tell me a story p 128
3 People p 134
4 Places and homes p 140
5 Money and shopping p 146
6 Work and education p 152
7 Entertainment p 158
8 Sports and health p 164
WRITING PRACTICE p 170

UNIT
1 Communication
1A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Simple present and VOCABULARY: Communication

continuous; action and state verbs
3 Match the two parts of the sentences.
1 Choose the correct words to complete the 1 It’s very rude to check
sentences. Then write A for action verbs
2 Luckily, he was able to access
and S for state verbs.
3 Over 100 people commented
1 Look, that’s Hugo! He’s coming / He
4 Michael still keeps
comes over to see us.
5 The couple shared
2 Should we open the window? It’s
feeling / It feels hot in here. 6 I asked Monika to give
3 I think we should get a bigger TV and 7 A lot of people go
Tom is agreeing / agrees with me. 8 When I get
4 How often are they going / do a on Suki’s latest post.
they go to the gym?
b in touch with a lot of friends from home.
5 It’s great to see you! Are you
c me a call later.
having / Do you have a good time?
d a text message, my phone makes a loud noise.
6 Anna needs some help. She’s not
understanding / doesn’t e online to get medical advice.
understand what to do. f the Internet from his hotel room.
7 My brother is working / works in g some of their photographs on social media.
the U.S. at the moment. h your phone during dinner with friends.
8 I’m sure that jacket is belonging /
belongs to Marcia. 4 Complete the text with the correct words.
2 Complete the sentences with the simple
present or present continuous form of the You never see Ethan without his smartphone. He 1g
verbs in the box. Use two verbs twice. about 80 text messages a day, and he likes to 2r to
them immediately. If you try to 3s to him face-to-face,
have go make think exist hate
it can be really annoying because he’s always checking his
1 Hannah believes that ghosts really 4p ! He uses Facebook to keep in 5t with
. his friends, and he 6c it regularly. He 7s
2 I didn’t have time to cook, so we 8c
lots of photos on it and often on his friends’
takeout pizza.
posts. Ethan’s parents live in a rural area where it’s difficult to
3 We to the supermarket once
9a the Internet, so they don’t see his Facebook posts.
a week.
4 You look happy! What you However, he does 10g them a call twice a week.
about?
5 Marco cooking for other
people. PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
6 My sister that I should call
our parents more often. 5 1.1 Read the sentences. Underline the auxiliary verbs that
7 you a large should be stressed. Listen, check, and repeat.
apartment? 1 Flora and James are 5 Fatima is studying physics
8 The children a lot of noise having a party. in college.
because they are very excited. 2 Does Karl play the piano? 6 Brett and Owen aren’t
3 Maria isn’t feeling very staying in the same hotel.
well today. 7 Ben doesn’t have a ticket
4 Sasha and Lucia don’t for the show.
want to play tennis. 8 Gavin’s parents are in Italy.
122
SKILLS 1B
READING: Skimming a text
Dealing with online trolls

It’s always best to avoid trolls – both the ugly creatures in
A fairy stories and the equally ugly (on the inside at least) kind
who spread their nasty comments by using a computer
keyboard. If you look at the comments section of any online
newspaper, you will find the second type at work, leaving
shocking and unpleasant messages on all sorts of subjects.
B As a society, we value free speech, and, of course, there’s

a thin line between strong disagreement and messages that
are completely unacceptable. But, basically, if someone’s
main goal is to spread hate and lies, to upset or embarrass
someone, or even to scare the person, that person is a troll.
Unfortunately, if you use social media, you are sure to have
personal experience of trolling sooner or later. Trolls need
victims, and they will find them in any online space where
people communicate in public.
C Ifyou(orreact
when) you meet one, remember that the ability to make
is like food to a troll – so don’t feed them! Trolls are
D Always remember that the troll is the one with the problem,
not you. It’s obvious that nobody who hides behind a
not sensible people. They don’t actually want a reasonable keyboard to write things he or she would never dare say
discussion, so there’s no point at all in trying to have one. It face-to-face can be a happy and secure person. In fact,
may be tempting to insult or threaten trolls, but they will like newspaper reports of people who have been taken to court
this – it is "playing their game," and they are more likely to for threatening or inappropriate trolling almost always seem
continue with it than stop. They are only trying to upset you, to describe sad and lonely lives. Trolls make us furious, but
and if you don’t give them a response, they have failed. sympathy would probably be a more appropriate emotion.
1 Read the title and look at the pictures. What do you 4 It is possible to use social media sites
think the article will be about? without seeing messages from trolls.
a People who post unpleasant messages online. 5 Only very intelligent people become trolls.
b What to do if your computer is broken. 6 Trolls don’t like it if you post angry replies.
c Workers who spend most of their time at a computer. 7 Trolls always make a great effort to keep
their names secret.
2 Read the first sentence of each paragraph. Which of 8 Trolls are often unhappy people.
A–D do you think will make these points?
1 It’s usually best not to reply to trolls.
4 Complete the sentences with your own ideas.
2 We should probably feel sorry for trolls. 1 I thought Maria was a vegetarian, but, actually,
.
3 You should try not to have contact with trolls.
2 Philippe told everyone he was a pilot, when he was
4 It can sometimes be difficult to decide if
actually
someone is actually a troll.
.
3 Read the sentences. Write T for true sentences, F for 3 Sara’s house doesn’t have four bedrooms. In fact,
.
false sentences, and D when the article doesn’t give
you enough information to be sure. 4 I thought polar bears lived in the Antarctic, but, in fact,
they
1 The word "troll" has more than one meaning. .
2 Most comments on online newspapers are 5 I didn’t expect Raj to have many Twitter followers, but,
written by trolls. in fact,
3 People can sometimes seem rude when .
they express strong opinions. 6 The doctors thought she had the flu, but, actually,
.
123
1C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Question forms VOCABULARY: say, tell, speak, and talk

1 Complete the questions with the words in the box. 3 Complete the phrases with say, tell, speak, or talk.
Is Did Does What Have Were 1 German
Who How long Do Why 2 goodbye
3 jokes
1 you have a good time yesterday
4 more slowly
evening?
5 you’re sorry
2 did the meeting go on for in the end?
6 someone a story
3 should we have for dinner tonight?
7 to someone about a problem
4 the city of Tijuana in Mexico or the
U.S.? 8 the truth
5 you spoken to Peter at all today? 9 that you are hungry
6 did Liam decide to become a 10 thank you
vegetarian? 11 someone a secret
7 your brother have a job? 12 nice things to someone
8 Alice and Ben pleased when you told
them the news? 4 Complete the sentences with the past simple of say,
9 were you talking to when I saw you tell, or speak.
this morning? 1 Barbara us that she wanted to be
10 you know where the castle is? alone.
2 I wonder what Pat to Karl to make him
2 Complete the questions. Use verbs from the answers so angry?
in the correct form. 3 Orla hello and sat down.
1 A her 4 The man so quietly that nobody could
motorcycle? hear him.
She keeps her motorcycle in the garage.
B 5 Michel us a lie, and now we’re not
2 A you for your friends.
birthday? 6 Pilar usually English at school and
He gave me a book.
B Spanish at home.
3 A the guitar? 7 I’m sure that Matt the police officer the
truth.
No, Henry can’t play the guitar.
B
8 Louis’ boss to him about his
4 A her latest
performance at work.
movie yet?
9 Who congratulations on passing your
Yes, I saw it last week.
B
exams?
5 A the concert?
10 Leon that the concert is on Saturday
Yes, I really enjoyed it.
B night.
6 A this letter from
my bank? It was private.
PRONUNCIATION: Question intonation
I opened it, sorry, I thought it was for me.
B
7 A Ursula? 5 1.2 Read the questions. Write (U) if the intonation
I met her in 2014.
B should go up or (D) for down. Listen, check, and
8 A at everyone? repeat.
Paul was yelling because they weren’t listening.
B 1 Do you like cheese?
9 A you to write 2 Is Gavin coming to the meeting?
that essay? 3 How many brothers and sisters do you have?
It took me three days to write it.
B 4 Why is it so dark in here?
10 A all that noise 5 Is this your jacket?
last night? I couldn’t sleep. 6 Where do you come from?
It was the neighbor’s cats. I think they were fighting.
B 7 Which color do you prefer?
8 Can you ride a horse?

124
SKILLS 1D
SPEAKING: Making small talk
3 1.3 Rudy, Bella, and Carina often give extra
information when they answer questions. For each
question, identify the main answer and the extra
information from a–j. Listen again if you need to.
1 Have you been dancing? Main Extra
2 Are you from around here? Main Extra
3 So, what do you do for a living? Main
Extra
4 And what does that involve? Main Extra
5 Are you having a good time? Main Extra
a Unfortunately, though, I have to be at work at six
tomorrow morning, so I need to leave in a minute.
b But I moved back to Quebec.
c Well, I work with people to help them get in shape.
d Yes, I am.
1 1.3 Rudy, Bella, and Carina meet at a party. Listen e I love this music.
to their conversation. Check ( ) the phrases you f I’m a personal trainer.
hear. g I have clients of all ages, from eighteen to 80!
1 Is anyone sitting here? h No, I used to live here.
2 I don’t think we know each other. i I’ve been doing it for about three years now.
3 The food’s delicious, isn’t it? j Yes, for hours!
4 I’m a friend of Cristina’s.
5 Are you from around here?
4 Complete these conversations with your own ideas.
Add an extra piece of information to the answer, and
6 So, what do you do for a living? then add a positive comment, as in the example.
7 And what does that involve?
Are you having a good day?
1 A
8 Are you having a good time?
Yes, thanks. I played tennis this morning, and I
B
9 I love your shirt. Is it new? won.
10 Great to meet you. Oh, great! I’d love to play a game with you some
A
11 Nice talking to you. time.
12 Have a great evening. 2 A I like your phone. Is it new?
Yes, it is.
B .
2 Look at the phrases you checked in exercise 1. Write
A .
S if they are used to start a conversation, A if they are 3 A Do you enjoy classical music?
used for asking about a person or situation, and E if
Not really, to be honest.
B
they are used to end a conversation.
.

A .
4 A Where do you work?
I work downtown.
B
.

A .
125
1 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE
HOME BLOG PODCASTS ABOUT CONTACT
Tom and Sam talk

about writing letters.
LISTENING READING
1 1.4 Listen to the podcast and choose the 1 Read Penny’s blog on page 127 and choose the
best words to complete the sentences. best summary of her personal challenge last
month.
1 Sophie thinks that we should all communicate
more / write more letters / use social media less. a to watch what people do when they speak
2 Sophie believes that writing letters can help b to improve the way she speaks to people
people feel less stressed out / go online less / c to pay more attention to what people tell her
keep in touch with their family.
2 Write T for true sentences, F for false sentences,
2 1.4 Listen again and choose the correct
and DS when the writer doesn’t say.
options.
1 Penny often blogs about challenges that
1 Sam asks Tom when he last wrote a letter. What she has given herself for a month.
does Tom reply?
2 These challenges often involve the person
a He can’t remember.
she shares her apartment with.
b It was when he was about six.
c It was about six years ago. 3 Penny is not satisfied with her ability to
communicate with other people.
2 How does Sam mainly communicate with her
friends? 4 Penny’s roommate knew about Penny’s
a with her phone challenge for last month.
b online 5 Penny thinks Taylor should try the first
c with her phone and online point in her plan.
3 According to Sophie, how many teenagers write 6 She made an effort to look at different parts
letters these days? of the speaker’s face.
a eighteen percent 7 She says that in our conversations, we
b ten percent should sometimes consider speaking less.
c fourteen percent
8 She found it difficult not to look at her
4 Tom is surprised that phone during the conversations.
a so many young people currently write letters.
9 Penny and Taylor had problems in their
b no young people currently write letters.
relationship before Penny started this
c so few young people currently write letters.
challenge.
5 Sophie says that when people write to their
10 Taylor noticed their relationship had
friends they tell them
improved.
a what has happened in their lives recently.
b what they think about things.
c what has happened in their lives and what they 3 Find seven examples of the verb tell in the text.
think about things.
6 At the end of the interview, Sam says she now
wants
a to write a letter.
b to receive a letter.
c someone to write to.
126
REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE 1
Guest blogger Penny tells us how to be a good communicator.
LISTEN AND LEARN!

If you’re a regular reader of this blog, you’ll be familiar with my 30-day challenges. You’ll also know that, although
I don’t always succeed in these personal challenges, I like to think I learn something along the way. (And you’ll
probably also know that I have a very patient roommate here – hi, Taylor!)
So are you a good communicator? I like to think I am. I have a wide vocabulary, and I know how to speak to people.
What I’m less confident about is my ability to listen. So last month’s challenge – you guessed it – was to become a
better listener. For the last 30 days, when speaking to someone face-to-face, I’ve followed this four-point plan:
1 Pay attention. Pretend you’re going to tell someone else

about this conversation in an hour. (This really makes you
concentrate!)
2 Maintain eye contact. (But don’t do this all the time – it makes
people anxious.)
3 Don’t interrupt. (This is a really tough one!)
4 Do not check your phone. (Sounds obvious when you read it,
right?)
Oh, and in case anyone is wondering, I didn’t tell my roommate

Taylor at the beginning of the month about my plan to become a
better listener. However, I did tell her yesterday when I’d finished
my challenge. So here’s what I learned:
Number 1 really works. Honestly – try it! I could probably still tell
you the details of a conversation I had with Taylor at the start of the
month. (Don’t worry, Taylor – I’m not telling anyone your secrets
here!) This, more than anything, improved my listening skills.
Number 2 is interesting. The idea is to show a polite level of
interest by looking at the other person when he or she is talking,
but not all the time. (That would be like an interrogation!) I tried
the triangle technique – five seconds looking at each eye, then
five seconds at the mouth. It feels strange to begin with, but it
allows you to show interest with your eyes without making the
other person feel too uncomfortable.
Number 3 is the hardest. The problem is that we want to share
similar experiences – it’s natural. When friends tell us a story
about something that happened to them, we want to tell them
about a similar thing that happened to us. But sometimes it’s
better if we just listen.
Number 4 wasn't so hard. It's just a bad habit really, and it's
impossible to do two things at once!
And did Taylor notice anything different about our conversations?
Well, no, she didn’t, actually. But, interestingly, she did say that
she thought we’d gotten along really well recently.
127
UNIT
2 Tell me a story
2A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Narrative tenses VOCABULARY: -ed and -ing adjectives

1 Choose the correct options to complete the 3 Match the two parts of the sentences.
sentences.
1 I hated reading my poems to the class.
1 By the time the doctor , Freddie was 2 We told the children that we were going to the circus.
already feeling better.
3 I crashed my parents’ car.
a came b was coming c comes
4 The birds kept trying to steal our food.
2 When I looked in my bag, I realized that my
passport . 5 Their boss caught them kissing in the office.
a disappeared b was disappearing 6 My grandfather’s letters described his adventures in China.
c had disappeared 7 The rides at the theme park were great.
3 We prepared the meal together. I cooked 8 Sara and David spent hours visiting the museum.
the fish, and Tom a salad.
a made b was making c had made a They were really excited. e They were so
b They were extremely embarrassing!
4 When the man her of lying, she
became very angry. annoyed! f They were absolutely
a accused b was accusing c They were absolutely fascinated.
c has accused fascinating. g They were really exciting.
5 Martha earlier, so we called her to tell d They were extremely h They were so
her the news. annoying. embarrassed!
a left b was leaving c has left
6 Jon and Katie met while they in India. 4 Complete the sentences with -ed or -ing adjectives formed
a were b were being c had been from the verbs in the box.
7 Ollie didn’t want to leave the party because
terrify annoy amuse fascinate embarrass excite
he such a great time.
amaze shock depress disappoint
a had b was having c had had
8 I Vera the previous day, so I knew she 1 Rhona’s talk was – she made us all laugh.
was in London. 2 Patrick became after he lost his job.
a saw b was seeing c have seen
3 Our plane hit a bad storm – it was absolutely .
2 Use the prompts to write sentences with the 4 I was to discover that my wallet was missing.
correct past tenses. 5 It’s only a small present – I hope you won’t be .
1 Paul/live in Rome/when we meet. 6 I want to thank my family for their support.
7 Dan is by animals and often visits the zoo.
2 She/not know that/I/guess the truth. 8 I hardly slept because of an noise.
9 I couldn’t remember his name, which was a bit .
3 When Colette/show Ben/the photograph/he 10 Florian is very about his trip next month.
be/amazed.
PRONUNCIATION: /d/ in the past perfect

4 Georgia/eat dinner/when Lucy/arrive.
5 2.1 Listen to the sentences. Write ’d if the past perfect is
5 We/get there/at seven but/the others/ used.
already go.
1 I asked Paul to call a taxi.
6 They/take/all their furniture so/the room/ 2 They cooked us a wonderful meal.
look very empty. 3 She thought he was a very interesting man.
4 We worked together in the past.
7 While Toby/drive to New York/he have/an 5 Unfortunately, he heard every word.
accident.
6 He tried to give us some advice.
128
SKILLS 2B
LISTENING: Listening for the main idea 3 2.2 Listen to the conversation again. Complete
the phrases that the speakers use to talk about doing
1 2.2 Listen to a conversation between Anna and something in order to be lucky.
her friend Enrico. What is the main idea of their
conversation? 1 … you think that thing’s going to a
?
a Doing things to bring yourself good luck never works.
2 … this tie always me .
b Many people do strange things to try to make
3 It’s already me my
themselves lucky, and they sometimes work.
English exam …
c It is important for athletes to do particular things to
4 … having a good luck charm really does
give themselves luck.
people .
2 2.2 Listen again. Are the following statements 5 I suppose it’s because it
.
them
true (T) or false (F)?
6 … he thought it his team .
7 Does your lucky tie you from getting
?
4 2.3 Look at these sentences from Anna and

Enrico’s conversation. Use the mark _ to show where
the consonant-vowel links are. Some sentences have
more than one link. Listen, check, and repeat.
1 I’m taking my driving test this afternoon.
2 And you think that thing’s going to make a difference?
3 I know you like making fun of me.
4 It’s already helped me pass my English exam.
5 My brother always eats what he calls his "lucky
banana."
6 Athletes seem to do that sort of thing a lot.
7 Does she wash them after each game?
8 It’s clearly not just me who has these strange ideas.
5 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the

verbs in the box. There are four extra verbs.
break sign pay look set bring

go try end hurry fall catch
1 I went to my hometown for the weekend. It was great

to up with old friends.
2 We off early on a long drive in order to
catch the eight o’clock flight.
1 Anna is surprised that Enrico is wearing a 3 I had to stop driving because the cost of gas kept
yellow tie. up.
2 Enrico wears the yellow tie every day. 4 Harry and Emma went out for three years, but they
up when she went abroad to work.
3 Anna believes the tie will help Enrico pass
his driving test. 5 Gemma was the nurse who looked after me when
I broke my leg, and we up getting
4 Enrico is certain that he wouldn’t be
married to each other!
successful without his lucky tie.
6 Don’t lend any more money to Jade – you know
5 Anna’s brother’s soccer team does not
she’ll never you back.
always win when he eats his lucky banana.
7 We’ll miss the train if you don’t up!
6 Michael Jordan thought it was lucky to wear
the same shorts he wore on his college team. 8 We were in the clothing store for hours. Grace
on at least ten dresses!
7 Serena Williams never changes her socks.
8 Although he is wearing his lucky tie, Enrico
is worried about his driving test.
129
2C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: used to and usually 3 Complete the conversation with usually or the correct form
of used to and the verbs in parentheses. Some items have two
1 Complete the sentences with used to, use to, answers.
or usually.
1 When Joe was younger, he
go to a country school.
2 Our family didn’t have a car.
3 My father came home from
work at six.
4 The horses slept in their
stable at night.
5 Grandma get angry if we were
late for dinner.
6 Did Joe live in the U.S.?
7 Hamida didn’t be so
adventurous.
8 Did Miriam have long hair?
9 Our family went to Italy in
summer.
A This is the house where we 1 (live) when I was
10 My parents grow all their own
vegetables years ago. little. I 2 (share) a bedroom with both of my
sisters.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct B Wow, three of you in one room!
form of the verbs in the box. Use used to A Yes. People 3 (not live) in such small houses
where possible. nowadays, do they? But my parents didn’t mind. My mom
4 (say) that more rooms just meant more
be let help meet not have not get housework for her to do!
watch go babysit not like
B That’s one way to look at it, I suppose! But I think people
5 (prefer) bigger houses because they’re more
1 When I was younger, I
to the movies at least once a week. comfortable, don't you?
2 Gina A 6 (share) a room with your brothers?
on the same hockey B Yes, I did. Mom 7 (get) really annoyed with us
team as you? because we stayed up so late, talking and laughing. And then
3 Luiza Petar three years we 8 (fall) asleep in class and get into trouble!
ago, I think. A You were lucky! My sisters 9 (not talk) to me
4 Laura’s family a very much – they were much older than me. But I
television. 10 (not mind), though. I was happy reading my
5 I cheese, but I books.
absolutely love it now!
6 We always my brother
with his homework.
PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
7 Arjun the game on TV
last night.
4 2.4 Read the sentences and underline the syllables you
8 your parents think will be stressed. Listen and check.
you stay out late when
you were a teenager? 1 I used to love her visits.
9 Henry often for his 2 Did Rod use to play with you?
little sister. 3 We didn’t use to watch TV.
10 Andrew and Lottie any 4 Did Katie use to help you?
exercise at all. 5 Megan didn’t use to come with us.
6 The teachers used to yell a lot.
7 Zoe used to play the piano.
8 Lucas didn’t use to ride a bike.
9 Did your teacher use to be late a lot?
10 Maria didn’t use to like swimming.
130
SKILLS 2D
WRITING: Making a narrative interesting
Coincidence in Cairo
I had become fascinated with Egypt after spending hours in the Egyptian section
of our local museum. As a child, I always wanted to go there. However, my parents
weren’t thrilled with the idea, so I had to wait until I could afford to pay for the trip
myself.
To be honest, I’d almost forgotten about it, but then my friend Angela mentioned
that her sister was working in Egypt. 1 So last summer I decided to go there
on vacation. I bought a plane ticket from Chicago to Cairo and reserved a hotel
downtown that Angela had recommended.
As soon as I arrived, I went straight to the tourist office and reserved a place on
a tour of the great Pyramids. 2 I turned to look at the person next to me, to
see if he or she was as amazed as I was, and, to my surprise, I came face to face
with – Angela!
At first I thought Angela was playing a trick on me. "Why didn’t you tell me you
were coming?" I asked. 3
"I’m sorry, do I know you?" she asked, rather suspiciously.
"Come on, Angela!" I said. "What’s going on?"
4 "I don’t believe it!" she exclaimed. "People often confuse me with my sister
at home, but it’s never happened here in Egypt before! Hi, I’m Caroline."
Before I left Cairo, I got together with Caroline a few more times. As soon as I got
home, I called Angela. "You told me you had a sister, but you forgot to mention that
you were identical twins!" I said.
But still, meeting Caroline in that crowded tourist spot was incredible. 5
1 Read the blog post quickly, ignoring the 3 Look at the underlined words as soon as, before, after, and until
blanks. Choose the best summary. in the text. Use each word or phrase twice to complete these
sentences.
a The narrator went to Egypt, but didn’t
enjoy his vacation. 1 Carlos will need to borrow some money he can
b The narrator went to Egypt and met his buy a car.
friend Angela there. 2 I met James, I knew I would marry him.
c The narrator went on vacation to Egypt 3 I spoke to Laurence the show, and he said he had
and met his friend’s sister by chance. enjoyed it.
4 Dougal hopes to work as an engineer college.
2 Read the blog post again. Match blanks 5 I’m not hungry, thank you. We ate we went out.
1–5 with sentences a–g. There are two
6 Keir took his exams in June, but he won’t get the results
extra sentences.
August.
a It was a chance in a million! 7 Please let me know you have any news about Paul.
b The sun was high in the clear, blue sky. 8 Priti had to stay in the office she had finished all
c I was so excited to be there at last, her work.
looking at these incredible structures.
d Then the woman started laughing. 4 Write a blog post about an amazing event. Include two of these
e She had fair, wavy hair and was wearing a sentences in your blog.
large sun hat. • It was an amazing coincidence!
f But she just gave me a strange look. • He was tall with long, blond hair and blue eyes.
g That reminded me of my old dream. • I felt very sad when it was time for us to say goodbye.
• It was one of the happiest days of my life.
• Unfortunately, we had missed the last train.
• It hadn’t stopped raining since we arrived.
131
2 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE
Tom and Sam talk about

a surprising discovery.
LISTENING READING
1 2.5 Listen to the podcast and choose the best 1 Read Tom’s blog on page 133 and and choose the
summary of the story. best summary.
The man told Tom a the different places where Tom has seen celebrities
a how he had met his wife. in London
b how he had found his wife in an old photo from b how easy it is to see celebrities in London
when he was a child. c the experience of seeing a celebrity for the first time
c that he and his wife used to go to the same place
on vacation when they were children. 2 Write T for true sentences, F for false sentences, and
DS when the writer doesn’t say.
1 Tom saw the famous musician in the morning.
options to complete the sentences.
2 He was late for work when he saw the musician.
1 Sam and Tom are wearing similar shoes, but Tom’s 3 The people near Tom also noticed the musician.
are
a made by a different company. 4 Tom and the musician spoke to each other.
b much bigger. 5 This was the first celebrity that Tom had seen.
c a different color. 6 Tom’s friend is a big fan of James Bond
2 The guests on today’s show are all describing movies.
a very surprising things that have happened to 7 Tom thinks that his readers might not believe
them. what his friend told Tom.
b stories about old photographs. 8 Tom shares his roommate’s interest in
c an early get-together with a person who celebrity vloggers.
became his or her partner.
9 Tom hopes he’ll see more celebrities in
3 Adam and Natalie got married the future.
a while they were in college.
b a few years after college.
c just after finishing college.
3 Find six examples of -ed/-ing adjectives in the text.
4 Adam and Natalie discovered that they had
a been to the same place on vacation.
b both been to the same school.
c both been to Mexico.
5 All of the photographs that Adam’s mother had
brought were
a from their vacation in California.
b from their vacations in Mexico.
c ones in which Adam appeared.
6 Adam was amazed because
a his brother was in the photograph.
b he and his brother were on the beach in the
photograph.
c Natalie was in the photograph, too.
132
REVIEW
Tom writes about seeing
CELEBRITY SPOTTING
someone famous.
Well, that was an exciting way to start the day! There I was at Baker Street station, on my way to work.
I was going down the escalator toward the trains when suddenly I saw Adele on the other escalator.
She was going up toward the exit. Yes, it really was Adele, the pop star with one of the biggest-selling
albums of all time! I was absolutely amazed. If you’ve had the experience of suddenly seeing a face
that you’ve only ever seen before at the movies or on an album cover you’ll know how astonishing
this experience is. You can’t believe your eyes – you don't think it's really happening. Am I dreaming?
What’s going on?
Anyway, judging by the excited reaction of the

people around me (Adele, wow! It’s Adele! Oh
my gosh! I don’t believe it! etc.) I can tell you with
absolute certainty that it really was Adele, the
singer. And, at last, I was able to proudly tell my
friends and family that I’d finally met a famous
person. (OK, I didn’t exactly meet her… ) They
say that in London you’re never more than a few
meters away from a celebrity, but before this
morning (and after six whole years in this city), I
hadn’t laid eyes on a single actor or musician. Very
disappointing – oh, wait a minute, I once saw the
depressed shopkeeper from a daytime soap opera.
Does that count? It does? OK, I’d seen exactly
one actor in my six years here! And I can’t even
remember his name!
Meanwhile, my friend Claire, who lives in a tiny
little village outside Oxford, seems to see a famous
actor most weeks. For example, if I remember
correctly, in the last ten years, she’s spotted no
less than three James Bonds, past and present,
in and around Oxford. (As I write that, I realize that
you might think that my friend has a rather vivid
imagination.) And my roommate here in London
sees a celebrity most weeks. Though, when I
say "celebrity," of course, we all have different
ideas about what a celebrity is. Those of you
who know my roommate are aware that he is a
very enthusiastic follower of five or six "celebrity
vloggers." Now, I don’t even know the names
of these "celebrities" and I’m pretty sure that I
could walk past any of them in the street without
recognizing them.
Still, now I’ve spotted one of the biggest celebrities
on the planet – perhaps she’ll be the first of many?
133
UNIT
3 People
3A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Future forms: present VOCABULARY: Personality adjectives

continuous, be going to and will
3 Read the sentences and match the people with the adjectives
1 Choose the correct verbs to complete the in the box. There are two extra adjectives.
sentences.
unsociable dishonest insensitive impolite
1 "Do you know Rocco’s date of birth?" "No, I’ll
easygoing disorganized confident impatient
ask / I’m asking him later."
2 It’s a beautiful day. Will we go / Should we 1 Robert would be very happy to make a speech in front of 1,000
go to the beach? people.
3 What will you do / are you doing next 2 Kira knows I don’t have much money, but she keeps telling me
weekend? about expensive things she’s bought.
4 I failed my driving test. Are you helping / Will 3 Andrew’s always missing meetings because he doesn’t write
you help me practice? them in his diary.
5 Are we going to / Will we invite Sara to their 4 On the weekends, Adam’s usually happy to do whatever his
wedding? friends suggest.
6 "I can’t do my homework." "I’m helping / I’ll 5 Gloria doesn’t like parties – she’d rather stay at home and read a
help you, if you’d like." book.
7 Max will come / is coming back from 6 Chuck hates having to wait for other people – he just wants to
Australia on Friday. get moving with things.
8 I’m going to a concert tomorrow. Should I /
Am I going to get you a ticket? 4 Complete the personality adjectives.
2 Complete the conversations with the present 1 Why did you refuse to speak to Suzie? That was really
u .
continuous, going to, will, or should and
the verb in parentheses. There may be more 2 Maya has been very h – she’s cleaned the
than one answer. bathroom and prepared dinner.
3 Don’t ask Helen for a ride if you need to be there on time –
A 1 (visit) anywhere exciting on
she’s too u .
vacation this year? 4 Laurie is feeling a about his exam because he
B Yes, Kenya. But we 2 (not hasn’t prepared well enough.
travel) with a group. 5 Ella always makes the decisions in our house – she’s extremely
A I’ve got a fantastic book about Kenya. s .
I3 (lend) it to you. 6 It’s d to tell the customers that the milk is organic
when it’s not.
A The movie you were talking about is on 7 It was so i of them to talk while the professor was
next week. 4 (go) and see it speaking.
together?
8 Everyone at my new school is very f , so I didn’t
B Great! I 5 (get) tickets later.
feel at all lonely.
A Really? I work closer to the theater than you.
B Don’t worry – I 6 (do) it online.
PRONUNCIATION: going to
A 7 (make) dinner for you
tonight? 5 3.1 Check ( ) the sentences where going to can be
B Actually, I8 (meet) Joe this
pronounced /ˈɡʌnə/. Listen and check.
evening. We 9 (play) tennis 1 Are you going to buy Hamish a present?
and then get pizza. 2 Alice is going to Cleveland next week.
A OK, I 10 (not make) anything 3 I think my mom’s going to be really angry.
for you, then. 4 I’m going to ask my teacher to explain.
5 Is Tom going to the concert with you?
6 Are we going to have dinner now?
134
SKILLS 3B
READING: Reading for specific information
Twin personalities? C So how common is it for twins to have such different

personalities? Well, psychologists used to think that
twins developed pretty much independently, each one
shaped by his or her own life experiences. So they would
have thought that Mark and Ollie were typical. However,
recent research has challenged this view.
D Researchers from Edinburgh University studied 800

sets of twins. Focusing on qualities that contribute to
success in life (such as self-control and willingness to
work hard), they found that twins are twice as likely to
share personality traits than other brothers and sisters.
Amazingly, a similar study carried out at the University
of Minnesota found that twins raised in different families
A Mark and Ollie are identical twins. They look so alike are even more likely to share personality traits. In fact,
that when they were little even their mother had to two subjects of the study, brothers Jim Lewis and Jim
look carefully to see which one she was speaking to, Springer, who were brought up separately, were so
and they certainly used this to play tricks on teachers similar that it was almost impossible to tell them apart.
or friends! Now they are twenty, and although they still
look very similar (Mark is slightly larger as he works out E Twins Rachel and Annie, who grew up together, aren’t
at the gym most days), their personalities could hardly surprised that twins raised in the same family end up
be more different. being more different from each other. "Since we looked
so alike, people sometimes treated us as if we were just
B "I’m the sociable one," Mark says. "I love meeting new one person," Annie explains. "And we hated it. That’s
people, trying new activities, traveling, things like that. why we made a deliberate effort to be different. When
Ollie’s the opposite – it’s not that he’s unfriendly, but Rachel started playing soccer, I took up the piano, so she
he’d rather stay at home and read a book." became the athletic one, and I was the creative one."
1 Skim the text quickly. Match paragraphs A–E with 4 What areas of personality did the Edinburgh research
summaries 1–5. study most?
a all aspects
1 Ideas about twins and personality have changed b aspects that are likely to be different between twins
over time. c aspects connected to people’s achievements
2 These two brothers look very similar. 5 Why did Rachel and Annie deliberately try to be
3 Research shows that twins naturally have similar different from each other?
personalities. a They didn’t want other people to know who each
4 Why two sisters want to be different from one girl was.
another. b It was important for them to have their own
identities.
5 How one man differs from his brother.
c They thought it would be boring for them to be
the same.
2 Read the questions and underline the key words. Then
choose the correct answers.
3 Choose the correct words to complete the
1 What could Mark and Ollie do because they looked so sentences.
similar?
1 The bus broke down. So / Since / That’s why we’re
a make people believe that one of them was the other
so late.
b miss school
c make their friends laugh 2 I didn’t invite Polly so / as / that’s why she’s not one of
my friends.
2 How different are Mark and Ollie’s personalities?
a very different 3 Alex has lost his key, so / since / that’s why he’ll have
b slightly different to break the window to get in.
c not very different 4 Let’s have a cup of tea since / so / that’s why we’re
3 In the past, where did scientists believe most personality still waiting for Clara to arrive.
traits in twins came from? 5 I know Bella pretty well that’s why / so / as we work in
a the personality of their parents the same building.
b things that happened in their lives 6 Ruth didn’t have a towel, since / so / that’s why she
c the way their families treated them dried herself on an old T-shirt.
135
3C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Defining and non-defining VOCABULARY: Relationships

relative clauses
3 Read the sentences and check ( ) True or False.
1 Choose the correct options. Parentheses show
that you can omit the pronoun. 1 Close friends always live near each other. True False
1 Gary walked to the station, his friend was 2 Children in the U.S. usually live with their relatives. True False
waiting.
a who b that c where d (which) 3 It’s upsetting to have a falling out with a friend. True False
2 The box, was very heavy, contained more 4 Most people would like to get along well with their
True False
than twenty books. family.
a (which) b which c (that) d who 5 You can’t have classmates if you’re not a student. True False
3 He’s the man lives in the house across the
street. 6 If people make up, they can never be friends again. True False
a whose b (who) c which d that 7 We introduce someone to people they’ve met
True False
4 Is this the car you’re thinking of buying? before.
a (that) b where c whose d (who)
8 Your next-door neighbor lives in the nearest house. True False
5 Lucas, parents are in the army, has moved
many times. 9 Any two friends can be described as "a couple." True False
a who b (that) c whose d which 10 If you have a lot in common with someone, lots of
6 There will be a prize for the person writes
True False
things about your lives are similar.
the best story.
a (who) b (that) c whose d who
7 She’s the woman works in the bank.
4 Complete the text with relationship words.
a (who) b that c where d (that)
I moved to Mexico City two years ago to start a new job. At work,
8 Did I show you the photo I took?
a (that) b whose c which d where
my new 1c were very friendly, but I was still lonely
at first. Back at home in Tijuana, I used to hang out with my
2 Write relative clauses to include the information 2b friend Alejandro most weekends, and I missed him a
in parentheses. Add commas where necessary
lot. However, things soon got better. I joined a gym, and I gradually got
and omit the relative pronouns where possible.
to 3k people. Now I 4g along especially
1 Where have you put the bag? (I gave it to you.)
Where have you put the bag I gave you? well with a guy called Felipe. In fact, it was Felipe who 5i
me to my 6g , Mercedes – we’re getting married next
2 My aunt is planning to sail around the world.
(She’s very adventurous.) year. Mercedes and I have so much in 7c – we are both
My aunt engineers, and we love music. We also have very strong opinions, and
is planning to sail around the world. we sometimes 8 a – especially about politics – but we
3 The woman is very upset. (Her dog has run away.)
always 9m up before too long!
The woman
Last year, I took Mercedes to Tijuana to meet my 10 p
is very upset.
4 I’ve been to the office. (Rupert works there.)
and some of my other 11r . They loved her. While we
were there, we got 12t with all my old friends, too, which
I’ve been to the office
works. was great!
5 There’s the man. (He comes to cut the grass.)
There’s the man PRONUNCIATION: Pausing in relative clauses
.
6 I’m going to New York! (It’s exciting.) 5 3.2 Read the sentences aloud, pausing when there are
I’m going to New York commas. Listen, check, and repeat.
exciting!
1 We often eat paella, which is a Spanish dish.
7 Is that the boy? (You told me about him.)
2 Is that the man who lives next door to Sam?
Is that the boy
3 My colleagues, who are really friendly, planned a birthday party for me.
about?
4 I get along well with my brother, who is two years older than me.
5 The town where I grew up is very small.
6 This necklace, which belonged to my grandmother, is my favorite.
136
SKILLS 3D
SPEAKING: Giving and responding to news
1 3.3 Listen to the conversation between Lily and 3 3.4 Complete the conversations. Then listen and
her roommate, Anne. Are the following statements check.
true (T) or false (F)? 1 A I have some good n ! I passed my
1 Lily is pleased that Raj is coming. driving test!
B C ! Now you can give me a ride to
2 Raj called when Lily was not at home.
school!
3 Raj forgot to apply for a visa. 2 A I’m really s to give you this news, but
4 Raj has only been to the UK once before. I can’t come to your wedding. I have an important
5 In the end, Raj is allowed to travel to the UK. exam that day.
B Oh, what a s ! I really wanted you to
6 Anne does not want her to become too
be there.
friendly with Raj.
3 A Great n ! The doctor says there’s
nothing wrong with me.
2 3.3 Listen again and choose the correct options.
B Oh, that’s a r !
1 How did Anne give Lily some bad news? 4 A A what? I just got an e-mail saying
a I’m sorry, but I have something bad to tell you. I’ve won a major poetry competition.
b I’m afraid I have some bad news. B Oh, wow! I’m absolutely t for you!
c I’m really sorry to give you this bad news. 5 A I’m a I have some bad news. Toby’s
2 How did Lily respond? dog has died.
a Oh no, I don’t believe it! B Oh no, that’s t !
b Oh, that’s horrible!
c Oh no, that’s terrible! 4 Mr. Allsworth (A) is telling his student Cara (B) that
her grades aren’t good enough to get accepted into
3 How did Anne show sympathy?
a program where she had hoped to study. Read the
a That’s terrible!
conversation and complete A with your own words.
b What a shame!
c It’s not fair! A (Say that you have some bad news for her.)
4 How did Anne give Lily some good news?
a Guess what? B Oh no, what is it?
b Great news! A (Explain that she needs at least a grade B to get
c I have some good news for you. accepted into the program.)
5 How did Lily respond?
a I’m so happy! B Yes, that’s right. If I get less than a grade B, they won’t
b That’s fantastic news! accept me.
c Oh, that’s a relief!
A (Give her the bad news.)
6 How did Anne show that she was pleased, too?
a I’m so happy for you!
B Oh no! That means I’ll have to take the exam again.
b I’m absolutely thrilled for you!
c That’s fantastic news! A (Tell her that you’re really sorry.)
B Thank you. I guess I’ll need to work harder next time.
137
3 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

how two people met.
LISTENING READING
1 3.5 Listen to the podcast and number 1 Read Sam‘s blog on page 138 and number points
words a–f in the order you hear them (1–6). a–e in the order they appear (1–5).
a bathroom a Best friends who are different are more likely
b cell phone number to help each other.
c party b Best friends find the differences between
them interesting.
d vacation
c Friendships are more likely to succeed
e cloth
between people who are very different.
f drink
d We don’t try to be better than friends who
are very different from us.
2 3.5 Listen again and complete the sentences
e With "opposite friends" we are prepared to
with one or two words.
try out things we haven’t done before.
1 Daisy and Izzie are now .
2 One of Izzie’s introduced them at a 2 Check ( ) the statements that are true.
party.
1 Sam has always had a very strong opinion
3 Julia thought they would have a lot . about this subject.
4 Izzie thought that Daisy was , but 2 The researchers did not study many pairs
now understands that she is just shy. of friends.
5 Daisy thought that Izzie was and 3 Romantic relationships generally work better
. between personalities that are similar.
6 Izzie ran off to to find a cloth, but 4 Sam is good at finding her way to places.
Daisy had disappeared.
5 There are advantages when one friend
7 Daisy went to hide in the bathroom because she provides a skill that the other friend does
felt . not have.
8 Izzie didn’t realize that Daisy was so 6 Friends who are similar to us encourage us
because of the accident with Izzie’s drink. to try new things.
9 When they got together again after the party, 7 Friends who have different qualities from
Daisy to Izzie. each other are less competitive.
10 Next week, they are traveling to 8 The perfect friend would be someone who
together. behaves in exactly the same way as you.
138
REVIEW
Sam writes about what attracts us to other people.
OPPOSITES ATTRACT!
Have you ever found yourself saying, "Opposites attract!" about a couple that you know, or a friendship in
your social circle? I know I have. (I’ve never been able to decide whether it was true, by the way!) I just read a
fascinating article on the subject, and I’m going to share the main points with you. (A bit of background for your
information: researchers studied the personalities of over a thousand pairs of best friends.)
So, it turns out we were right about friends. Friendships do work best between people with very different
qualities where, for example, best friend A is confident, disorganized, and easygoing, and best friend B is shy,
reliable, and anxious. (Interestingly, this is not the case for romantic relationships, where previous studies have
shown that opposite personality types are less likely to lead to successful, long-term relationships.) There are
several reasons for this.
1 The "opposites attract" friends bring different qualities and

abilities to the relationship, and this is useful. For example, the
person with no sense of direction (that’s me!) will probably have
a better time when he or she is with a friend who knows exactly
how to get to where they’re going. The very shy person (er, not
me!) will have more success at a party with a sociable friend who
can introduce him or her to new people, and so on.
2 Opposites force each other out of their comfort zones. You

know how it goes – you feel anxious about doing something
new for the first time, but, afterwards, you’re really glad that
your friend persuaded you to do it. Friends who have the same
interests and qualities as us don’t challenge us to experience 3 Opposites are free to be
themselves. With their different
new things. Friends who are very different from us introduce us
strengths and skills, they’re not both
to new activities and experiences and this, apparently, helps us
trying to be "the organized one,"
to "grow" as people.
for example, or "the sociable one."
Neither friend is competing in the
relationship. This results in a happier,
less competitive friendship.
4 Opposites don’t get bored with

each other. Simply, the differences
between us keep us interested.
This point reminds me that I once
read somewhere that it would be
people’s worst nightmare if they met
themselves. (Imagine knowing exactly
what the other "you" was thinking and
how this other "you" was going to
respond to something …)
The next time I find myself getting frustrated because I don’t understand why a friend is behaving in a particular
way, I’m going to stop and celebrate the differences between us.
139
UNIT
4 Places and homes

4A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Quantifiers VOCABULARY: Compound nouns

1 Choose the correct options to complete the 3 Match the two parts of the sentences.
sentences.
1 You shouldn’t ride your bike
1 This soup is horrible! I put salt in it. 2 I bought a pair of pants and some plates
a too much b plenty of c too many
3 Harry was late getting home because he was stuck
2 The local people gave us of their
4 Sue drove into town and left her car
traditional food.
a few b a little c much 5 There is a good collection of modern paintings
3 We couldn’t buy clothes because we had 6 We usually play squash on the courts
money. a in a traffic jam.
a not any b not enough c no
b at the sports center.
4 There wasn’t room for us all to get on
c in a pedestrian area.
the bus.
a lots of b enough c plenty d in a parking lot.
5 There’s chance that Hal will win the e at a department store.
competition. f at the art gallery.
a not much b not enough c too much
6 You can’t swim today. It’s cold! 4 Complete the text with compound nouns.
a too much b enough c too
7 people want ice cream in the winter. I live just outside the city, but my office is downtown, so I have to
a Little b Not much c Not many
commute to work every day. When the weather’s good, I ride my
8 We couldn’t make a fire because there wasn’t
wood. bike. Luckily, there is a good 1 path that goes almost
a plenty b any c lots of all the way to my office. And when it rains, there’s an excellent 2
transportation system, so I never use my car to
2 Read the sentences and write appropriate
responses. Use the words in parentheses in get to work – it would be silly to spend time sitting in a traffic 3
the correct form. when there’s a bus every ten minutes!
1 The bus holds 40 people, and 80 people This is a great city for a young person like me to live in. There’s a
want to travel. huge 4 mall – I often go to the sporting-goods stores
The bus . there on my lunch hour. And the night 5 is great, too,
(is/big) 6
with plenty of movie theaters, restaurants, and clubs.
2 You can bring your whole family to stay.
There’s a big sports 7 near my apartment, where I play
We .
(plenty/bedrooms) soccer with my friends on the weekends.
3 I can’t afford to buy this coat.
It .
(too/money) PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
4 It’s hard to buy nice clothes where I live.
There . 5 4.1 Read the sentences and underline the syllables you
in town. (many/stores) think will be stressed. Listen and check.
5 The museum is really popular with tourists. 1 The children made lots of noise.
to visit it. (people/want) 2 Are there enough sandwiches?
6 Dinner’s not ready yet. 3 We don’t have any towels.
You will have to . 4 She gave me too much rice.
(wait/minutes)
5 Make sure there’s plenty of water.
7 We can’t have omelets for lunch.
6 Let’s pick a few strawberries.
There .
(no/eggs)
140
SKILLS 4B
LISTENING: Understanding key points 2 4.3 Listen to the sentences from Patrizia’s
conversation. Focus on the way they use different
words to repeat key points. Complete the sentences.
1 Did you want a place of your own, or are you happy to
with other people?.
2 No, I’ve lived for four years now, and I
don’t want to live with other people again.
3 Obviously, an apartment just for you will be a little
more expensive. It’s to share.
4 It’s not very interesting around there, is it? I’m worried
it could be a bit .
5 It’s in a much livelier area. I think it would be more
.
3 4.4 Look at the sentences. Use the mark _ to

show links between consonants with similar sounds.
One sentence has more than one link. Listen, check,
and repeat.
1 When do you plan to leave Venice?
2 I have to take Katie to the station.
3 Dan’s mom made him stay inside.
4 Polly told me she’d done yoga before.
5 Where did you buy your jacket?
1 4.2 Patrizia has gone to see a real estate agent in
6 I tried to fix Sue’s broken laptop.
order to rent an apartment. Listen to their conversation
7 I hope Lara won’t feel lonely.
and choose the correct options.
8 Morgan made a really good dessert.
1 Why does Patrizia want to live alone?
a She is worried that other people won’t like her dog.
b She has had her own place for a long time and does
4 Use a different form of the same verb to complete
both sentences in 1–8.
not want to share again.
c She thinks it’s cheaper to live on your own. 1 a I have Kelly for a long time.
b We will contact you when we more
2 Why will it be more difficult for her to find an apartment?
facts about the situation.
a There aren’t many apartments where you can
2 a We a great time in France last summer.
keep a dog.
b Why don’t you something to eat
b There aren’t many luxury apartments available.
before we set off again?
c A lot of apartments are not clean and bright.
3 a Unfortunately, Simon’s team the
3 She says that it’s not important to live close to school game.
because b I gave Mel my address and phone number so that
a having somewhere for her dog is more important. we don’t contact.
b she is willing to travel a pretty long way by bike. 4 a When I Eva for the first time, I
c she is only going there for one year. thought she was really scary!
4 Why does she want to live somewhere with lots of b Izzie’s planning to a friend for
restaurants and cafés? coffee this afternoon.
a She will not have time to cook. 5 a I feel terrible – I think I’ve Toni’s cold.
b Areas like that are more interesting. b Amit a cab when he misses the last bus.
c She doesn’t want to cook her own meals. 6 a My sister borrowing my clothes
5 She doesn’t want the first apartment the real estate without asking.
agent suggests because b George said he would come back, and he
a she hates riding in elevators. his promise.
b she doesn’t want to live with people who 7 a Suzi was late because she her bus.
work downtown. b I’m sure you would your brother if
c she doesn’t think she would like the area. he went to live abroad.
8 a Is it OK to photos in here?
6 Why is the second apartment more suitable for her dog?
b The man came into the room and
a They will not need to ride in an elevator.
his coat off.
b The dog likes walking up and down the stairs.
c It is in a lively area.
141
4C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Comparatives and VOCABULARY: Describing homes

superlatives, as … as
3 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
1 Complete the sentences with the phrases in 1 Sophia has three sofas in her basic / spacious / cozy living room.
the box.
2 Tom’s kitchen is really old-fashioned / stylish / modern – he
the best of as good as less difficult certainly doesn’t have a dishwasher!
the most difficult by far the best 3 It’s a two-minute walk to the supermarket, so that’s very
the least difficult one of the best comfortable / convenient / basic.
as difficult as 4 They have a bright / convenient / huge garden that takes up a lot
of their time.
1 Louis is soccer player 5 There’s a shower but no bathtub because my bathroom is so tiny
on our team. / cozy / old-fashioned.
2 Clara was pianists I had 6 This room will look more basic / spacious / cozy with some rugs.
ever heard.
7 Lou’s bedroom only has a closet and a bed, so it’s pretty
3 Saying goodbye to my parents was basic / stylish / bright.
thing I’ve ever done.
8 Her kitchen’s stylish / dark / cozy with that big tree outside.
4 After I gave up sugar, losing weight wasn’t
I thought it would be. 4 Complete the words.
5 Kari is really stressed out. She needs to find a 1 My apartment’s on the p floor and has a great view.
job.
2 Furniture we didn't use was stored down in the b t.
6 Pilar, Rafaelle, and Maya are all good at
3 I live in the s s because it’s cheaper than downtown.
math, but Maya is the
three. 4 There is just one shopping m in the small town
where I live.
7 Neil’s new, so we’re giving him
work to begin with. 5 Grandma has a f floor apartment without stairs.
8 I don’t think this restaurant is 6 Does this t n have a library and a post office?
it used to be. 7 My bedroom has a b y outside that I often sit on.
8 In the summer, do you often eat out on the roof t e?
2 Complete the sentences with the adjectives 9 Max lives on the sixteenth floor of an a t building.
in the box. Add any other words necessary.
10 They had been to the c y, walking among the trees
hot bad angry expensive easy and fields.
late far beautiful
PRONUNCIATION: /ə/ sound
1 I failed my French exam but I
passed Spanish. I find Spanish far
French.
5 4.5 Listen to the sentences. Do the underlined words
contain the /ə/ sound? Write or ✕.
2 It takes me ten minutes to bike home, but
it takes Aidan 20 minutes because he lives 1 My sister’s not as tall as me.
away than me. 2 Dan is by far the best tennis player I know.
3 We stay inside around lunchtime because it 3 It’s a bit cooler today than yesterday.
is part of the day. 4 Gabi is better than me at ballet.
4 I didn’t stay up as my 5 I’d like to get a bigger apartment.
friends because I had to get up early.
6 This is the longest of all the books.
5 The Taj Mahal is
building I have ever seen.
6 When we tried to apologize, Sara seemed to
get even .
7 We had very little money, so we bought
computer in the store.
8 I thought his last novel was bad, but this one
is even than that.
142
SKILLS 4D
WRITING: Writing an informal e-mail
1 Read Owen’s e-mail to his friend Gabe. Divide it into six
paragraphs by putting a / at the end of each one.
Hey Gabe,
Great to hear from you! Sorry for not writing sooner. Fantastic news
about your new job in Los Angeles! I hope you’re enjoying it. I hear the
nightlife is really good there. Can’t wait to come and see you. Do you
have your own apartment? Anyway, everything’s fine here, except that
my sister was in a car crash last week! Luckily, nobody was hurt, but
the car’s in terrible shape. It’s going to cost her a fortune to repair it. So
she’s riding her bike everywhere at the moment and complaining about
it all the time! Speaking of bike riding, did I tell you that Kenny and I are
planning to take our bikes to Colorado this summer? There’s a great
route through the mountains that we want to try. Not sure if Kenny
can ride up a mountain, though. ;-) He hasn’t trained much recently
because he has a new girlfriend, and he’s spending all of his time
with her. You could come with us, too, if you’re free – you’re in much
better shape than Kenny, after all! By the way, did you hear that the
Los Angeles Angels aren't doing too well this year? Not sure if I’ll buy a
season ticket next year. It’s hard to support a team that loses. Anyway,
have to go now – need to be at work early tomorrow, so it has to be an
early night. Let me know what you think about the Colorado trip.
All the best,
Owen
2 Find the informal sentences in the e-mail that have the 4 … and I ended up missing my plane – it was such a
same meaning as these more formal sentences (1–6). disaster!
1 I am looking forward to visiting you in Los Angeles. Matt says to tell you that he wants his
coat back. He says you borrowed it a month ago.
2 I should stop writing now.
5 … and we all went out to celebrate because Hayley
3 I apologize for not replying to your e-mail before now.
passed her driving test.
4 I was very pleased to hear that you have a new job.
driving tests, when are you taking
5 I have not decided if I should buy a season ticket next yours?
year.
6 … I had to borrow a bike from George to get there on
6 Thank you very much for your e-mail. time!
what do you think of George’s new
3 Read the pairs of sentences (1–6). Fill in the blanks girlfriend?
with the discourse markers in the box. There may be
more than one answer. 4 Imagine you are Gabe. Reply to Owen’s e-mail. Write
six paragraphs and include some of the informal
So, … Anyway, … By the way, … Speaking of …
discourse markers from exercise 3. Use some of
these ideas.
1 … and he’s going to be in the hospital for about a month.
I also have some much happier news to • Express sympathy for Owen’s sister.
give you – I got the job at the restaurant! • Talk about your new job and apartment in Los Angeles.
2 … I’ve worked a lot of extra hours recently, so I’ve had a bit • Invite Owen to stay.
more money, and I’ve bought myself a really good tent.
• Accept Owen’s invitation to go bicycling in Colorado
camping, do you feel like taking a trip OR give a reason why you can’t go.
next weekend?
• Say something about the Los Angeles Angels or a team
3 … so it’s really important that you sign the document. you support.
have you seen Martha recently? I heard
that she broke up with Josh.
143
4 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

an unusual night.
LISTENING READING
1 4.6 Listen to the podcast and number a–e in 1 Read Simon's blog on page 145 and choose the
the order in which they happen (1–5). best summary of Simon’s reasons for visiting
his friend, Al.
a Olivia and her daughter got into a cab.
b Olivia and her daughter were shopping in a He wanted to show his friends that he could do new
a department store. things.
c They found themselves in a terrible b He wanted to help Al build a hut to sleep in.
traffic jam. c He wanted to find out what it was like to live in the
d They slept in the department store. country.
e They returned to the department store.
2 According to the blog post, are the sentences true
2 4.6 Listen again and choose the correct (T), false (F), or the writer doesn’t say (DS)?
options. 1 Simon loves cities, but hasn’t always lived
in one.
1 According to Tom, Sam always sleeps
a in unusual places. 2 Simon enjoys the nightlife that the city has
b in expensive hotels. to offer.
c on friends’ sofas. 3 Simon often uses public transportation where
2 What caused the problem for Olivia and her he lives.
daughter? 4 Simon isn’t always completely satisfied with
a There was heavy snow. city life.
b There weren’t enough cabs. 5 Al prefers cold showers to hot showers.
c The store closed early.
6 Simon didn’t leave Al’s field all week.
3 After getting out of the cab, where did they go to?
7 Simon did all the cooking while he was
a a nearby café
staying with Al.
b a bedding store
c the same department store 8 While Simon was staying with him, Al slept
outdoors.
4 While they were waiting for the snow to stop, they
a looked out of the window.
b sat on the beds. 3 Find compound nouns in the text to match
c ate some food. definitions 1–6.
5 Where did they spend the night? 1 A place where you can get exercise
a in the basement 2 A place where you can buy lots of different things
b on the first floor
3 A system of vehicles that anyone can use
c on the second floor
4 When cars and other vehicles are in a line and
6 How was Olivia and her daughter’s night at the
cannot move
department store?
a rather uncomfortable 5 A place where you can see paintings
b very comfortable 6 A place where you go dancing
c pretty cold
144
REVIEW
Guest blogger Simon writes about his visit to the country.
As readers of this blog know, at heart

I’m a city person, despite growing up
on a farm. OK, there are plenty of things
about the city that I don’t particularly
like. For example, you won’t find me in a
nightclub at three o’clock in the morning,
and, as I’ve said before, I’m no fan of this
city’s many shopping malls. However,
there are certain aspects of city life that
I really do appreciate – the art galleries,
the theaters, the restaurants and cafés,
and so on. And as a non-driver, I find the
public transportation you get in a city very
convenient.
That said, from time to time I wonder
whether there’s a better life out there
in the country, away from all the traffic
jams, the constant noise, and, of course,
the pollution. (Doesn’t everyone?) So
to explore this idea, last week I went to
stay with my old high school friend, Al,
who lives in a field. Yes, readers, a field!
Admittedly, he has a shelter to sleep in – a
small, wooden hut that he built himself.
I considered the shower option, but having tested the
But pretty much everything else, such as
temperature with my hand, I decided, instead, to take
cooking and washing, for example, he
advantage of the facilities in the local sports center.
does outdoors. I’m sure Al wouldn’t mind
(I know, I know!)
me saying this, but as accommodations
go, it’s pretty basic. However, I have to say that, overall, I really enjoyed the
experience of living closer to nature. I loved hearing
Now, I don’t know about you, readers, but
the birds sing as I chopped vegetables for dinner in the
I take a shower every day, and I like being
outdoor kitchen. Reading my book on what Al calls his
able to wash my clothes once in a while,
"roof terrace" – the very strong (!) roof of his hut, I felt
so for me, this was a new experience. To
more relaxed than I can remember feeling for ages. And
start, there was very little hot water. Al,
at night, in the hut, which Al very kindly let me stay in
who somehow always manages to look
while he slept under the stars, I had, by far, the best
very clean, washes in a solar-powered
sleep I’ve had in years.
outdoor shower, but last week, there
wasn’t enough sun to make the water You’ve probably noticed that I haven’t mentioned the
really warm. Halfway through the week, bathroom facilities. Perhaps that’s for the best!
145
UNIT
5 Money and shopping

5A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Zero and first VOCABULARY: Money

conditional; future time clauses
3 Match the underlined words with the words in the box.
1 Complete the sentences with the verbs in
the box. mortgage bill cash loan taxes coin broke wealthy
don’t work work won’t work works 1 I do some jobs for my neighbor, and he pays me in paper and
will pay pay pays won’t pay metal money.
2 She must be rich – she has three houses.
1 I’ll cut the grass every week if you
me. 3 You have to put a piece of metal money into the machine to
make it work.
2 We get seven dollars for each kilo of fruit
we pick. If you hard, you can 4 I want to buy a new car, so I’m going to ask the bank for a sum
earn a lot. of money I have to pay back.
3 Rafi can have the watch as soon as she 5 He couldn’t go to the restaurant because he was completely
me for it. without any money.
4 If Alex doesn’t offer us enough cash, we 6 Do you think that rich people should pay more money that goes
for him. to the government?
5 Anna won’t pass her exams unless she 7 Half of their wages go to paying the money they owe the bank
harder. for their house.
6 If Marco isn’t prepared to do as much as 8 Inside the card was a $50 piece of paper money.
his colleagues, we him.
7 We have no other choice. If we
4 Complete the second sentence to mean the same as the first.
, we don’t eat – it’s that 1 Eva let Kris have $15 until Friday.
simple! Eva Kris $15 until Friday.
8 If they finish the job by the end of the day, I 2 Petra got $30 from the ATM.
them extra.
Petra out $30 from the ATM.
2 Use the prompts to complete zero or first 3 Rochelle bought us each a pizza.
conditionals or future time clauses. Include Rochelle for our pizzas.
commas where necessary. 4 Peter lent Ollie the train fare.
1 I Ollie the train fare from Peter.
me to. (not call you/again today/unless/ 5 Clara gave Wes the money she owed him.
want) Clara Wes back.
2 If you 6 Janie bought the jacket with her credit card.
you one. (not have/raincoat/I/lend)
Janie for the jacket by credit card.
3 Ed’s so shy. If you
7 Yolanda deposited the money into her savings account.
bright red. (try/speak to him/usually/go)
Yolanda the money into her savings account.
4 Your hands
gloves. (get cold/if/not wear)
5 You’ve broken Rick’s guitar! He PRONUNCIATION: Intonation
!
(be/really angry/when/find out)
5 5.1 Listen and repeat the sentences. Pay attention to the
falling intonation.
6 Mom
my room. (not let/me/go out/until/clean) 1 If John and I go out, it’s usually to the theater.
2 We’ll be late if you don’t hurry.
3 I won’t go to the show unless Kate wants to.
4 If it’s too warm, I’ll open the window.
5 Molly gets angry if we tease her.
6 I’ll talk to Dan if I see him.
146
SKILLS 5B
READING: Identifying opinions
Buy Nothing Day

D Tamara, eighteen, was the only person I spoke
to who had actually heard of Buy Nothing Day. "I
A Did you know that next Saturday is international
took part in something called a ‘zombie walk’ last
"Buy Nothing Day"? No, me neither until an e-mail
year," she told me. "The idea was that advertising
from an anti-consumerist group popped into my
kills people’s brains and turns them into the
inbox yesterday. Apparently, the idea is that we
living dead – like zombies! We all walked around
should all keep our cash firmly in our pockets for
a department store dressed up like dead people,
one day, just to show the big corporations that
getting in everyone else’s way." And does she
they don’t control us completely.
have similar plans this year? "To be honest, I
B I went out to the mall in downtown Santiago, to don’t think it was that effective. The same people
see what shoppers there think of the idea. First, are organizing a mass credit card cut-up, but I
I met Camila, a 20-year-old student, struggling won’t be taking part."
with armloads of new purchases. "As far as I’m
E Camila looks at Tamara in amazement. "Cutting
concerned, the whole idea sounds a bit ridiculous,"
up my credit card would be like cutting off
she told me. "If I don’t go shopping this Saturday,
a hand for me!" she laughs. "I can’t see how
I’ll just buy even more next week instead."
anyone lives without one." "I wish more people
C Javier, who works in a phone store, disagrees. would cut up their cards," Javier says quietly. "It
"If you ask me, we all consume far too much, and seems to me that we’re so busy worrying about
we could benefit from stopping, even for just one whether we have the smartest clothes or the
day. Campaigns like this could be a useful way of newest phones, we forget about the important
making people more aware of their own actions. things in life, like friends and family and culture."
Too many people are making themselves miserable He stops and laughs, "But please don’t tell my
by wasting money on stuff they don’t even need." boss I said that!"
1 Read the text quickly. Are the statements true or false? 3 Complete each sentence with even or just. Then
match the uses of even and just with meanings a–f.
1 Most of the young people in the text like the idea
of Buy Nothing Day. 1 You need to wait here for one minute.
2 The "zombie walk" expresses a similar idea to Buy
Nothing Day. 2 George earns a lot, but his brother is
3 Javier’s boss would be pleased to support Buy more wealthy.
Nothing Day. 3 Katie took my bike, and she didn’t
ask.
2 Read the text again and decide who has the following 4 We all managed to climb the mountain –
opinions. Write C for Camila, J for Javier, T for Tamara, Rod!
or N if nobody expresses the opinion. 5 This jacket is what I need
1 Buy Nothing Day is a silly idea. for winter.
2 Companies’ profits go down on Buy Nothing Day. 6 To get a cup of coffee, you
press this button.
3 It would be good for everyone to buy less.
4 Events like Buy Nothing Day can make people a expressing surprise
think about their behavior. b exactly
5 People often get into debt because they buy c simply
too much. d only
6 Shoppers become unhappy when they buy e emphasizing a negative
goods that are unnecessary.
f emphasizing a comparison
7 The zombie walk wasn’t very effective.
8 It is necessary for most people to have a
credit card.
9 Destroying your credit card is a good idea.
10 We place too much importance on buying things.
147
5C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Predictions: will, VOCABULARY: Shopping

be going to, may/might
3 Complete the sentences with the words and phrases in the box.
1 Read the sentences and match statements
1–6 with meanings a–f. salesclerk sold out in-store checkout
reasonable sale in stock
1 It’s impossible for Ava to get more
points than the leader now.
1 If something is , it is available to buy immediately.
2 Ava’s doing better than I expected now.
2 The job of a is to serve customers in a store.
3 There’s only one more round, and Ava’s
well ahead of the other competitors. 3 If the price of a product is , it is worth at least as
much as you paid for it.
4 Ava will be competing against more
skilled and more experienced people. 4 When products are being sold for less than usual, they are on
.
5 Ava’s great, but there’s one other
competitor who’s as good as her. 5 When there is no more left to buy of a product, it is .
6 I can’t think of anyone who’s better 6 shopping is done in a store rather than online.
than Ava. 7 The place where you pay for your shopping is the .
a She might win the competition.

4 Complete the conversation with shopping words.
b She probably won’t win the competition.
c She might not win the competition. Zack Going shopping is so tiring! It’s much easier to sit in
d She’s not going to win the competition. an armchair and 1b loads of different
e I’m sure she’ll win the competition. websites.
Harvey But I much prefer to see things before I buy them.
f She looks like she’s going to win the
Zack That’s why I usually 2o a few things and
competition.
choose the best one.
Harvey But then you have to 3r the ones you
2 Complete the conversation with will/won’t, don’t want – I just can’t be bothered! And I think online
going to, or might and verbs from the box.
shopping encourages people to buy too much. It’s too
There may be more than one answer.
easy to put lots of 4i in your
5b . In a store, you know you’re going to
write enjoy be (x 5) have send
have to carry them home, and it feels more real.
Zack But I think online shopping actually saves you money.
You can check the price of a 6p on
A Everyone’s worked so hard on next Friday’s different sites to make sure you get the best deal.
concert. It’s definitely 1 the Harvey The other important thing for me is that once I’ve bought
best one ever! something, I can have it immediately – I don’t like
B That’s great news! waiting!
A In fact, we’ve sold so many tickets, I’m Zack Yeah, but lots of sites have free next-day
worried that we 2 enough 7d , and you don’t have to carry anything
space. home!
B Do you think Rex Brown 3 a
review for the local paper?
A I hope so. And we’ve also had an
enthusiastic e-mail from a music magazine, PRONUNCIATION: Word stress
so I think they 4 a journalist,
too. 5 5.2 Read the sentences aloud. Remember to pronounce
B I hope you 5 too nervous on probably with two syllables and definitely with three syllables.
the night of the concert. Listen and repeat.
A I don’t think it 6 too bad
1 She probably won’t answer.
because everyone in the audience
7 a fan. 2 The weather will probably get better.
B I wish I wasn’t working that night. But if I 3 You’ll definitely pass your exams.
leave early I 8 able to see the 4 Becky is probably going to come later.
second half. 5 Dad definitely won’t be happy.
A Please try to come. I’m sure you
9 6 It’s definitely not going to snow.
it!
148
SKILLS 5D
SPEAKING: Explaining what’s wrong

3 Complete the conversation with the words in the
box. There are three extra words.
work possible missing broken could

exchange wrong return like model
A Can I help you, sir?

B 1 I2 this camera,
please?
A Is there a problem with it, sir?
B Yes. It doesn’t 3 .
A Not at all?
B No. I can’t even get it to turn on. I think there’s
something 4 with the "on" button.
A May I look? Oh yes, I think it’s 5 . I’ll
get you another one.
B I think I’d 6 a refund, if that’s
7 .
A Certainly, sir.
4 For 1–6, use your own ideas to explain what is wrong

or to say what you would like to happen. Do not use
the same phrase twice.
1 I’m returning these headphones.
1 5.3 Gisela works in a clothing store. Listen to her .
conversations with two customers and complete the Could I exchange them for another pair, please?
sentences. 2 I’d like to return this jacket. It’s too big.
1 The woman’s T-shirt doesn’t . It’s too .
.
3 Could I return this video game?
2 Gisela offers her a smaller .
.
3 The woman asks for a . I’d like another one, if that’s possible.
4 She doesn’t have the . 4 I’d like to return this flashlight. It’s broken.
5 She agrees to it for a smaller T-shirt. .
6 The second customer would like to 5 I bought this printer last week, and it doesn’t work.
a coat.
.
7 The coat is on the inside.
6 I’d like to exchange these pants, please.
8 He has changed his mind about the coat and doesn’t
.
it any more.
2 Match items a–e with problems 1–5.

1 It’s scratched.
2 It keeps crashing.
3 There’s something wrong with the back
wheel.
4 It’s too tight.
5 There are some pieces missing.
a jigsaw
b tablet
c CD
d shirt
e bicycle
149
5 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE
Tom and Sam talk

about house sharing.
LISTENING READING
1 5.4 Listen to the podcast and check ( ) the 1 Read Kate‘s blog on page 151 and choose the best
correct sentences. summary.
a James said he didn’t have any money. Kate wants to
b Jessica and her roommate always refused a stop wasting her money on products that she does
to lend James any money. not need.
c Jessica and her roommate often gave b spend less so that she can save enough money for
James money. a vacation.
d Jessica and her roommate told James’s c buy nothing during the month of January.
parents about the problem.
e In the end, James gave Jessica and her roommate 2 Choose the correct options to complete the
the money he owed them. sentences.
2 5.4 Listen again and complete the sentences 1 Kate thinks that the people who read her blog
with one or two words. a won’t believe she can change her spending habits.
b will think that it will be easy for her to change her
1 Sam gives an example of a mean roommate who spending habits.
argues about the gas or . c will try to help her change her spending habits.
2 Tom complains that Sam never buys the 2 Kate’s goal is to
. a get Simon’s permission before she buys anything.
3 Jessica shared a house with two other people b have enough money for an exciting vacation
when she was in . abroad.
4 Jessica and her roommate often c only buy things that cost less than $30.
James money, but he didn’t pay them back. 3 Simon will help Kate by
5 Jessica used to feel guilty when she saw that a always going shopping with her.
James had nothing . b giving her advice about what she should and
should not buy.
6 James’s parents were . c stopping her from buying anything.
7 Jessica told James that she would 4 According to Kate, 30 percent of people who shop
his parents. using their cell phone
8 Jessica thinks that James asked someone for a buy sports gear.
a so that he could pay back the b do this while they are at the doctor’s.
money he owed. c do this while they are waiting.
5 It is clear that Simon has told Kate
a to send some unnecessary items back to the
company.
b never to buy yoga pants.
c not to use her cell phone to shop.
6 When Kate tries on clothes, she
a never thinks she looks nice in the mirror.
b thinks she always looks fantastic.
c always takes advice from the staff in the store.
150
REVIEW
Guest blogger Kate writes about

her New Year's resolutions.
OK, I’m a week or so late with these, but better sports gear while I’m in the doctor’s waiting room
late than never! As it’s the time of year for New because we all know what happens when I do
Year’s resolutions, I’ve decided to make a fresh that … (And, yes, Simon, I’m returning those two
start with my finances. Yes, friends, it may be a pairs of yoga pants that I don’t need. They’re
huge challenge for someone like me, but I’m going in the mail right now, on their way back to the
to try to change the spending habits of a lifetime! company.)
(Now, don’t look at me like that – I’ll become a
No visiting the shopping malls. At least when I
saver, not a spender – you’ll see!) And here’s how:
order something online, there’s no salesclerk to
I now have a "money buddy." His name is Simon,
tell me that I look fantastic in whatever piece of
and this is how it works. I’ve told Simon about my
clothing I’m trying on! (And I’m the kind of person
aim for this year – to save up enough money to
who believes what the salesclerks say, even when
go skydiving in the summer in Lake Wanaka, New
the mirror tells a different story!)
Zealand. Simon and I have agreed that if I want
to buy a big item, I’ll ask him first. Simply, I won’t No taking advantage of discounts, even when they
buy anything costing over $30 unless he says I seem amazing. And for anyone else who struggles
can. Those of you who have met Simon know that when items are on sale, let me pass on my money
he’s pretty strict, so he should be good in this role! buddy’s words of wisdom: "If you don’t need
(He’s already made me return some shoes that I something, you’re wasting your money when you
bought in December.) buy, it whatever the price."
No more browsing while waiting! Now, I’m clearly If I do all these things, I’ll definitely be able to
not alone in this habit. Apparently, 30 percent of save enough money for my trip to New Zealand.
people who use their cell phones to shop do so So wish me luck, readers, and I’ll check in next
while waiting in line. This is a habit that I’m totally month to let you know how I’m doing.
going to break. This month! No more browsing
151
UNIT
6 Work and education

6A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Present perfect and VOCABULARY: Work and careers (1)

simple past, already, yet, recently
3 Match sentences 1–7 with a–g.
1 Complete the sentences with the verbs in 1 They gave Ravi a better job with more money.
the box.
2 Hamza spent a week away from the office learning
have you done have lived went how to design a website.
hasn’t been did you do 3 When Aidan was 65, he stopped working.
didn’t go lived has been 4 Jack worked for an electronics company as part of his
degree.
1 Vicky to Buenos Aires twice 5 Rick’s job wasn’t needed any more, and he had to leave
this year. the company.
2 your homework yet? 6 Ivan worked at a local newspaper before he applied for
3 I wonder why Laura to see us a job with a national paper.
recently? 7 Alex decided to leave his job.
4 Carol and Dom’s house is in Barcelona. They
a He took a training d He retired.
in Spain for several years now.
course. e He got experience first.
5 When he was a child, Rory
b He did a job placement. f He got a promotion.
with his grandparents.
c He resigned. g He was laid off.
6 Jake to Tokyo for two weeks
last spring.
7 any surfing while you were in 4 Complete the words for work and careers.
Australia? 1 Now I’ve got so much experience, I deserve to get a
8 Rose to Owen’s party last p .
weekend. 2 Ayesha got f for doing online shopping at work.
3 I’m going to college to get the s I need to
2 Complete the text with the present perfect or become a translator.
simple past form of the verbs in parentheses.
4 Do you believe that politicians who lie should r ?
5 Paloma managed to get an i with a fashion
My father 1 (work) in Kenya for magazine during her summer vacation.
five years when I was a child, and we all went 6 I need to earn some cash. Where’s the best place to
with him. My parents 2 (be) back l for a job?
every two years since then, but since I
3 (start) work three years ago, PRONUNCIATION: Present perfect and simple past
I4 (not be) able to go with them.
5 6.1 Listen and complete the sentences with verbs in the
Unfortunately, I’m not free when they’re going present perfect or simple past. Then listen again and repeat.
this year either, so I 5 (decide) to 1 I Ethan to come to the meeting.
go on my own. 2 David to Mexico last year.
I still have a couple of good friends in Nairobi, 3 They a horse.
and although I 6 (not see) them 4 I my friend to help me.
for a few years, we keep in touch by e-mail and 5 Did you know that Scott to Chicago?
Skype. I 7 (get) a wonderful letter 6 They a new car.
from one of them last week, offering to take me to
Nairobi National Park. I’m really excited because
I8 (never be) there before.
152
SKILLS 6B
LISTENING: Understanding specific information
2 6.2 Listen to the conversation. Complete these
answers to exercise 1.
1 She’s a .
2 Briscoe.
3 She it.
4 In order to have a rewarding .
5 An extra .
6 She fixes her own .
7 She suggests an with an
company.
8 An engineering company.
9 No, they don’t usually earn as as other
employees.
10 She thinks it sounds .
3 6.3 Underline the words you think will be

stressed. Listen and check.
1 Going to one of the top colleges will help you get a
well-paid job.
1 Before you listen to the conversation about Megan's 2 College isn’t necessarily the best choice for
everyone.
future education, match questions 1–10 with the
information you need (a–j). 3 It’s a good idea to get some work experience before
you decide on a career.
1 What is Sue Kerridge’s job?
4 Will wants to work as a science teacher.
2 What is Megan’s dad’s name?
5 You will need to get some more skills.
3 How does Megan feel about school?
6 Some supermarkets offer training courses for future
4 Why does her dad want her to go to college? managers.
5 How much more can people with college
degrees earn? 4 Complete the sentences.
6 What does Megan enjoy doing when she
needs to? 1 An is someone who works for
someone else.
7 What does Sue suggest Megan should do
before she decides about her future? 2 We usually send a letter with a CV.
8 What sort of engineering company does she 3 If you are for something at work, you
mention, in particular? have to make sure it happens or is done.
9 Do people doing internships usually earn more 4 Your working are the circumstances
than people with a normal job? that affect your job.
5 jobs do not last for a fixed period of
10 What does Megan think of Sue’s suggestion? time.
6 A job is one that you get satisfaction
a an amount of money from.
b a word that shows an emotion 7 A person who is does not have a job.
c a piece of advice 8 In a job, you have to do a lot of
d a reason for something different things.
e the name of a job
f an opinion
g a comparison
h an activity
i a person’s name
j a type of company
153
6C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Present perfect VOCABULARY: Education

continuous and present perfect
3 Read the sentences and check ( ) True or False.
1 Choose the correct options to complete the
sentences. 1 Students usually have to pay to go to a public school. True False
1 Ed has his friend’s birthday every year 2 A term is a period of time when students are in
for the last 40 years.
True False
school.
a remembered b been remembering 3 You become a graduate when you start studying at
True False
2 How long have you studying today? a college.
a been b been spending
4 Principals teach the oldest children in a school. True False
3 Gaby has the house all morning.
a cleaned b been cleaning 5 If you cheat on an exam, you do something that is
True False
not allowed.
4 I hope you haven’t very long.
a waiting b been waiting 6 "Taking notes" means getting written information
True False
from your teacher.
5 Rex has a member of this club for
almost five years. 7 If you hand in work, you give it to your teacher. True False
a been b been being 8 Students are likely to get into trouble if they don’t
6 My parents have this house since 1998.
True False
do their homework.
a owned b been owning
9 A schedule is a list of school dates, but not times. True False
7 I’m so tired – I’ve wood for the fire.
a chopped b been chopping 10 Children usually start elementary school when
True False
they are 16.
8 What has Marta ? She’s covered in mud!
a done b been doing
4 Complete the sentences with education words.
2 Complete the conversation with the verbs in 1 The students behave in Mr. Gallagher’s class. They have to,
the box. Use the present perfect continuous because he is very s .
or present perfect form.
2 My girlfriend teaches politics in college. She’s a l .
practice know mean have 3 Lola isn’t at home during the semester because she goes to
take not learn play b s .
4 Gustavo’s at the University of São Paulo doing a d
Federika Hey, Adam! Is that your guitar? I didn’t in Engineering.
know you played. 5 Samira’s studying in the library because she has to
Adam Well I 1 for very long, r her notes for an important exam.
and I’m not very good yet. You have 6 Anna’s daughter is three, so she just started n
a guitar, too, don’t you? s .
Federika Yes, I do. I 2 it since I was 7 Ian’s parents saved all their money in order to send him to a
four. In fact, my band has a concert p s .
next week – do you want to come? 8 Ben worked really hard on his essay, and his teacher gave him a
Adam Sure, I’d love to. Are you nervous about g g .
playing? 9 Astrid had to take her exams again because she f
Federika A bit. I 3 for weeks, but them the first time.
some of the songs are really difficult, 10 We get our g next week – I’m so nervous because
and I’m still getting used to my new I need to pass this course!
guitar. I 4 it for a couple
of months now, but it still feels strange. PRONUNCIATION: Weak form of been
By the way, do you have a teacher?
Adam Well, I 5 classes with 5 6.4 Listen and repeat. Pay attention to the pronunciation of
a man my sister recommended, but I been and the way the words are stressed.
don’t like him that much. Do you know
1 She hasn’t been married for long.
anyone good?
2 I’ve been hoping to meet her.
Federika You should try Fergus Jones. I
6 him for years, and he’s 3 The children have been playing.
great. In fact, I’ll call him for you if 4 Have you been talking to Luca?
you’d like – I 7 to get in 5 Veronica’s been complaining again.
touch with him for ages. 6 Kyle’s been having problems at work.
154
SKILLS 6D
WRITING: Writing a cover letter
2 Check ( ) the points from the job ad that Lulu
SUMMER CAMP COUNSELORS includes in her letter.
NEEDED FOR LANGUAGE SCHOOL 1 organizing sports activities
Sunshine School provides summer camps for over 1,000 2 organizing art activities
teenagers from around the world. We aim to develop their language
3 accompanying students on cultural visits
skills in a comfortable, safe, but fun environment.
4 supervising meal times
Counselors’ duties include:
• organizing sports and art activities 5 being reliable
• accompanying students on cultural visits 6 being friendly
• supervising meal times
7 working well as part of a team
Candidates should:
• be reliable and friendly 8 being energetic
• work well as part of a team 9 being enthusiastic
• be energetic and enthusiastic 10 having excellent written and spoken English
• have excellent written and spoken English
11 knowing other languages
A knowledge of one or more foreign languages and good IT skills
would be an advantage. 12 having good IT skills
To apply, please send your CV to David Green, explaining why you
are interested in this position. Please provide details of your 3 Rewrite the underlined sentences from Lulu’s cover
qualifications, skills, and any relevant experience. letter in a more formal style.
1 My CV’s attached to this e-mail.

1 Read Lulu’s cover letter. Complete 1–11 with the 2 I’m trying to learn Japanese at the moment.
correct prepositions.

3 It was wonderful!

Dear Mr. Green,
4 I’ve got loads of energy, and I love working with
I am writing to apply 1 the position of Summer other people.
Camp Counselor. My CV’s attached to this e-mail.
I am currently doing a degree 2 psychology. 5 All the best,
I am particularly interested 3 working with

young people in the future, so I believe that working
4 a summer camp counselor would be the
ideal job for me.
4 The same school is looking for someone to arrange
transportation from the airport for adult students
I am passionate 5 travel and language
learning because they help people from different countries
arriving in the U.S. during July and August.
understand each other. I am proficient 6 Read the job description below and write a
Spanish and Russian, and I’m trying to learn Japanese cover letter to David Green, applying for that job.
at the moment. I believe that my knowledge of languages Remember to provide details of your qualifications,
would help me communicate well with your students. skills, and any relevant experience.
Last year, I had a summer job with the city youth program.
I enjoyed working as part of a group that was responsible
7 sports activities. I worked with children Duties include:
from different backgrounds and helped to support children
who found group activities difficult. It was wonderful! In • reserving buses and cabs to meet students
addition, I babysat once a week, which shows that I am a at U.S. airports
reliable person. I have loads of energy, and I love working • contacting host families to arrange
with other people. I believe that this, together with my accommodations for students
experience, makes me ideal 8 the role, and I
would very much welcome the opportunity to work
9
Candidates should:
your organization.
Thank you 10 considering my application.
• have a good level of education
I look forward 11 hearing from you. • have a polite, confident telephone manner
• be extremely well-organized and reliable
All the best, • be prepared to work on weekends
Lulu Ramirez
155
6 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE
Tom and Sam talk

about a job interview.
LISTENING READING
1 6.5 Listen to the podcast and check ( ) the 1 Read Jack‘s blog on page 157 and choose the best
words that you hear. summary.
a varied a College is not the best way to get a good job.
b stressful b You need work experience to get a good job.
c skills c College is not the only way to get a good job.
d well-paid
e rewarding 2 Check ( ) the correct sentences.
f career 1 Jack is very happy for the young people
g application form who are going to go to college.
h part-time 2 Jack says that you do not need a college

degree to get a good job.
i full-time
3 Will studied at a public school.
j permanent
4 Will always listened carefully during his
classes.
options to complete the sentences. 5 Will didn’t get any experience cooking on
his first job in a restaurant.
1 After an interview, Tom once accidentally
6 All of the restaurants that Will worked in were
a started a fire.
successful.
b made an alarm start.
c broke a window. 7 In one of his jobs, Will had to do the same
task all the time.
2 Patrick has been trying to find a new job for
a eighteen months. 8 One of Will's bosses realized that he was
b twelve months. talented and gave him a more important job.
c six months.
3 Patrick has had his present job for about
3 Use words and phrases from the blog to complete
a half a year. sentences 1–6.
b three years. 1 My father was very depressed after he was
c three and a half years. .
4 Patrick’s friend 2 If I , I will
a used to work for the computer company. earn more money.
b started working for the company five years ago. 3 My son got excellent , so we went to a
c has applied for the same job as Patrick. restaurant to celebrate.
5 During the interview, Patrick noticed that 4 I took a to learn new
a the man was reading his application form. skills.
b the woman was reading his application form.
c both interviewers were reading his application 5 I wanted to of work
form. before I finished college, so I always got a job during
the summer.
6 Patrick explained that he wasn’t applying for
a a full-time job. 6 I got my in history, so I became a
b a permanent job. history teacher.
c the position of telephone sales representative.
156
REVIEW
Guest blogger Jack talks about alternatives to college.
an expensive private school where the poor guy

kept getting into trouble for not paying attention
in class. He wasn’t a bad boy, you understand – I
mean he never misbehaved really badly or did
anything terrible. He just wasn’t very interested in
the subjects that he was being taught. (Probably
rather disappointing for his poor parents who, I’m
sure, only wanted the best for him!)
However, there was one topic that Will was
extremely interested in learning about when he
was a teenager – one thing that he was prepared
to work really hard at. And that topic was FOOD.
For as long as he can remember, he’s loved
cooking (and of course eating!). When the other
boys were kicking a ball around in the park, Will
was in the kitchen, looking through his mom’s
recipe books (or, when she allowed it, cooking!).
As soon as he was old enough, he got a weekend
job, washing dishes in a restaurant, just so that
he could experience a professional kitchen.
While his classmates were studying for exams,
During the next few weeks, young people across
Will was busy loading plates into huge, industrial
the country will graduate from high school.
dishwashers. He’s worked in a kitchen ever since.
Some will spend the next four years getting
a degree in college. Congratulations to those Will’s career path has twisted and turned – that’s
bright young people! I know how hard they’ve all to be expected. The work has been exhausting
been working for the last several years. I hope – and, no doubt, stressful. In the early years,
they’ve gotten the grades they need to continue he was laid off several times because the
with their education and sincerely wish them all restaurants he was working in weren’t making
the best with their studies. enough money. At one stage, he was holding
two part-time jobs, just to earn enough money.
However, I think it’s worth reminding any young
In another job, he spent ten hours a day, six days
readers out there that a college education isn’t the
a week, preparing vegetables. But after a year in
only route to a successful career.
that job, his manager recognized his ability (or at
Take my business partner, Will, for example. least his enthusiasm!), and he got a promotion.
Will was sixteen when he left school. (This was And all this time, he was learning new skills and
allowed in his state!) His parents had sent him to getting valuable experience.
Will didn’t get a formal degree – in fact, he’s never even taken a training course – but last year, he and I finally
bought our own restaurant together. Congratulations, Will – I’m so proud of you!
157
UNIT
7 Entertainment
7A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: The passive VOCABULARY: Movies

1 Choose the correct options to complete the 3 Order the letters to make movie words.
sentences.
1 I don’t have a computer at the moment. It . Zara So what movie did you see last night?
a is fixing b is being fixed Raf It was a Spanish movie, 1 tse in Madrid. It’s
c fixes a 2 leesqu to a movie that I saw last year.
2 Last year, he in a traffic accident. Zara I didn’t know you spoke Spanish!
a was injured b injured Raf I don’t. But it had 3 ibustlest .
c was being injured Zara I prefer it when foreign films are 4 budbed .
Anyway, was it good?
3 Unwanted items can to us at the above
Raf The 5 satc was fantastic, especially the main
address.
a be returning b be returned actor. It had a pretty complicated 6 tolp
c return that was sometimes hard to follow. What have you seen
recently?
4 Sadly, much of the forest has now .
Zara I saw a 7 rorohr movie last week.
a destroy b destroyed
Raf Oh no, I can’t stand blood!
c been destroyed
Zara I know, but it was good, and really funny at times.
5 They just announced that the flight by Raf Who wrote the 8 tcrisp for it?
two hours.
Zara I don’t know, but the main character was
a is delaying b will be delayed 9 depaly by Douglas Booth. And the
c will delay 10 nostudrack was amazing. I’ve been
6 The kitchen at the moment. listening to it on my headphones all morning.
a is painted b painting
c is being painted
7 So much progress in so little time. 4 Complete the movie words.
a been achieved b has achieved
1 Ian likes ac movies with lots of fights.
c has been achieved
2 The movie will be re next spring.
8 How much of your food each week?
a throws away b is throwing away 3 The movie’s special ef were amazing,
c is thrown away especially the ones in space.
4 We watched a do
2 Complete the sentences using the verbs in the about the final years of the artist’s life.
box in the passive form with the prompts in 5 The wedding sc at the end was hilarious.
parentheses. 6 My favorite movies are ba on real-life stories.
film ring invent punish 7 It was a science-fi movie, set in the 25th
announce advise decorate century.
8 Sarah knows all the songs from that mu .
1 We can’t go in the living room because it
. (present continuous)
PRONUNCIATION: Past participles
2 The electric battery by
Alessandro Volta. (simple past) 5 7.1 Match the vowels in the underlined words with a–d. Say
3 Those bells at eleven o’clock the sentences aloud. Then listen, check, and repeat.
every morning. (simple present)
a /ow/ b /ɑ/ c /ʌ/ d /ɔ/
4 She by her doctor to stop taking
1 Both movies had been dubbed into Italian.
the pills. (present perfect)
2 The movie was watched by 9.2 million viewers.
5 The results of the competition
as I arrived. (past continuous) 3 Which actor was chosen to play the part?
6 Some early scenes in the movie 4 Her lines were spoken by a different person.
in the studio. (future with will) 5 The movie won three Oscars.
7 People for their crimes. (+ must) 6 The plot is about a lost astronaut.
158
SKILLS 7B
READING: Guessing the meaning of words from context
The best method?

W hile Daniel Day-Lewis was playing the lead role in the movie Lincoln, he is reported to have started signing his text messages
a
"A" for Abraham, so entangled had his identity become with his screen character. His friends found this strange, but it was all
part of the way he worked.
Day-Lewis was practicing "method acting," a technique developed by the Russian actor and director Konstantin Stanislavski. Ideas
about method acting have evolved over the years, but the central aim has always been for the actor to achieve complete emotional
identification with the character he or she is playing. In practice, bthat often means preparing for a role by having the same
experiences as the character or, at the very least, making an effort to learn as much as possible about such experiences.
Such preparations can take many forms. Actors may move to another country and immerse
themselves in an unfamiliar culture. They might learn a language or a skill such as horseriding or
playing a musical instrument, or interview people who witnessed a particular event. Some actors,
however, take things further. Much, much further. Christian Bale, for example, shed a massive 28
kilos to play Trevor Reznik, a man with severe psychological problems, in The Machinist, while Jamie
Foxx actually glued his eyes together to bring added authenticity to his role as the blind musician Ray
Charles. However, it was so uncomfortable that he soon gave cthis up.
Probably the most famous recent example of extreme method acting
is Leonardo DiCaprio in The Revenant. DiCaprio put himself through
an unbelievably punishing regime of sleeping out in the wilderness,
swimming in freezing rivers, and even eating the raw flesh of a bison
(and he’s a vegetarian!). dThat gave him a real taste of the life he was about to portray.
Sadly for him, however, not everyone appreciated his efforts, with some people seeing them primarily
as an attempt to gain the Oscar that had been eluding him for so long. eThis meant that the Internet
was soon awash with spoof posters showing DiCaprio’s character in various desperate situations,
with captions such as: "Do this man a favor. Just give him his Oscar!"
1 Read the article and choose the best options to 2 Find the words in bold in the text. Look at the
complete the sentences. immediate context and choose the best options.
1 Daniel Day-Lewis wrote "A" on his texts because 1 If two things are entangled, they are joined together /
a he admired Abraham Lincoln so much. damaging one another / difficult to understand.
b he confused himself with Abraham Lincoln. 2 If something evolves, it changes completely /
c he didn’t want people to know who they were from. changes suddenly / changes gradually.
2 In method acting, the actor aims to 3 If you immerse yourself in something, you spend a
a look as much like the character as possible. lot of time doing or experiencing it / try to copy it /
b use a range of different acting methods. strongly dislike it.
c think the same way as the character.
4 Authenticity means being impressive / real / painful.
3 If a movie is about a particular event in history, the
5 If something eludes you, you want it very much /
actor can find out more by
almost achieve it / do not manage to achieve it.
a reading interviews with people who were there.
b learning more about history. 6 A spoof is a humorous version / a criticism / an illegal
c talking to people who were there. version of something.
4 Leonardo DiCaprio suffered a lot because
a his director wanted the scenes to look realistic. 3 Match a–e (this and that) in the text with meanings
b he wanted to have a better understanding of his 1–8. There are three extra meanings.
character. 1 the fact that method acting has changed
c he thought it would make people see the 2 writing "A" on his text messages
movie.
3 learning to ride a horse or play an instrument
5 Some people joked about DiCaprio’s method acting
4 sticking his eyes together
because
a they thought that his acting still wasn’t good 5 trying to understand a character’s emotions
enough to win an Oscar. very thoroughly
b they didn’t believe that what he did was very 6 people thinking he wanted an Oscar
difficult. 7 the fact that he has never won an Oscar
c they thought he was making it obvious that he
8 doing physically difficult things
wanted an Oscar.
159
7C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Modals of ability and VOCABULARY: TV and music

possibility
3 Replace the underlined words with the nouns in the box.
1 Order the words to make sentences.
album band track playlist
1 to / paint / to / she’d / able / like / be channel episode host audience
.
2 able / never / to / swim / he’s / been 1 The person who introduces the show got into
trouble after being rude to his guest.
.
2 I switched to another TV station to watch a
3 be / later / call / I’ll / you / to / able
music show.
.
3 I’ve just downloaded their latest collection of
4 meet / are / to / tonight / able / us / you songs.
? 4 Someone from the people watching the show
5 they / see / movie / able / the / weren’t / to asked him a question.
. 5 I’ve been watching a series about a boy band;
6 being / ride / he / to / motorcycle / able / a / tonight it’s the last part of the story.
loves 6 What’s on your choice of music for the party?
. 7 Which is your favorite group of musicians?
7 we / the / museum / to / be / visit / won’t / 8 The second song on the CD is probably the best.
able
. 4 Complete the sentences with TV and music words.
8 to / a / haven’t / able / I / buy / ticket / been 1 I watched the first episode in the , but there are
. four more parts to go.
2 They had a few successful records, but Get by was probably
2 Read the sentences and complete the replies their biggest .
with the correct form of can or be able to. 3 The next time my favorite singer goes
There may be more than one answer. , I’m definitely buying a ticket!
1 A Are you coming to the concert next 4 I have all her music, but I’ve never seen her perform
Saturday? on stage.
B No, I’m afraid we’re both working, so we 5 He entered a TV and won first prize
. for singing.
2 A The best thing about vacations is all the 6 There’s a new on Channel 4
books you can read! tonight about people marrying total strangers!
B Yes, I love read all
7 My mom loves this about a typical
day. It’s so relaxing.
small town. It’s been on TV for over twenty years.
3 A Why is she taking a math course?
8 I can’t stand all the they show between TV
B She wants help
episode.
her son when he’s older.
4 A I didn’t know you were injured, Jamie.
B It’s pretty bad. I PRONUNCIATION: /ey/ and /ʊ/ sounds
play any sports since January.
5 A Did you ask Ethan about the trip?
5 7.2 Practice saying the sentences. Make sure that you
pronounce the vowel sound in able /ey/ and the vowel sound in
B No, he was in a meeting all day yesterday,
could /ʊ/. Listen, check, and repeat.
so I contact him.
6 A I’ll bring the groceries back on my bike. 1 I’d love to be able to play the guitar.
B Will you manage 2 The music was so loud I couldn’t hear Diego.
OK? 3 I won’t be able to join you this year.
7 A I heard that Suzi is sick. 4 Luckily, I was able to take some time off.
B Yes, she get out
5 She could play three instruments by the time she was ten.
of bed for three days.
6 We couldn’t contact her yesterday.
8 A I get so upset when I can’t sleep.
B Me, too! I really hate
sleep.
160
SKILLS 7D
SPEAKING: Giving directions
1 7.3 Frida wants to go to a shoe store. Listen 3 Order the words to make indirect questions.
to the two conversations and complete the
1 tell / you / bank / me / could / is / where / the
directions.
?
First store 2 bus station / where / you / do / the / is / know
1 It’s Grover Street. ?
2 From here, keep until 3 if / know / is / drugstore / near / you / there / a /
you get to the . here / do
3 When you get to the museum, ?
. 4 name / you / is / the / this / could / tell / what / me /
4 Go the hill and the street / of
movie theater on your . ?
5 Royal’s is just a little bit farther, on the 5 which / you / museum / could / is / on / tell / street /
of the street. me / the
?
Second store
6 bus / this / stadium / know / do / the / stops / you /
6 this street to the end.
if / near
7 Take a Cooper Street. ?
8 After that, you need to the
. 4 7.4 Complete the conversation. Then listen and
9 It’s a pizzeria. check.
A Sorry to 1 you, but 2 you tell
2 Number these sentences 1–8 to make a me where the hospital is?
conversation.
B Yes, it’s about ten minutes 3 car from here.
a Yes, it’s across from the bus station. You need to drive up Castle Hill, and
4 right when you get to the traffic light.
b Yes, I did. It’s next to a shopping center.
c That’s right – you’ve got it! A So, it’s 5 the hill and then make a
6 ?
d Of course. Take the first right at the traffic
light, then go straight ahead. It’s on the right. B That’s right. Then 7 the first left after the big
e Excuse me, do you know where the library is? traffic circle. Go 8 ahead 9
you see the hospital 10 the left.
f Sorry, did you say across from the bus station?
A And do you 11 if I can park there?
g And can you tell me how to get there, please?
B Yes, just 12 the road around and you’ll find
h So, it’s the first right, then straight ahead, the parking lot next to the main hospital building.
and it’s on the right?
5 Think of two places in a town or city you know. Write an
explanation of how to get from one to the other.
161
7 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

movies and TV.
LISTENING READING
1 7.5 Listen to the podcast. Check ( ) the 1 Read Kate‘s blog on page 163 and choose the best
statement which is NOT true. summary of what a movie extra does, according
to Kate.
1 Sam prefers watching television to going
to the movies. a They never speak and spend most of their time
2 Rosie likes television series more than movies. waiting.
3 Tom has more or less the same opinion b They almost never speak and spend most of their
as the caller, Rosie. time waiting.
c They never speak, and they sometimes do not even
2 7.5 Listen again. Are the sentences true (T), appear in the movie.
false (F) or doesn’t say (DS)?
1 In Sam’s opinion, it is better to see a movie
2 Choose the correct options to complete the
sentences.
at the theater.
2 Tom and Sam often go to the movies 1 According to Kate, extras
together. a are never recognized by their friends.
b usually take part in long science-fiction movies.
3 Rosie thinks that Hollywood likes making
c usually appear only for a few seconds, often in
original movies.
groups.
4 In Rosie’s opinion, movie companies do
2 Kate’s mother did not see her daughter in the movie
not use new writers very often.
because
5 Rosie’s favorite directors never make TV a she fell asleep at one point.
series. b Kate did not appear in it.
6 In TV series, there is not enough time to c she was too busy to go to the movies.
develop the characters. 3 For most of the time, extras
7 Rosie thinks that the best actors always a read books.
want to act in Hollywood movies. b listen to the director.
c do very little.
4 Most scenes in Kate’s latest movie take place in
a London.
b a town outside of New York.
c elsewhere in the UK.
5 Kate didn’t see any famous actors because
a it was too cold.
b they weren’t in her part of the movie.
c they were all in the UK.
6 At the end of her blog, Kate sounds
a amused.
b disappointed.
c embarrassed.
162
REVIEW
Guest blogger Kate writes about working as a movie extra.
EXTRA
SPECIAL
Here’s something you may not know about though, and depending on the movie, we
me. Every now and then, I work as an extra may also spend a large part of our day put-
on movie sets. Yes, I’m one of those people ting on costumes and being made up by the
that you might just see in a crowd when make-up artists. It’s a job that requires
you’re watching a movie. Or not … If you patience – and a fully charged smartphone!
don’t pay close attention, you’ll miss me! In (Oh my goodness, what did extras do
fact, even if you are able to keep your eyes before smartphones? A book is fine for a
open for the entire movie, you still might trailer, but you can’t hide it in your costume
not see me. Two years when you’re in the
ago, my poor mother middle of a scene!)
sat through one of Obviously, I can’t
those incredibly long give you any of the
science-fiction movies, details about my
which, as we all know, most recent job
is her least favorite (top secret until it’s
type of movie, released). I will just
because she wanted say that, although
to see her daughter the majority of the
being killed by a robot. movie is set in
Sadly, unknown to London, one scene
her (and me), by the was shot in a small
time the movie was re- town not far from
leased, that particular New York. And
scene had been cut, that’s where I came
and my mother had in. On a freezing
wasted three hours of cold winter day,
her busy life. dressed in just a
People often ask me light dress, with
what it’s like to work bare legs. (In the
as an extra on a movie movie, it was late
set. Well, extras are spring!) The main
sometimes referred to characters in the
as "moving furniture," cast were played
and this seems about right to me. We don’t by really well-known British stars, but
speak (or rather we rarely speak, although, although some of them were in the U.S.,
of course, if we do, we’re paid more). We’re none of them featured in my scene, unfor-
simply there to provide the background for tunately. So, no, I didn’t meet any famous
the main action. Most of our time is spent actors this time. Oh, and in case you’re
hanging around, just waiting for the direc- wondering, it wasn’t the new Bond movie
tor to tell us when we’re needed. Often, we that’s being released next month. Not this
sit around in a trailer waiting for the call, time …
163
UNIT
8 Sports and health

8A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Tag questions VOCABULARY: Sports, places, and equipment

1 Choose the correct tag questions to 3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
complete the sentences.
pool ice skating circuit net track and field goal bat field
1 She’s really nice, isn’t it / isn’t she / is she?
2 You don’t have Jamie’s cell phone, don’t 1 She runs and jumps well, so she’s really good at .
you / have you / do you?
2 Halfway through the soccer game, he left the .
3 They were at the festival, weren’t they /
3 That’s the where Rachel swims each morning.
didn’t they / were they?
4 She kicked the ball well, but just missed the .
4 Millie just got a new job, doesn’t she /
didn’t she / hasn’t she? 5 He hit the ball hard with his .
5 We’re seeing you on Saturday, aren’t we / 6 I love watching the cars race around the .
won’t we / are we? 7 She jumped high and tried to hit the ball over the .
6 Dan and Lucy are leaving, aren’t they / 8 In winter, they go on the frozen lake.
won’t they / are they?
7 It won’t cause any problems, won’t it / 4 Read the definitions and complete the words.
does it / will it? 1 This object is used for hitting a ball. It has
8 Isabel speaks Spanish, doesn’t Isabel / a long handle and a round part. r
doesn’t she / does she? 2 This large, flat area is often covered with
9 We should take a gift, should we / ice and is used for skating on. r
shouldn’t we / won’t we? 3 You play this game with a brown ball that is the
10 I can’t call you at work, will I / can I / can’t I? shape of an egg. f
4 You wear these to protect your eyes
2 Look at the tag questions. Then complete in the water. g
the sentences with the verbs in parentheses. 5 In this event, fast cars go around a road
1 Ben (go) to a gym in town, in the shape of a ring. a r
doesn’t he? 6 An area for playing games like tennis,
2 Taylor (come) in first in the marked with lines. c
race, didn’t she? 7 In this sport, you enter the water, usually
3 They (invite) Joe, have they? with your head first. d
4 You (play) hockey, do you? 8 In this sport, you hit a small hard ball
5 It (be) an exciting game, with a bat. b
won’t it? 9 This ring-shaped path is used for
6 You (bring) your phone, running around. t
haven’t you?
7 Tom (be) at the game last PRONUNCIATION: Intonation
night, was he?
8 We (be) late, will we? 5 8.1 Listen to the sentences. Match them with a or b.
9 Antonio (drive) us there, a asking a real question (intonation goes up)
couldn’t he? b making a comment (intonation goes down)
10 They (have to) pay for the
1 They play tennis, don’t they?
service, should they?
2 Alfonso doesn’t eat meat, does he?
11 You (take) care of it, won’t
you? 3 Laura wasn’t at Amanda’s house, was she?
12 He (tell) Alia, did he? 4 You don’t like swimming, do you?
5 John and Adrian aren’t coming, are they?
6 You’ll get there in time, won’t you?
164
SKILLS 8B
LISTENING: Understanding facts and figures
1 8.2 Daisy is asking her friend Luke about 2 8.3 Underline the part or parts of the sentences
marathon running. Read the questions and circle the where you expect the intonation to fall. Listen, check,
type of information you need to listen for. Then listen and repeat.
and answer the questions.
1 Make sure you have days off so your muscles can
1 How long is a marathon in kilometers? recover.
date / length of time / distance / price / number 2 The first marathon ever was in Athens.
Answer 3 Joe gets up at five every morning to have time to run.
2 How many marathons has Luke run? 4 I stopped training because I injured my leg.
date / length of time / distance / price / number 5 Laura uses a pedometer to count her steps.
Answer 6 Swimming practice starts at eight this morning.
3 When did Luke run his first marathon? 7 I run faster if I run with friends.
date / length of time / distance / price / number 8 Take plenty of water in case you get thirsty.
Answer
4 How long did his first marathon take?
3 Complete the words.
date / length of time / distance / price / number 1 Jenny has been trying to eat more, but she is still
u .
Answer
2 Many illnesses are caused by people having an
5 How long does it take Luke to run a marathon now?
unhealthy l .
date / length of time / distance / price / number
3 Peter’s on a d at the moment because he
Answer wants to lose weight for his wedding.
6 When is the Asheville, North Carolina Marathon? 4 Make sure you eat a b
date / length of time / distance / price / number diet with plenty of vegetables and fish.
Answer 5 I usually eat healthy food, but I have a few bad
7 How long is it until the Asheville Marathon? h like buying potato chips on my
way back from work.
6 Tia finds that regular exercise helps her to get a good
Answer
night’s s .
8 When training for a marathon, by how much should
7 It’s a good idea to do some e
you increase your distance each week?
before you go on a skiing vacation.
8 Laurence is o
Answer because he eats a lot of cheese.
9 How much does the Boston Marathon cost runners? 9 Tanya really got in s when she worked as
date / length of time / distance / price / number a tennis coach.
Answer 10 It’s easy to get s out if you
10 How many steps does the Great Wall Marathon have? don’t have enough time to prepare for an important
competition.
Answer
165
8C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Modals of obligation and advice

1 Choose the correct options to complete the 3 Complete the conversations with the correct form of
sentences. have to, can, or should.
1 You come to my parents’ house with me. I can 1 A Dan doesn’t know about the problem yet.
go on my own. B He doesn't? Perhaps you tell him at all.
a can’t b shouldn’t c don’t have to 2 A Would you like us to bring any food this evening?
2 If you’re not there, they’ll leave without you, so you B Well, we’ll have plenty, so you .
be late. 3 A We just missed the bus!
a can’t b don’t have to c must B Oh, well. We’ll just get the next one.
3 I’m a bit tired today. I work eleven hours 4 A So does Sam know about the party?
yesterday. B Absolutely not! It’s a surprise for his birthday, so
a have to b had to c can you tell him!
4 You look at screens before bedtime as it stops 5 A See you at the airport at nine o’clock.
you from sleeping. B Great! And remember, this time you
a have to b don’t have to c shouldn’t bring your passport!
5 I’m wondering what to do. Perhaps I speak to 6 A Charlie always looks lonely. He doesn’t seem to
Sarah. have many friends.
a can’t b have to c should B I think we ask him to go to the
6 If Lara is away next week, she will cancel her movies with us?
doctor’s appointment. 7 A I don’t feel so good. I think I’m getting a cold.
a have to b can c should B Well, perhaps you go out tonight.
7 I remember Magda’s birthday this year. Isn’t she 8 A Why were you at the meeting?
turning 40? B My boss wasn’t able to attend, so I
a can’t b should c have to go.
8 Do we finish the report by Friday? There is still 9 A There’s a managers' meeting in Toronto next
so much to do. month, and I’d like Julia to attend.
a had to b have to c allowed to B Does she go? She’s very busy right
now.
2 Complete 1–6 with should or the correct form of 10 A Marco loves his summer job. He’s working nights at
have to. There may be more than one answer. a restaurant on the beach.
B Sounds perfect for him. He get up
Raj How are you doing with the packing? Have early!
you asked Luke to bring some cooking
equipment? PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
Naomi No, not yet. He’s still on the plane. I’ll
1 speak to him later when he 4 8.4 Read the sentences and underline the verbs
lands. of obligation and advice you think will be stressed.
Raj I hear it’s going to be freezing cold this Listen, check, and repeat.
weekend, so we 2 take the
extra-warm sleeping bags. 1 You have to call your brother.
Naomi They’re already in the car! By the way, be 2 He should speak to James first.
ready for an early start tomorrow morning! 3 You shouldn’t work so hard.
I know you hate 3 get up 4 I have to remember to take my phone.
early, but we’re leaving at six.
5 She can’t tell Alfonso.
Raj Oh, really? Do we 4 leave so
early? 6 You don’t have to reserve.
Naomi Don’t you remember last year? We 7 Adam will have to call her and explain.
5 sit in traffic for two hours 8 I guess I should complain.
because it was so busy.
Raj You’re right. I’d forgotten about that. I
really 6 get to bed early!
166
SKILLS 8D
WRITING: Writing a report
HOW TO BE AN ACTIVE ADULT

(1) Most adults stay in shape / Most adults don’t get enough exercise
It is recommended that all adults should do at least 150 minutes of
moderate aerobic activity a week. However, 30% of adults exercise
for less than 30 minutes per week.
(2) The benefits of exercise / Too much exercise can be bad for you
It is well known that physical activity has a number of positive
results. It reduces the risk of many illnesses such as heart disease
and even cancer. Moreover, exercise improves our mental health
and can help us to lose weight.
(3) Practice a sport every day / Exercise a little every day (5) Be active together / Get more exercise
We all lead very busy lives, so it can be difficult to find enough time Most things are more fun if you
for exercise. I suggest having shorter periods of activity – perhaps do them with someone else, and
ten minutes here and there throughout the day. In addition, you exercise is no exception. If you
should try to incorporate exercise into your everyday activities. For plan to go swimming with a friend,
example, you can walk up and down while you are on the phone, or you are less likely to change
why not use the stairs instead of taking the elevator? your mind and stay at home. I
(4) Spend less time working / Turn off your screens would also recommend finding a
Many of us spend far too much time sitting down, often in front of a physical activity that the whole
screen. It is easy to spend the evening watching TV after a long day family can enjoy – that way
at work.In addition to this, spending time online can take up a lot of you can get in shape and spend
our day. All of this is time when we are hardly moving our bodies, so quality time together, as well.
you should try to switch off and do something more active instead.
1 Read the report about exercise. Choose the best 3 Think of ways to encourage children to be more
heading for each paragraph (1–5). active. Complete the sentences with your ideas.
1 To make sports more fun for your child, I would
2 Complete the sentences with the words and phrases recommend doing some activities together.
in the box and add commas where necessary. There 2 When you take your children swimming, remember
may be more than one answer. to .
as well as well as in addition to this 3 If your child hates team sports, I suggest
in addition moreover .
4 If your child does not play many sports at school, I
1 It can be difficult for some children to find time for recommend .
sports their homework and 5 If your children do a lot of hard physical activity,
other activities. remember to .
2 Too much time on a computer can make children get 6 To encourage your child to watch less TV, I suggest
out of shape. it can lead to .
sleep problems.
3 Children who love swimming may enjoy other water 4 Write a report about encouraging children to be
sports . more active. Use ideas from exercises 2 and 3, as well
4 Bicycling is a great way for children to get in shape. as your own ideas.
it is a great activity for • Plan four or five section headings.
families to do together.
• Include factual information.
5 Many schools arrange after-school sports clubs. • Make recommendations using suggest or
you can often find local recommend + -ing, or remember.
clubs that organize activities in the evenings or on the
• Use the words and phrases from exercise 2 to add
weekend.
information.
167
8 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

National Get Outdoors Day.
LISTENING READING
1 8.5 Listen to the podcast and number a–f in the 1 Read Taylor's blog on page 169 and choose the best
order that you hear them (1–6). summary.
a Hugo’s reasons for taking part in National Get a It is very important for people to get plenty of
Outdoors Day exercise every day.
b the advantages of getting exercise outdoors b Some of the advice about exercise on the Internet is
c how Hugo plans to lose weight this time very strange.
d Tom’s plans for National Get Outdoors Day c We should not give other people advice about how
to exercise.
e Hugo’s plans for National Get Outdoors Day
f what Hugo eats when he gets stressed out 2 Are the sentences true (T), false (F), or doesn’t say
(DS)?
2 8.5 Listen again and choose the correct options
to complete the sentences. 1 Taylor doesn’t exercise every day.
2 She thinks we should all spend more
1 The main aim of National Get Outdoors Day is to
time exercising.
encourage people to
a go outside and enjoy nature. 3 She says that it is hard for busy people
b go outside and do some physical activity. to find enough time to exercise.
c spend some time with their friends outdoors. 4 She thinks it is a good idea to wear the
2 Hugo has planned to same clothes to exercise and sleep in.
a play volleyball and soccer. 5 She always wears pajamas in bed.
b play soccer and have lunch outside. 6 She thinks it is a bad idea to exercise
c play volleyball and soccer and have lunch while waiting in line.
outside.
7 She thinks conversation might be
3 Hugo tells Sam and Tom that he is difficult during a "sports date."
a slightly overweight.
8 She recommends wearing red clothes
b very overweight.
while you are exercising.
c not at all overweight.
4

Hugo says he is hoping to lose weight by
a playing more soccer.
3 Find words or phrases from the text that mean:
b being more active. 1 someone who helps you exercise
c eating less. 2 a reminder of the things you need to do
5 What example of a bad habit does Sam give? 3 night clothes
a driving instead of walking 4 get exercise
b eating chocolate
5 can’t breathe easily
c bicycling instead of walking
6 water produced by the skin
6 Sam says being outdoors makes her
a eat less.
b exercise more.
c feel less stressed out.
168
REVIEW
Guest blogger Taylor writes about advice on exercise.
EXERCISE MAD
You all know that I work as a personal trainer and that I’m crazy about yoga, so you might expect me
to recommend getting some serious exercise every day. But you’d be wrong. Exercise is great – I’m a
big fan – but most of us have a lot more going on in our lives than going to the gym, don’t we?
In an ideal world, we’d all have an hour a day in which to get in shape. However, in the real world, 24
hours is often not enough time to work (or go to school), spend time with our family, and get eight
hours’ sleep. Some days, exercise just comes lower down the to-do list. And that’s totally fine.
But that’s clearly not how everyone feels. Lately, I’ve been reading some really strange advice on the
Internet, given by people who take fitness very seriously. Some of it is so weird I feel the need to share
it with you:
• "You should wear your exercise clothes to bed. Then, you can get up and go for that early-morning
run right away." Sounds reasonable, doesn’t it? No, it does not! The clothes that we exercise in are
fitted and tight. And the clothes we sleep in are designed to be loose and cool and comfortable.
You don’t really want to sweat all night in your yoga pants, do you? Surely you’d rather get a good
night’s sleep in your pajamas, wouldn’t you?
• "While you’re waiting in line, why not get a

bit of exercise? Yes, folks, if you’re standing
in line at the supermarket checkout, and
you have nothing to do, why not work out?
If you’re waiting at the airport for a delayed
flight, why not get out your yoga mat?"
Because that will look really normal, won’t it?
And, what’s more, if there’s anyone within a
couple of meters of you, with all that jumping
around and waving of arms, it might even be
dangerous!
• "Make a sports date with your new girlfriend

or boyfriend. A run or a session at the gym
is a great way to get to know someone, isn’t
it?" Especially when you’re so out of breath
that you can’t even talk to the person! And,
I’m sure you would agree, wouldn’t you, that
we all want to look our best when we go on
a date – not red-faced and covered in sweat
after half an hour at the gym!
• "You should wear red when you exercise.

This powerful color can give you extra energy
while you try to get in shape." Honestly, who
writes this stuff? They can’t really believe it,
can they?
169
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Making a narrative interesting
I have a really good friend named Jon. We don’t get together Jon was usually very reliable, so I thought that something bad
very often because he’s a doctor, and he works very long hours. had happened to him.
We usually keep in touch on social media, but one Thursday
evening, just before I went to bed, I got a text message. It was I got out my phone and texted him. There was no answer.
Jon. He wanted to invite me to dinner "next Saturday." There was nothing else I could do, so I decided to go home
I replied to his text immediately and accepted his invitation. and wait until he replied. I spent most of the evening
7 checking my phone. After more than three
I was looking forward to seeing Jon because he’s
1 guy, and we have great conversations. He’s hours, my phone rang. It was Jon. I 8 picked up
also 2 – he always makes me laugh so hard. my phone and asked him if he was all right. "Why did you think
I wasn’t OK?" he asked in a 9 . "You invited me
On Saturday evening, I rode my bike over to his place. for dinner!" I said, a little 10 by now.
The weather was 3 – heavy rain and Jon was 11 . "I invited you next Saturday, not this
4 , and I couldn’t wait to be in Jon’s 5 Saturday," he insisted.
living room. As soon as I arrived, I knew
something was wrong. The windows of his house were Then we realized what the problem was. By "next Saturday" I
dark, and when I rang the doorbell, nobody answered. thought he meant in two days, but what he really meant was in
I6 . just over a week. We 12 with our plans in the future!
1 Read the blog post about a time when there was a communication problem and complete 1–12 with the words
and phrases in the box.
warm, cozy terrible eagerly a really interesting anxiously amazed puzzled voice
have to be more careful felt really worried extremely amusing very strong winds annoyed
2 Which of 1–12 in exercise 1 match these features?

a descriptions of people d descriptions of emotions and feelings
b descriptions of places
c descriptions of the weather e a comment on the events
3 Underline all the examples of before, after, until, and as soon as in the blog and read the sentences.
Then choose the correct options to complete these sentences.
1 Please reply to this e-mail you have 5 I kept in touch with Boris 2010,
finished reading it. when he moved abroad, and I lost his address.
a as soon as b before c until a after b before c until
2 Think very carefully sharing photos on 6 I’ll send you more information I can go
social media. online.
a after b until c before a until b before c as soon as
3 I won’t know the time of the meeting I 7 our phone call, I invited her to my office
get an e-mail from the organizer. so that we could speak face to face.
a after b until c as soon as a As soon as b Until c After
4 I had replied to Laura’s text message, I 8 I need to make sure I know all the facts
realized I had given her the wrong number. I give my boss a call.
a After b Until c Before a before b as soon as c after
4 Write a blog post about a time when there was a descriptions of people,
communication problem. Use the chart to plan
some words and phrases to make your narrative places, and events
interesting. Use different narrative tenses and descriptions of
time linkers. emotions and feelings
comments about the

events
170
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Writing an informal e-mail
1Dear Katie,
(A) 2It
was a real pleasure to receive your e-mail. 3I apologize for taking so long to reply. I’ve been really busy, but
I’m so pleased to hear that you’ve managed to make up with Amy. I know she’s one of your closest friends, and
it’s horrible having a falling out with people.
(B) Did I tell you that I got on the college soccer team? 4It is very enjoyable, but we have to work extremely hard!
We train twice a week, and there are games every weekend, all over the country. We even played in Montreal last
month. It was an amazing trip! We won 3–0, and I scored two of the goals! I get along really well with all the
other girls on the team. We have a lot of fun together – not just when we’re playing soccer.
(C) So, are you still coming camping with us in August? I have a big tent if you want to share. I really hope you
can come. 5I am very much looking forward to seeing you. Did I tell you that Don’s coming as well? You two have
a lot in common – he’s a big rock fan, too, so at least you’ll have something to talk about!
(D) By the way, did you hear about Jack? He’s getting married! Apparently, his neighbor introduced him to her
cousin and that was it – two months later, they were engaged. Incredible, isn’t it?
(E) Speaking of marriage, how’s your sister doing? Is her baby sleeping through the night yet? I’m definitely not
going to have any children until I’m at least 35!
(F) Anyway, have to go – I have soccer training in half an hour. 6I look forward to hearing from you.
(G) 7Sincerely yours,
Emma
1 Read Emma’s e-mail to her friend Katie. Emma’s style is sometimes too formal. Rewrite the underlined phrases
and sentences in a more informal style.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
Which paragraphs do the following things? Circle the words in the e-mail that show this.
1 change the subject
2 introduce a less important subject
3 return to a subject
3 Write an informal e-mail to one of your friends, telling him/her about a new friend you have made.
Include the following:
• an informal greeting
• some opening comments
• a paragraph about your new friend, e.g. how you met, your friend’s personality, the things you
have in common
• a paragraph in which you change the subject to ask your friend about someone you both know
• a paragraph about a less important subject
• a paragraph in which you return to the same subject as the previous paragraph
• a reason to end the e-mail
• an informal ending
Use informal discourse markers (Anyway, So, By the way, and Speaking of) to link the paragraphs.
171
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Writing a cover letter
Dear Sir/Madam:
1 Senior Sales Representative, Electronic Goods, advertised in today’s Retail News.
As you can see from my CV, 2 and a certificate in soccer coaching. However, after working in the electronic
goods department of a large store when I finished college, I decided that a career in sales would be more suited to
my skills and personality.
After nine months at the department store, I got my current job as a sales representative with Secure Alarms, a
company that provides security systems for businesses, as well as home owners. 3 , assessing their security needs,
and making sales. To do this job, it is necessary to be highly organized and have excellent customer service skills.
4 I am fascinated by sound systems, and keep up to date on all the latest products and developments. In
addition, I have a good knowledge of cameras and photography, as well as smartphones and personal computers.
I am a very hardworking and reliable employee, and 5 . I would welcome the opportunity to work for a
respected company like yours and, if my application is successful, I am confident that I would be a valuable
addition to the team.
6 and I look forward to hearing from you soon.
Sincerely,
Gillian Howes
1 Read Gillian’s covering letter and match blanks 1–6 with phrases a–f.
a Thank you for considering my application, d I am writing to apply for the position of
b I am extremely interested in this position because e I have a degree in physical education
c I am responsible for meeting with customers f I work very well as part of a team
2 Which of these things does Gillian do in her letter?

1 use formal language to end the main part of the 6 say she is good at languages
letter 7 talk about her previous work experience
2 describe her personal qualities 8 say which position she is applying for
3 ask about the salary 9 explain her career goals
4 describe her qualifications 10 describe her attitude to work
5 say why she would like the job
3 Write a cover letter for this job. Remember to use formal language and include details of your qualifications,
skills, and any relevant experience.
SALESCLERK, BJ OUTDOOR SPORTS

We are looking for smart, efficient sales staff for our new
downtown store. The successful candidate will have:
• at least two years’ experience working in a store
• excellent written and spoken English
• recognized proficiency in math
• a genuine interest in outdoor sports, especially climbing and skiing
• a knowledge of sports equipment
You will work as part of a large team. Our stores are always busy, so you must be able
to work under pressure. To apply, please send your CV and a cover letter to Kelly
Bagnold. Please provide details of your qualifications, skills, and any relevant experience.
172
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Writing a report
How to become an actor

(1)
Anyone can stand on a stage and say a few words, but if you really want to act, you need to learn how to do it
correctly. Take acting classes if you can afford them, or consider going to drama school. In addition, you should read books
on acting techniques. But above all, watch the actors you love!
(2)
Everyone has to start somewhere, so don’t be shy. Look for any possible chance to act and grab it with both hands!
Even taking part in a school play is good experience. I also suggest trying your local theater – they often need extras for
their plays. This will give you experience on stage, as well as the chance to learn about other aspects of an actor's life,
such as scenery, costumes, and lighting.
(3)
You may be a good actor, but if you can ride a horse, ski, play an instrument, or dance, as well, this could give you an
advantage. Therefore, remember to include all your skills on your résumé, even if you don’t think they are very relevant.
(4)
Make sure people know about you. An attractive personal website is very important. In addition to this, networking is
essential. If you know a lot of people in the business, you are more likely to get work. If possible, I would also recommend
getting an agent. Agents usually have a great number of contacts and can help you get parts in movies and plays.
(5)
It’s not surprising that most actors give up within a year. If you fail to get jobs, it can damage your confidence. Moreover,
you need to keep paying rent even if you’re not working! But if you are really serious, continue trying and keep believing
that you will find success. One day you will!
1 Read the report and match paragraphs 1–5 with headings a–h. There are three extra headings.
a Study acting d The importance of experience g Tell people about yourself
b Everyone can act e Develop other skills h Don’t stop trying!
c Start young f Write a great résumé
2 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box in the correct form.
include get talk move visit keep
1 If you want a career in law, I suggest 4 For the best careers in finance, I suggest
to someone who already works as a lawyer. to a big city, such as Hong Kong.
2 Remember your website up to date. 5 Before joining the army, I recommend
3 I recommend several colleges before in the best shape that you can.
you decide on a progam. 6 When you apply for a job, remember
an up-to-date résumé.
3 Complete these sentences with your own ideas.
1 Pilots must be physically healthy. In addition, .
2 To become a nurse, you will need good skills in maths and english, as well as .
3 Farmers need to be in shape and they have to be prepared to , as well.
4 Firefighters have to be prepared to work in dangerous situations. Moreover, .
5 If you own your own café, you often have to work very long hours. In addition to this, .
6 If you want to be an author, you should read as much as you can! In addition, .
4 Think of a job that you would like to do. Write a report on the best way to get that job. Use ideas from exercises
2 and 3 to help you.
• Plan four or five section headings. • Make recommendations using suggest, recommend, and remember.
• Include factual information.
.
173
58 St Aldates
Oxford
OX1 1ST
United Kingdom
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, ISBN: 978-9929-783997
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any Printed in
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,
By
or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of the
Publisher.
Publishing Director: Deborah Tricker Allstar Picture Library, Tewin Kijthamrongworakul, Tribune
Publisher: Simone Foster Content Agency LLC, Pictorial Press Ltd, Caryn Becker;
BBC; BNPS (BOURNEMOUTH NEWS & PICTURE SERVICE)
Media Publisher: Sue Ashcroft
Rachel Adams, Steve Way; GETTY IMAGES SALES SPAIN/
Content Developer: Stephanie Bremner Photodisc/Thinkstock, Photos.com Plus, Thinkstock;
Editors: Peter Anderson, Debra Emmett, Helen Ward, GTRESONLINE; I. PREYSLER; ISTOCKPHOTO/Getty Images
Tom Hadland, Eleanor Clements, Ruth Cox, Fiona Hunt, Sales Spain; JOHN FOXX IMAGES; REX SHUTTERSTOCK/
Kate Mellersh FOX/Genre Movies, Page Images, Sipa Press, Silverhub,
Americanization: Deborah Goldblatt Galvan/AP, Ray Tang; SHUTTERSTOCK/Rex; SHUTTERSTOCK
NETHERLANDS,B.V.; SOUTHWEST NEWS; wikipedia/
Proofreaders: Bruce Wade, Tas Cooper, Shannon Neill Ed g2s; Michael Parsons; Pedroromero2; Neil Douglas;
Design Manager: Lorna Heaslip Rockford Register Star and rrstar.com; COAST Collective
Cover Design: This Ain't Rock'n'Roll, London Architecture Studio; Amos Magliocco/Eric Nguyen; courtsey of
Vic Armstrong; Carroll County Sheriff; Project Monsoon, School
Design & Layout: Lorna Heaslip, Oliver Hutton, ColArt Design
of the Art Institute of Chicago; SERIDEC PHOTOIMAGENES
Photo Researcher: Magdalena Mayo CD; ARCHIVO SANTILLANA; GETTY IMAGES SALES SPAIN/
Learning Curve video: Mannic Media Westend61; ISTOCKPHOTO; ARCHIVO SANTILLANA
Audio Production: Eastern Sky Studios
Cover Photo: iStockphoto/Getty Images Sales Spain
App Development: The Distance
We would also like to thank the following people for their Texts:
valuable contribution to writing and developing the material: p.48 Adapted from ‘Fabrice Muamba: how I went from
Alastair Lane, Bob McLarty, Brigit Viney, Pamela Vittorio (Video professional footballer to journalist’ by Hannah Friend, Guardian
Script Writer), Belen Fernandez (App Project Manager), Professional, 11 June 2014. Copyright Guardian News & Media
Eleanor Clements (App Content Creator) Ltd 2016.
p.16 Adapted from ‘Meet Steve Way - England's unlikeliest
We would like to thank all those who have given their kind athlete for the Commonwealth Games’ by Sean Ingle,
permission to reproduce material for this book: theguardian.com, 31 May 2014. Copyright Guardian News &
Illustration: Media Ltd 2016.
Simon Clare; Dermot Flynn c/o Dutch Uncle; Guillaume Gennet
c/o Lemonade; John Goodwin; The Boy FitzHammond c/o We would like to thank the following reviewers for their
NB Illustration; Douglas Strachan at Strachangray Creative valuable feedback which has made Personal Best possible.
We extend our thanks to the many teachers and students not
Photos: mentioned here.
J. Jaime; S. Enríquez; 123RF; ALAMY/WENN Ltd., Brad Bawtinheimer, Manuel Hidalgo, Paulo Dantas,
PhotoAlto sas, AF archive, HO Images, Chronicle, BSIP SA, Diana Bermúdez, Laura Gutiérrez, Hardy Griffin, Angi Conti,
B Christopher, Lev Dolgachov, Morey Milbradt, Richard Levine, Christopher Morabito, Hande Kokce, Jorge Lobato,
Kevin Su, Rob Watkins, epa european pressphoto agency Leonardo Mercato, Mercilinda Ortiz, Wendy López
b.v., cineclassico, Aflo Co. Ltd., Mark Eden, Photo Japan,
REUTERS, Mark phillips, Peterforsberg, Jorge Peréz, ilpo musto, The Publisher has made every effort to trace the owner of
Design Pics Inc, ZUMA Press, Inc., Glasshouse Images, MBI, copyright material; however, the Publisher will correct any
TGSPHOTO, CoverSpot Photography, Entertainment Pictures, involuntary omission at the earliest opportunity.
58 St Aldates
Oxford
OX1 1ST
United Kingdom
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording
or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of the
Publisher.
Publishing Director: Deborah Tricker We would like to thank the following reviewers for their
Publisher: Luke Baxter valuable feedback which has made Personal Best possible.
We extend our thanks to the many teachers and students not
Editors: Fiona Hunt, Helen Wendholt
mentioned here.
Americanizer: Deborah Goldblatt Brad Bawtinheimer, Manuel Hidalgo, Paulo Dantas,
Proofreaders: Tas Cooper, Shannon Neill Diana Bermúdez, Laura Gutiérrez, Hardy Griffin, Angi Conti,
Design Manager: Lorna Heaslip Christopher Morabito, Hande Kokce, Jorge Lobato,
Leonardo Mercato, Mercilinda Ortiz, Wendy López
Cover Design: Richmond
Design & Layout: Lorna Heaslip, Oliver Hutton, Colart Design The Publisher has made every effort to trace the owner of
Photo Researcher: Magdalena Mayo copyright material; however, the Publisher will correct any
Audio production: TEFL Audio involuntary omission at the earliest opportunity.
Photos:
Prats i Camps; ALAMY/Photo 12, Sylvie Bouchard,
Dinendra Haria, Peter Wheeler, age fotostock, travelstock44,
Dave Stevenson, Moviestore collection Ltd, Jim West,
Mikael Damkier,Nathaniel Noir, PURPLE MARBLES,
Matthew Chattle, jaileybug,ONOKY - Photononstop,
Newscast Online Limited, PJF Military Collection,
Kerry Dunstone, FORGET Patrick/SAGAPHOTO.COM,
Chuck Pefley; GETTY IMAGES SALES SPAIN/Thinkstock;
ISTOCKPHOTO/Getty Images Sales Spain;
ARCHIVO SANTILLANA
Cover Photo: iStockphoto/Getty Images Sales Spain
Special Edition for Guatemala

Julio del Águila Ericka Iliana Estrada Álvarez
Richmond Director CAN Design Supervisor
Claudia Eleonora Noriega Castillo Luis Méndez

Editorial Director Layout
Silvia Lorena Lanza Galindo Sandy Franco

Editorial Coordinator Production Coordination
Melissa Bonilla Barillas Edgar Palacios

Adaptation Technical Review

Do Your Personal Best With English!

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Do Your Personal Best With English!

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Do Your Personal Best With English!

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Personal

Do your personal best with English!

Practice makes perfect! For students

Listening and speaking skills are

Common European Framework

1 Communication ▪▪ simple present ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ communication READING Learning

1D Small talk p10 ▪▪ having an informal

2C Radical changes p16 main idea PERSONAL BEST

1 and 2 REVIEW and PRACTICE p20

3 People ▪▪ future forms: ▪▪ going to ▪▪ personality READING Learning

4 Places and homes ▪▪ quantifiers ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ compound Learning

3 and 4 REVIEW and PRACTICE p38

5 and 6 REVIEW and PRACTICE p56

7 Entertainment ▪▪ the passive ▪▪ past participles ▪▪ movies READING Learning

8 Sport and health ▪▪ tag questions ▪▪ intonation ▪▪ sports, places, Learning

7 and 8 REVIEW and PRACTICE p74

Grammar practice p76 Vocabulary practice p92 Communication practice p106 Irregular verbs p119

We talk to each other less.

THE CHANGING FACE OF

Simple present with action and state verbs:

Go to Communication practice: Student A page 106, Student B page 116

1B Smart living?

Skill skimming a text

Text builder actually, in fact

To say that something is surprising or unexpected, we can use actually or in fact:

6 Read the Text builder. Match 1–4 with a–d.

1C Liar, liar

Go to Vocabulary practice: say, tell, speak, and talk, page 92

THE TRUTH THE TRUTH

Grammar question forms

Object questions: Subject questions:

Go to Grammar practice: question forms, page 77

do (x2) did (x5) have

1 you usually tell little white lies to protect people’s feelings?

1D Small talk

2 1.9 Watch or listen to the first part of a webshow called

3 1.9 Complete the sentences from the conversation with

so nice mind ahead have excuse sounds living

Conversation builder making small talk

a Cindy So, what do you do on your webshow?

Skill keeping a conversation going

8 In pairs, practice the conversation in exercise 6.

2A What a coincidence!

Go to Vocabulary practice: -ed and -ing adjectives, page 93

Grammar narrative tenses

Go to Grammar practice: narrative tenses, page 78

• Where were you? • What did you both say?

2B Do we make our own luck?

a penny the number 13

a dream catcher a fortune cat a four-leaf clover

a be excited about something in the future d start a trip

Go to Vocabulary practice: phrasal verbs, page 94

Skill listening for the main idea

It’s important to understand the main idea when someone is speaking.

Herman Winnie Juan

8 Discuss the questions in pairs.

2C Radical changes

Adapted from theguardian.com